EDITOR'S COMMENT

Your feedbacks are welcome and

should be sent to: The Editor,
The Masterbuilder
102/11, Tripti Apartments,
Marshalls Road, Egmore, Chennai, India.
Ph: +91 44 28555248
BLACK 2016 - A spark that faded!
Editor Emeritus
Ravi Damodaran
On June 11, 2016, The Masterbuilder, my mother - Renza Pradeep, and I lost editor@masterbuilder.co.in
Executive Editor
in the demise of Shri K.P. Pradeep, a founder, a husband,a father, a mentor, a Agith G Antony
friend, and most importantly a light that illuminated every moment of our agith@masterbuilder.in
lives. His passion, flair, charisma, and above all, his genuinely optimistic out- Editor
Nigel Narayan
look has been severely missed on all platforms that he has been involved in.
Associate Editors
Shri K.P Pradeep had set lit a flame, filled with warmth, and compassion and M J Krishna, M K Prabhakar, Sonjoy Deb
now the onus is on us, team MB to keep alive that flame and charge on. Head - Content Development CE,
Infrastructure & Environment
Steadying the reins was old faithful Editor Emeritus, Ravi Damodaran. The Sadagopan Seshadri
Masterbuilder, my mother, and I will forever be grateful to Ravi Damodaran Content Editor
Avishek Ghosh
for his immense contribution and undulating support. He will continue to
Contributors
remain a part of Masterbuilder, guiding and mentoring us as we move for- Bhavani Balakrishna, Priya, Sowmya Raja,
ward. The Masterbuilder is now in a state of transition. With focus on maintaining the ethos of the company, Snehal Joshi, Dhanya R, Priya Pradeep
and on the laurels of Shri K.P. Pradeep we have embarked on a journey to realise our late founder's dreams Vice President Marketing
H Usha Devi
and wishes. Every move here on forth will be in tune with the ideology and road map set forth for us. Finance
R Prema
On to industry linked activities; the month of December will play host to BAUMA CONEXPO INDIA 2016.
Manager Digital Production
Scheduled for the 12th to 15th, the show will be sporting a host of new cosmetic changes designed to further K Sravanthi Kiran
foray into the Indian Construction Industry. The show will also be shifting venues to HUDA Ground, Manager Digital Media
Gurgaon/Delhi.Having put up a relatively successful event in 2014 amidst the economic downcycle, BAUMA Lakshmi Rahul
Creative Head
CONEXPO INDIA has already proved that the brand has established itself as a solution for the industry's net- S Nithiyanandam
working needs. Hence, with investor sentiment in the positive and with India once again a bright spot in the Production Manager
world economy, it comes as no surprise that the show has attracted over 700 exhibitors and expects over Caroline D'sylva
30,000 business visitors to attend. Digital Production Assistant
R Anand, Sudhir Kumar Singh
Earlier this year, under the leadership of Shri Nitin Gadkari, management of bridges in India received the impe- Sales Coordinator
Stephen Jacob
tus needed to make sustainable advances. An Indian Bridge Management System was launched to both; tag
Subscription & Circulation Team
and monitor bridges and culverts across the country. The system employs a software which IDs an asset and Sateesh Kuniyil, R Vidya Parthan
maintains structural data about it. This data is then used to schedule maintenance,effectively averting a crisis Manager
well in advance. Pradeep Nair
Corporate Office
2016 bolstered the Indian economy through a slew of measures from the government meticulously crafted to MB Publishers Pvt. Limited
No. 102/11 (New No. 46/11), Tripti Apartments,
boost infrastructure and investment in the country. In Finance Minister Arun Jaitley's Union Budget speech, Marshalls Road, Egmore, Chennai - 600 008.
announcements in investments of Rs. 3000crore for nuclear power generation, Rs. 97,000 crores for road Ph: 044-28555248
Subscription & Circulation
construction including PMGSY, and an outlay of Rs. 2,21,246 crore for the infrastructure sector amongst vari- lakshmi@masterbuilder.co.in
ous other announcements of reformative measures were made. Further momentum was gained through subscription@masterbuilder.co.in
Mob: +919489862782 / +919343833191
the passing of the Goods and Services Tax (GST) bill in the parliament. GST is a game changer for the Indian Ph: 080 - 25705888
economy in the sense that it will eliminate classification disputes, and the cascading effect of taxes, rationalise Website
the tax structure and simplify compliance procedures amongst others. The government expects to imple- www.masterbuilder.co.in
ment GST in the country by April 2017. Karnataka
No. 40, 2nd Floor, 7th "C" Cross, Ashwini Layout,
Koramangala, Bangalore - 560047.
Ambitious projects like 'Sagarmala' and 'Bharatmala' too were announced and Ph: 080 - 25705888, Mob: 09343833191
launched. Under the sagarmala scheme, the government aims to develop Telangana
Aparna Tulip Kanopy, G-212, Gundlapochampalle,
new port infrastructure, modernise existing, and setup coastal economic R.R. District, Hyderabad - 500 014.
zones and fish harbours along India's 7,500 km coastline. Whereas the Mob: +91 9391336617
Bharatmala project aims to connect all districts by road to the nearest Maharashtra
Peninsula Business Park Tower B, No.1,
national highway. Mathuradas Mills, Senapati Bapat Marg, Lower
Parel, Mumbai - 400 013. Mob: 91-9380279469
The Indian economy had been re-invigorated with the schemes from Meghalaya
the Modi Government. As per CSO, in the second quarter (July - Sep- No. 6, Lady Veronica Path, Near Bansara Eye Care,
Laitumkhrah, Shillong - 793003.
tember)of the fiscal year 2016-17, India's GDP grew at 7.3 percent. Mob: +91 7259134353
With a crunch on spending power and deferring purchases in the Owned and Published by
K P Pradeep
real estate, construction and FMCG sectors due to the scrapping of No. 102/11, Tripti Apartments, Marshalls Road,
the 500 and 1000 rupee notes, the GDP growth rate is most likely to be Egmore, Chennai - 600 008.

affected. However, how long will this effect last, and will it propel
growth even further as claimed will remain to be seen.
As the year 2016 comes to a close, I would like to wish you a happy and pros-
perous new year 2017. We hope you enjoy this edition and look forward to your
valuable feedback.
Nigel Narayan, Editor
editor@masterbuilder.co.in
K P PRADEEP
17.04.1961 -11.06.2016
Printed By
Ashok Natarajan
Times Printers & Publishers, New No. 57 (29),
Dr. Besant Road, Ice House, Chennai - 600 014.
Disclaimer
All rights reserved. Reproduction, stored in a retrieval sys-
tem, or transmitted in any form or by any means, elec-
tronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise,
in whole or part without prior written permission is prohib-
ited. All views expressed in this magazine are those of the
authors and do not necessarily reflect those of the pub-
lisher, neither do the publishers endorse any of the claims
made in the advertisements.
 CONTENTS

Editor's Comment.............................10
Advertisers Index..............................16
36 SAGARMALA PROJECT REPORT
Asumptions - -India Sets Sail for Growth
Via 'blue Revolution'
Classification Index..........................18
News & Events.................................20
Sadagopan Seshadri, Chief - Content Development,
CE - Infrastructure - Environment

36 SAGARMALA PROJECT REPORT

Asumptions - -India Sets Sail for Growth 80 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - SOIL
MECHANICS
Via 'blue Revolution' Behaviour of unsaturated soils and significance of
Sadagopan Seshadri, Chief - Content Development, physico-chemical effects in clays
CE - Infrastructure - Environment Amiya Prakash Das, M.S., PhD, Student, Hong Kong University
of Science and Technology, Hong Kong SAR

54 MANAGEMENT: PITCH DECK PRESENTATION

Pitch Deck Presentation -Part II (of III) CONCRETE RECYCLING PLANT
Subu Venkataraman
Strategic Advisor & Consultant, Startups and SMEs
92 Specilalised Concrete Recycling Plant RA 12 / RA 20

57 MB-S.I.M PART - 3 96 C&D WASTE MANAGEMENT

Sustainable Handling of Construction
Inside Wire of Cracking the Interview
Mandar Chitre, Consultant, Trainer & Writer and Demolition ( C & D ) Waste

62 ACOTEC TECHNOLOGY
Emancipation of acotec SEMI wall plant 102 EVENT
A Session on Concrete Waterproofing
established in India and Affordable Housing

66 CASE STUDY
Analysis of 110 meter high air traffic 106 CURTAIN RAISER: BAUMA CONEXPO INDIA 2016
Bauma Conexpo India 2016 - A continued
control tower (ATC) tradition with a new identity!
Subhash Mehrotra1, Deepak Thakur2, Sakshi Mehra3 Nigel Narayan
1
M. Tech. (Structural Engineering) I.I.T. Delhi
2
B.E. (Civil Engineering) from N.I.T. Nagpur
3
M. Sc. (Structural Engineering) University of Glasgow& Edinburgh
Managing Director Mehro Consultants New Delhi
ROAD EQUIPMENT
110 Roads & Highways to Push The Growth Momentum
Agith G Antony
72 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - SOIL
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

STABILIZATION
Stabilization of expansive soil with industrial
solid waste
Prof. P V Sivapullaiah, Pro Vice-Chancellor, Gitam University,
124 FORMWORK TYPES - REPORT
Formwork Applications
Bangaluru Campus, Nagadenahalli Avishek Ghosh

54 106

36 57
12
 CONTENTS

128 QUESTIONNAIRE
“Value Engineered Formwork Suited for
190 EVENT
bauma China 2016 - A sustained beacon for the
Indian Conditions” construction industry!

142 Evolvement of Advanced Concrete Solutions COMMUNICATION FEATURE

152 Innovation of Concreting Solutions 60 FibreFix forays into the Indian market

80 Slope Protection for the Abutment of

198 Scaling the challenges of equipment market Minor Bridge at NH-91

132 REPORT: IMPACT OF DEMONETIZATION 90 Third Generation Nano Polymer Binder

Demonetization - A Speed Breaker?
Agith G Antony
100 Waterproofing: Bridge Deck Protection

134 MINNING EQUIPMENT: INDUSTRY ANALYSIS

Driving Forces of the Mining Sector
114 JCB India Diversifying for Evolving Landscapes!

MB Bureau Report
118 Underlining Full Line Capabilities at BC India 2016

138 CONCRETE EQUIPMENT

Concreting Equipment for Infrastructure 120 Launch of Products Targeted at the Value
Segment and Robust Performance on Site
MB Bureau Report

144 BKT - An Indian Manufacture with a Global Presence

162 PILE RAFT FOUNDATION
Dynamic Analysis of Pile-Raft Foundation for
Site-Specific Earthquake 148 Infrastructural Alignment with Quality Equipment
Buvaneswari C.1, Kamatchi, P.2
1M. E. Project student, 2Principal Scientist, CSIR-Structural
Engineering Research Centre CSIR Campus, Taramani, Chennai 150 The Automatic Four Station Press

156 Fly-ash Concrete and Block Making Machines

170 SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION
Critical Resilient Design Criteria in Construction of
Natural Disaster-Resistant Buildings
Dr. A.N. Sarkar, Former-Senior Professor (International Business)
158 On a sustained robust growth path

& Dean (Research) Asia-Pacific Institute of Management, New Delhi

In conversation with R C Mangal, Sr. VP, Sales &
158 Marketing – Mahindra Truck and Bus Division

182 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING -

The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

LANDSLIDE ANALYSIS
Analysis and evaluation of stability for the reactivated 192 DURAfloorprotector for Effective
Protective Floor Covering
landslide along deep-seated weakness zones
Boo-Seong Park1, Hyun Cho2, Sung-Pill Youn3, Dong-In Park4
Presentation of Road and Mineral
196
1
General Manager, 2Senior Vice President, Ph.D,
3
Assistant Manager, 4Manager, Sangyong Engineering and Technology Solutions at BC India 2016
Construction Co., Ltd., Korea

132 138

134 190
14
 CONTENTS

Advertisers Index
A H Perlcon Premix Pvt. Ltd. 89

Action Construction Equipment Ltd. 167/169 Hitech Scaffolding Pvt. Ltd. 195 Perma Cosntruction Aids Pvt. Ltd. 193

Ajax Fiori Engg., (I) Pvt. Ltd. 117 I Piscon Construction Equipments Pvt. Ltd 95

I.H.Shah Associates Polygoma Industries Pvt. Ltd. 19

Amman Apollo India Pvt. Ltd. 7
(Construction Learning) 195
Putzmeister Concrete Machines Pvt. Ltd 9
Apollo Infratech Pvt. Ltd. 93/145/155
Ihita Engineering Services Pvt. Ltd 129
R
Asons Enterprises 11
J REIT Qgreen Machines Pvt. Ltd 157
B JCB India Ltd. Gate Fold Reliance Industries Ltd. (Recron) 181
Balkrishna Industries Ltd. 99 Jilin India 103 Relyon Facility Service 193
Bekaert Mukund Wire Industries Jindal Aluminium Ltd 49 Roof India -2017 157
Pvt. Ltd (Dramix) 15
K Reva Engineeing Enterprises 165
Bosch India 41
Kaveri Ultra Polymers Pvt. Ltd. 2nd Wrapper Robert Thomas Metall-und Elektrowerke
Build Smart Construction GmbH & Co. KG 193
Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. 35 Kernoes Aluminate Technologies 33
Roof India 2017 191
Buildmat- 2017 199 Kyb Conmat Pvt. Ltd. 21
S
L
C Schwing Stetter (India) Private Ltd. Cover /55
Leister Technologies India Pvt. Ltd. 13
Cerachem Pvt. Ltd. 29 Sharp Ply (India) Pvt. Ltd 131
M
Columbia Machine Engineering Pvt. Ltd. 202 Shri Parijatha Machinery works Pvt. Ltd 153
Maccaferri Environmental Solutions
Conmac 2017 (CII) 201 Private Limited 79 Sicoma Mixers India Pvt. Ltd 151

ConMec Auto Consultants India Pvt. Ltd. 8 Maco Coporation India Pvt. Ltd. 185 Sika India Private Ltd. 27

Macons Equipments Pvt. Ltd. 49 Spartan Engineering Industries Pvt. Ltd 177
E
Strata Geosystems (India) Pvt. Ltd 75
Elematic India Pvt.Ltd 83 Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. Front Inner-1
Surie Polex 53
Elgi Equipments Ltd 185 Manitowoc cranes 113
T
Marini India Pvt.Ltd (Fayat India) 63
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

Escorts Construction Equipment Ltd 109

Talrak Construction Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. 31
Metecno India Pvt. Ltd. Front Inner-2
Everest Engineering Equipment Pvt. Ltd. 17
U
MFS Formwork Systems Pvt.Ltd 123
Excon 2017 197
Ultratech Cement Ltd. Back Cover
Minitech Floors 189
F Universal Construction Machinery &
Morfi Concrete Systems Pvt. Ltd 127 Equipment Ltd 133 / 141 / 149
Fab India Industries 159
MTANDT Ltd 127 V
Forest Press Hydraulics Ltd 115
Municipalika 2017 194 VMT International 71
G
N Vollert India Pvt. Ltd. 69
Gareware-Wall Ropes Ltd 189 Neha Infra Services 173 Volvo India Pvt. Ltd 61
GMMCO Ltd Back Inner /137 P W
Golecha Equipment Pvt. Ltd 43 Pakona Engineers (I) Pvt. Ltd. 161 Wirtgen India Pvt. Ltd. 59
16
 CONTENTS

Advertisers Index / Classification

Admixture Asons Enterprises 11 Flooring
Talrak Construction Chemicals Pvt.Ltd 31 Balkrishna Industries Ltd 99 Minitech Floors 189
Jilin India 103 Bosch India 41 Formwork
Aerial Access platform Conmac 2017 (CII) 201 Ihita Engineering Services Pvt.Ltd 129
Maco Corporation India Pvt.Ltd 185 Conmec Auto Consultants India Pvt.Ltd 8 MFS Formwork Systems Pvt.Ltd 123
Aluminium Escorts Construction Equipment Ltd 109 Morfi Concrete Systems Pvt.Ltd 127
Jindal Aluminium Ltd 49 Everest Engineering Equipment Pvt.Ltd 17 Sharp Ply (India) Pvt.Ltd 131
C& D waste Equipment Fab India Industries 159 Geosynthetics
Piscon Construction Equipments Pvt.Ltd 95 GMMCO Ltd Back Inner /137 Gareware-Wall Ropes Ltd 189
Calcium Aluminium Silicate Golecha Equipment Pvt.Ltd 43 MACCAFERRI Environmental Solutions
Kernoes Aluminate Technologies 33 JCB India Ltd Gate Fold Private Limited 79
Cement Kyb Conmat Pvt.Ltd 21 Strata Geosystems (India) Pvt.Ltd 75
Ultratech Cement Ltd Back Cover Macons Equipments Pvt.Ltd 39 Precast Elements
Compressors Elematic India Pvt.Ltd 83
Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd Front Inner-1
Elgi Equipments Ltd 185 Precast Equipment
Marini India Pvt.Ltd (Fayat India) 63
Concrete Block Making Machine Vollert India Pvt.Ltd 69
MTANDT Ltd 121
Columbia Machine Engineering Sand Plaster
Neha Infra Services 173
Pvt. Ltd. 202 Perlcon Premix Pvt.Ltd 89
Putzmeister Concrete Machines Pvt.Ltd 9
Forest Press Hydraulics Ltd 115 Sandwich Panels
Reva Engineeing Enterprises 165
REIT Qgreen Machines Pvt.Ltd 157 Metecno India Pvt.Ltd Front Inner -2
Schwing Stetter India Pvt.Ltd Cover /55
Reva Engineeing Enterprises 165 Scaffolding
Spartan Engineering Industries Pvt.Ltd 177
Shri Parijatha Machinery works Pvt.Ltd 153 Hitech Scaffolding Pvt.Ltd 195
Universal Construction Machinery &
Concrete Pipe Making Machine Soil & Slope Stabilization
Equipment Ltd 133 / 141 / 149
Pakona Engineers(I) Pvt. Ltd. 161 Strata Geosystems (India) Pvt.Ltd 75
VMT International 71
Concrete Polishing Machine Soil Stabilization
Volvo India Pvt.Ltd 69
Surie Polex 53 Kaveri Ultra Polymers Pvt.Ltd 2nd Wrapper
Wirtgen India Pvt.Ltd 59
Concrete Mixers Steel Fiber Reinforcement
Cranes
Sicoma Mixers India Pvt.Ltd 151 Bekaert Mukund Wire Industries Pvt.Ltd
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

Manitowoc cranes 113 (Dramix) 15

Construction Training
Crushing Equipment Stone Polishing Machine
I.H.Shah Associates (Construction
Piscon Construction Equipments Surie Polex 53
Learning) 195
Pvt.Ltd 95 Tower cranes
Construction Chemicals
Curing compound Chamber Everest Engineering Equipment Pvt.Ltd 17
Build Smart Construction Chemicals
Pvt.Ltd 35 Robert Thomas Metall-und Elektrowerke Waterproofing
GmbH & Co. KG 193 Cerachem Pvt.Ltd 29
Cerachem Pvt.Ltd 29
Exhibition Perma Construction Aids Pvt.Ltd 193
Perma Construction Aids Pvt.Ltd 193
Buildmat 2017 199 Polygomma Industries Pvt.Ltd 19
Sika India Pvt.Ltd 27
Excon 2017 197 Reliance Industries Ltd 181
Construction Equipment
Municipalika 2017 194 Sika India Pvt.Ltd 27
Action Construction Equipment Ltd 167/169
Roof India 2017 191 Talrak Construction Chemicals Pvt.Ltd 31
Ajax Fiori Engg., (India) Pvt.Ltd 117
Facility services Welding machine
Amman Apollo India Pvt.Ltd 7
Relyon Facility Services 193 Leister Technologies India Pvt.Ltd 13
18

Apollo Infratech India Pvt.Ltd 93/145/155

 NEWS & EVENTS
INFRASTRUCTURE
POWER
Infrastructure sector records 6-month high
growth of 6.6% in October
Infrastructure sector recorded a growth
rate of 6.6 percent in October the high-
est in last six months on the back of
impressive performance by steel and
refinery products. However, the growth
rate of power generation, cement output
and fertiliser production fell consider-
ably on a year-on-year basis. Coal pro-
duction continued to fall for the third
straight month. The growth rate of eight
infrastructure sectors steel, cement,
electricity, coal, crude oil, natural gas,
refinery products and fertilisers was 3.8
percent in October 2015. It was 5 per-
cent in September 2016. The core sec-
tors, which contribute 38 per cent to the
total industrial production, expanded by
4.9 per cent in April-October compared
to 2.8 per cent growth in the similar period
of last financial year. Steel production
jumped 16.9 per cent in October against
Jakson will install
rooftop solar plant
at Rashtrapati Bhawan
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
Jakson Group has secured a contract to
install a rooftop solar plant of 508 kWp
capacity at the Rashtrapati Bhawan. The
company will design installs, commission
and maintain this facility, Jakson Group
said in a statement. The project is expected
to be commissioned by this year end. The
project will generate approximately 7.41
lakh units per year. Jakson is among top 2
players in India Solar Rooftop market and
has a portfolio of 30 MW Rooftop project
20
so far.
a contraction of 5.5 per cent in the year-
ago period. The output of refinery prod-
ucts soared by 15.1 per cent in October.
Growth in fertiliser and electricity gen-
eration was at 0.8 per cent and 2.8 per
cent, respectively, in October 2016,
against 16.8 percent and 13.8 percent,
respectively in October 2015. Coal pro-
duction declined by 1.6 percent in Octo-
ber as against a growth of 6.6 per cent in
the year-ago period. Natural gas and
crude oil output during October fell by
1.4percentand3.2percent,respectively.
India's coal production
rises 13 percent over two
fiscal years: Piyush Goyal
India's coal production increased 13 per-
cent from 565 million tonne (MT) in 2013-
14 to 639 MT in 2015-16, power, coal, mines
and renewable energy minister, Piyush
Goyal said. The minister also said coal
imports have fallen nine per cent to 199.88
MT in 2016. The drop in coal imports has
been on account of increased production
by Coal India Ltd (CIL) in 2015-16, Goyal said
in a written reply in Rajya Sabha. While
addressing the Parliament, Goyal said that
a roadmap has been prepared by CIL to
substantially enhance production of coal
by 2019-20. This includes capacity addi-
tion from new projects, use of mass pro-
duction technologies and identification of
existing on-going projects with growth
potential. The focus of the government is
on increasing the domestic production,
which includes efforts to expedite envi-
ronment clearances & forest clearances
expeditiously, pursuing with the state gov-
ernment for assistance in land acquisition
and coordinated effort with Railways for
movement of coal, the minister added. Coal
is the biggest contributor to the total value
of mineral production in the country.
NTPC's Vindhyachal power
plant gets IPMA International
project cxcellence award
Power generator, NTPC Ltd's Vindhyachal
power plant in Madhya Pradesh, also the
country's largest electricity generation
station, has bagged the IPMA International
Project Excellence's Silver Award for the
year 2016 for project management. The
company said in a statement a unit of the
4,760 Megawatt project was commissioned
ahead of schedule it was synchronised on
6 August last year and achieved full load
the same day within 26 months from the
date of construction. The award was
received by Rajesh Kumar Bhatnagar,
Executive Director of the Vindhyachal pro-
ject along with SK Roy, Executive Director,
Operations from the IPMA organisers at
an award ceremony held in Warsaw, Poland.
Global industrial giant, GE got gold for their
South Africa Escom project, and China
State Construction got a bronze medal for
Mauritius Airport Expansion project on
occasion. IPMA International Project
Excellence Award recognises projects from
different countries, industries and organi-
sations and motivates project teams to
develop and improve project management.
It supports professional project manage-
ment in achieving high performance and
identifies projects as examples of excel-
lent project management.
 NEWS & EVENTS
INFRASTRUCTURE
ROADS
NHAI requires ` 71,911 crore for highway
projects: Government
The government said the National High-
ways Authority of India (NHAI) has esti-
mated a total investment of ` 71,911
crore for the execution of different high-
way projects during 2016-17. Life
Insurance Corporation of India(LIC) has
agreed in principle to subscribe to NHAI
taxable bonds to the tune of ` 25,000
crores subject to not more than ` 8,500
crores in one financial year, Union Min-
ister of State for Road Transport and
Highways and Shipping Pon.
Radhakrishnan informed Lok Sabha.
According to the Minister, various steps
like streamlining of land acquisition,
revamping of disputes resolution mech-
anism and awarding projects with ade-
Government clears
` 6,068 crore highway
projects in eight states
The government has approved 12 high-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
way projects worth ` 6,067.9 crores in eight
states including Uttar Pradesh and West
Bengal. The National Highway projects
totalling 476.386 km were cleared by the
Standing Finance Committee on Novem-
ber 15, Ministry of Road Transport and
Highways said in a statement. Most of the
476-km projects are under engineering,
procurement and construction (EPC) mode
for augmenting highways. The projects are
in Manipur, Nagaland, Arunachal Pradesh,
Maharashtra, Goa, West Bengal,
Uttarakhand and Uttar Pradesh. Of the 12
projects, nine are in EPC mode, two in
hybrid annuity and the remaining one in OMT
(operate-maintain- transfer) mode. Four
of the projects pertain to Manipur,
22
Nagaland and Arunachal Pradesh for aug-
quate preparation are being taken by
NHAI to complete the National Highways
Development Project (NHDP). The Min-
ister elaborated that no future project
would be awarded unless 80 per cent of
land is available with authority with req-
uisite forest clearance.
menting of existing highway stretches on
NH 39 and NH-415. The three projects for
Maharashtra pertain to two and four-laning
of highway stretches on NH-930, NH-211
(New NH-52) and NH-211 (New NH-52).
The Goa project is for the construction of
Margaon Western NH Bypass for NH 17
(New NH-66). The West Bengal project
pertains to four-laning of Kolaghat to
Haldia section of NH-41 with ROB cum Fly-
over while Rehabilitation and upgrade of
Barhani-Kataya Chowk near Shohratgarh
section of NH-730. The Standing Finance
Committee (SFC) approved reconstruc-
tion with geometric improvements of two-
lane to two lanes with paved shoulder of a
section of NH-125 in Uttarakhand.
Govt to form inter-ministerial
panel for setting up emergency
landing facilities along
major NH corridors
An inter-ministerial coordination group
(IMG) is being constituted to achieve the
objective of creating emergency landing
facilities along with all major national high-
way corridors, Minister of State for Road
Transport and Highways (MoRTH), Pon
Radhakrishnan said in a written reply to
the Lok Sabha. He said MoRTH is primar-
ily responsible for development and main-
tenance of National Highways. Last month,
Road Transport and Highways Minister,
Nitin Gadkari had told that there are pro-
posals to develop highway stretches in such
a fashion that they may double up as air-
strips, which will provide connectivity in dif-
ficult places. The transport ministry is shortly
going to convene a meeting with the defence
ministry to firm up the proposal. 22
stretches have been identified in various
parts of the country for the same. In August,
Gadkari had spoken about the construc-
tion of such an airport in Rajasthan and said
similar projects were being planned in
Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya and some
other border districts. In Rajasthan, such
an airport could serve as an airstrip for
landing and take-off when it is closed, and
traffic can be restored later. The govern-
ment is working on ways to boost regional
air connectivity in the country.
Delhi-Meerut E-way may be
allowed: Expert panel to NGT
The permission to National Highways
Authority India (NHAI) to build a bridge
and its approach roads across the river for
the Delhi- Meerut Expressway should be
allowed to help ease traffic congestion, an
expert committee on told the National Green
Tribunal (NGT). The project would be
allowed” subject to fulfilling of certain con-
ditions including increasing the cost of
monitoring during the construction phase
of the bridge by nearly ` 2.5 crores. The
committee, constituted by the NGT for
implementation of 'Maili se Nirmal Yamuna
Revitalisation Project 2017', has recom-
mended that project proponent should save
“as many trees” as possible and no wet-
land area on the floodplains should be dis-
turbed during the construction phase. The
committee also suggested that a strong
iron marshes of 8-inch height should be
erected along the proposed bridge to stop
the public from throwing solid waste in
the Yamuna. The submissions came in
response to National Highways Authority
of India's (NHAI) plea seeking NGT's nod
for the building of bridges and approach
roads over the Yamuna. The Delhi-Meerut
Expressway will be built through public -
private partnership mode and slated to be
operational by March 2018. The project will
reduce the time of travel between Delhi
and Meerut (NH-58) to 40-45 minutes from
three hours at present.
 NEWS & EVENTS
URBAN INFRA
LMRC starts first trial run, will open to
public on March 26, next year
The trial run of the Lucknow Metro in
Uttar Pradesh was flagged off by Chief
Minister, Akhilesh Yadav and his father,
Mulayam Singh Yadav. The primary sec-
tion (between Transport Nagar to
Charbagh) would be open for public on
March 26 next year after three months
of rigorous trial. The entire 23-km long
North-South corridor will have 21 sta-
tions including eight elevated ones. The
estimated cost of the project will be
around ` 6,800 crore. LMRC, a special
purpose vehicle, was registered under
the Companies Act by the state govern-
DMRC successfully wraps
up all tunnelling works of its
phase-3 project
The Delhi Metro Rail Corporation (DMRC)
has successfully completed all the tun-
nelling works of Phase 3 with the comple-
tion of a 1.25-kilometre long tunnel between
Vasant Vihar and Munirka on the Janakpuri
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
West Botanical Garden Magenta Line.
The work on this 1.25-kilometre long tun-
nel had started in the month of October
2015. The tunnel consists of a total of 904
rings and has been constructed about 20
metres below the surface. With this tun-
nel breakthrough, DMRC in Phase 3 has
now completed one of the largest ever tun-
neling projects taken up in any urban area
all over the world where a record 30 Tun-
nel Boring Machine (TBMs) were used to
bore close to 80 kilometres of underground
tunnels (combining the length of both tun-
nels for to and fro movement of trains).
The total underground corridor length in
Phase 3 including the stations is about 54
kilometres. The underground work of Phase
3 was even more than the combined work
28
undertaken in the first two phases. The
ment in 2013 to execute the metro-rail
project in the city. Padma Vibhushan, E.
Sreedharan, who has successfully han-
dled many mega projects in the coun-
try, like Konkan Railway and Delhi
Metro, is the principal advisor of LMRC.
tunnelling work on the 38 kilometres long
Janakpuri West Botanical Garden corri-
dor had multiple engineering challenges.
The new tunnels passed below already
operational elevated viaducts of Delhi Metro
at three locations.
Government approves six
new proposals to set up
SEZs for IT, biotech
The government has approved six pro-
posals from four developers to set up new
special economic zones (SEZs) across
three states in areas such as IT and bio-
technology. The decision was taken by
the Board of Approval (BoA), headed by
Commerce Secretary, Rita Teaotia. The
developers who got the nod for new zones
include Vaxenic India, EON Kharadi Infra-
structure and KRC Infrastructure. GAR
Corporation has proposed to set up two
IT/ITeS zones in Telangana, while Vaxenic
India wants to set up biotechnology and
biopharmaceuticals SEZ in the state.
EON Kharadi Infrastructure and KRC
Infrastructure to have planned to set up
separate IT/ITeS special economic zones
in Pune. Information Technology Park
has got the approval to set up IT zone in
Karnataka. The board has also given addi-
tional time to six developers and units to
implement their projects. G P Realtors
had sought a further extension of the
validity period of formal approval granted
for setting up electronic hardware and
IT/ITeS zone in Haryana. The board
extended the validity up to November 13,
2017. SEZs are export hubs, which con-
tribute about 23 percent of the country's
total outbound shipments. As per the
Commerce Ministry's data, as on March
31, these zones had attracted invest-
ments worth Rs 3.76 lakh crore and gen-
erated employment for 15.91 lakh people.
Extension plan of Kochi
Metro gets a big boost
with 175mn EUR loan
Kochi Metro Rail LTD's (KMRL) extension
plan has got a major boost with a French
funding agency agreeing to provide a loan
of around 175 million Euros for the pro-
ject. The Agence Francaise de
Developpement (AFD) has offered to fund
the metro rail's extension from JLN Sta-
dium to Infopark via Kakkanad. Consider-
ing it as a special case, the French agency
agreed to extend the loan for a longer ten-
ure of 25 years at an interest rate of 1.35
percent. The normal tenure for such loans
for urban infrastructure is presently 20
years. The loan also includes a component
of EUR 22 million for the non-motorized
transportation works at 20 stations,
pedestrianisation of M G Road and junction
improvement in Aluva, Edapally and Vyttila.
Discussion on the proposed extension over
a distance of 11.2 km at the cost of ` 2,024
crore was held at the Seventh Annual
Negotiation Meeting between the Ministry
of Finance, Government of India and AFD
at Paris on November 9 and 10. It is expected
that AFD's Board will clear the proposal in
December 2016.
 NEWS & EVENTS
CORPORATE
NTPC receives investment approval
for its first wind power project
State-run power generator, National
Thermal Power Corporation (NTPC Ltd)
announced it has received investment
approval for its first wind power project
in Gujarat. India's largest power utility is
planning to set up a 50 Megawatt (MW)
wind project, which will cost the com-
pany an estimated ` 323.35 crore,
according to a company statement. The
wind power project is a part of NTPC's
aim to become a “low-cost low emis-
sion utility”. NTPC's Power Management
Institute and research arm NETRA will
play a crucial role in achieving the firm's
goals. The company recently announced
its Telangana Thermal Power Project
will be the most modern complying
with the latest environment norms. The
country's largest coal-based power
generator has established itself in the
renewable sector in the India with 360
Dow Corning to showcase
new silicone technologies at
the Glass Technology Expo 2016
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
Dow Corning India Pvt. Ltd will participate
in the Glass Technology Expo 2016 being
held at Pragati Maidan, New Delhi from
December 9th to 11th,2016. Dow Corning,
a global leader in silicones, silicon-based
technology & innovation, is showcasing
its high-performance new silicone tech-
nologies for building and construction at
the expo. The Company is expanding its
range in India and is offering more options
to Indian customers. The options range
from technologies, which include high-
performance silicone adhesives and seal-
ants for building façades, to silicone-based
30
water repellent coatings and additives,
MW of commissioned solar capacity set
up all across the country. The company
also has 1,519 MW of operational
hydropower capacity, which adds to the
company's green energy capacity.
NTPC aims to set up 1000 MW of capac-
ity from renewable sources by 2017. The
Maharatna PSU plans to meet its target
by setting up a further 360 MW from
solar power.
which improve the sustainability of build-
ing materials. Dow Corning's range of
high-performance silicone solutions has
been playing a key role in the global build-
ing and construction industry for many
years, and are increasingly being speci-
fied as the materials of choice in India.
With Dow Corning Corporation becoming
a wholly owned subsidiary of The Dow
Chemical Company, there are exciting
opportunities, which will drive new prod-
uct offerings, increased geographic reach
and expanded R&D power to bring inno-
vations to the customers faster.
Vedanta plans to invest
` 20,000 crores over 3 years in
expanding its aluminium capacity
Mining conglomerate, Vedanta plans to
invest `15,000 crore to `20,000 crore over
three years in expanding its alumina and
aluminium producing capacity. The com-
pany plans to expand the capacity of its
Lanjigarh alumina refinery to 5 million
tonnes from the current 2 million tonnes
and double the capacity of its Jharsuguda
aluminium smelter to 2 million tonnes.
Both the plants are located in Odisha.
Vedanta has been trying to expand the
capacity of its refinery for almost 8 years
now but, a paucity of availability of bauxite,
the raw material, which is refined to make
alumina, has proved a hurdle.
Essar Power subsidiary at
Hazira commissions second
unit of 135 MW
Essar Power said its subsidiary at Hazira
in Gujarat has commissioned the second
and last unit of 135 MW, making the 270
MW project fully operational now. The
company said commissioning was done
in a record 53 days from IBR hydro test to
final synchronisation making it among the
fastest in the industry. The first unit was
commissioned in July last year. With this,
the 270 MW multi-fuel power plant, which
is 100 percent captive to Essar Steel Hazira,
is now fully operational. The plant runs on
multiple fuels, like coal (both domestic
and imported) and corex gas, simulta-
neously. Essar Power has a target capac-
ity of 6,100 MW, and this commissioning
makes 80 per cent, or 4,840 MW, opera-
tional now. Increased coal availability, as
well as strong operational efficiencies over
the last two years, have helped the com-
pany to improve performance significantly.
Essar Power has an operational capacity
of 4,840 MW, of which 3,240 MW is coal-
based and 1,600 MW gas-based. Its oper-
ating plants are located at Mahan in
Chhatisgarh and at Hazira, Salaya and
Vadinar in Gujarat
 NEWS & EVENTS
INTERNATIONAL
Construction Progresses on the 49-story
mixed-use Vancouver House
Progress has been moving along at the
site of the Bjarke Ingels-designed Van-
couver House. The 49-story mixed-use
tower by Westbank is beginning to rise
above grade in the heart of downtown
Vancouver's up-and-coming Beach
District. Designed in conjunction with
Canadian firms, DIALOG and James KM
Cheng Architects, the project has been
described as a “living sculpture,” due to
the tower's signature twist. A challeng-
ing build site, the irregular plot is con-
strained on all sides by the surrounding
road infrastructure. The most obvious
obstacle is the elevated roadway, which
abuts the length of the site from one end
to the other, thus necessitating a care-
ful management of all operations related
to construction. The structure will even-
tually be home to 600 residential units
(7,400 square meters) of office space,
and 5,600 square meters of retail, along
Beijing to completely shift
away from coal mining by 2020
to curb alarming air pollution
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
Beijing will close its last three coal mines
in the next four years and entirely quit coal
mining by 2020, ending an 800-year-old
practice in a bid to curb alarming air pollu-
tion. China is the world's top coal con-
sumer, but demand has been on the wane
as economic growth slows and the coun-
try shifts away from fossil fuels to curb pol-
lution. In 2016, Beijing closed two coal mines
with a total annual production capacity of
1.8 million tonnes. Pollution levels in
Beijing goes up high especially during the
winter as the city operates numerous
32
coal-fired heating plants to provide heat-
with a smattering of restaurants, cafés,
and shops, which will populate the bot-
tom of the tower at street level. Once
complete in 2018, the tower will be a
welcome addition to the local skyline
and Beach District, a relatively new
neighbourhood made possible by the
city's recent development boom.
ing for residences in the city. Beijing has a
coal mining history of nearly 800 years.
West Beijing's mountainous area became
renowned as a high-quality coal produc-
tion base. Statistics show that Beijing's
coal consumption in 2010 was over 26 mil-
lion tonnes, with the number declining to
about 12 million tonnes in 2015. The cen-
tral and the Beijing municipal govern-
ments are allocated more than USD 23.2
million in subsidies to local coal workers
and miners in 2016. The coal mining areas
will be developed as new industries, which
are expected to be brought in.
Tarmac opens rail facility at
Aberthaw Cement Plant to
despatch bulk cement
Tarmac's Aberthaw Cement Plant has
opened a rail facility to despatch bulk
cement. The rail depot will mean that
trains will be used to transport cement in
Wales for the first time in over 20 years.
The yard is expected to replace 2500
annual truck movements on the local
roads. Reducing its road movements by
25% is a significant achievement of the
company. It also gives an even better posi-
tion to supply materials to their custom-
ers across Wales and the south west of
England in a more sustainable way. The
plant has been in operation for over 100
years, and it employs 109 people.
Giant protective arch slides
over Chernobyl site to create
a casement to block radiation
A New Safe Confinement (NSC) structure
was built over the old sarcophagus cover-
ing the damaged fourth reactor at the
Chernobyl nuclear power plant, Ukraine.
The world's largest land-based moving
structure has been slid over the Chernobyl
nuclear disaster site to prevent deadly
radiation spewing from the stricken reac-
tor for the next 100 years. A concrete sar-
cophagus had been built over the site of
the stricken reactor to contain the worst
of the radiation, but a more permanent
solution has been in the works since 2001.
The new structure, which resembles a vast
aircraft hangar, has been designed to with-
stand extreme temperatures, corrosion
and tornadoes. Easily visible from kilo-
metres away, the 36,000 tonne 'New Safe
Confinement' arch has been slowly pulled
over the site to create a casement to block
radiation and allow the remains of the
reactor to be dismantled safely. A cere-
mony was held at Chernobyl to mark this
major milestone in the decades of work to
secure the site that has been funded by
donations amounting to over €2 billion
($2.1 billion) from over 40 countries and
organisations. Even with the new arch, the
surrounding zone, which at 2,600 sq. kms is
roughly the size of Luxembourg, will remain
largely uninhabitable and closed to
unsanctioned visitors. The European Bank
for Reconstruction and Development was
tasked to managed the funding for the
clean-up.
 NEWS & EVENTS
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
Caterpillar India Wins Golden Peacock Award for
Sustainability for 2016
Caterpillar India has won the 'Golden
Peacock Award' for Sustainability for
the year 2016 instituted by the Institute
of Directors (IOD) for its many sustain-
able and innovative initiatives and pro-
grams at its manufacturing facilities
located at Hosur, Tamil Nadu. The Jury
under the chairmanship of Justice M.N.
Venkatachaliah, former Chief Justice of
Supreme Court of India has specially
mentioned the company's efforts in low-
ering the greenhouse gas (GHG) inten-
sity in its manufacturing processes at
its engine manufacturing facility located
at Hosur.
“We are especially pleased that Cater-
pillar India has earned this award for
Sustainability. We have initiated a num-
ber of programmes at our manufactur-
ing facilities in India that deliver excel-
lence in the three aspects of
CobraTM PROi,
the First Petrol Breaker
from Atlas Copco
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
Atlas Copco is the first to introduce a petrol
breaker with electronic fuel injection (EFI),
a technology which offers significant bene-
fits for users. The Cobra PROi provides up
to 10% more power at all working speeds,
while optimal combustion gives up to 10%
savings on fuel consumption. The machine
is easy to start in almost any climate, or at
any altitude, and the breaker requires less
routine maintenance. An integrated
mechanical fuel pump employs a unique
system that keeps constant pressure to
the regulator without the help of electric-
ity. While standard EFI systems require 3
bar pressure in the fuel system, thanks to
custom-made injectors the Cobra PROi's
34
low pressure EFI system needs just 0.2
sustainability economic, environmen-
tal and social performance,” stated Mr.
Vivekanand Vanmeeganathan, Country
Head and Managing Director, Caterpil-
lar India. “Sustainable development for
Caterpillar means leveraging technol-
ogy and innovation to increase effi-
ciency and productivity with less impact
on the environment and helping our
customers do the same enabling their
businesses to become more produc-
tive by providing products, services and
solutions that use resources more effi-
ciently,” Mr. Vanmeeganathan said.
bar. This approach minimizes pressure
variations and voids in the fuel, ensuring
smooth running. Putting the operator first
is embedded in Atlas Copco's DNA, and
the Cobra PROi is a good example. Hand-
arm vibration level on 3 axes is below 4 m/s2,
and the machine is light. Weighing just 24
kg, it is no problem to carry around and fits
easily in the trunk of a car. Starting is easy
in any conditions; the ECU (Engine Con-
trol Unit) wakes up during the first revolu-
tions when the user pulls the starter cord.
Volvo CE launches
New Global Website
Following the recent roll-out of over 120
dealer and market websites around the
world, Volvo CE has unveiled its new global
website www.volvoce.com/global. The
launch of Volvo Construction Equipment's
global website is the culmination of a pro-
ject that enables the company's online
presence to be more valuable to custom-
ers, the media, jobseekers and other
interested stakeholders. In addition to pro-
viding product and service information, the
global site also gives visitors an insight
into the company's long history, what
Volvo CE believes in and the values at the
core of the business. There is a heightened
focus on video and images across the
website as well as a media area, which
gathers news and events in one place,
allowing users to easily sort and filter press
releases by date and topic.
“We wanted the new site to reflect the fact
that Volvo CE is an innovative company,
one that is approachable and the best busi-
ness partner in the industry,” commented
Bill Law, senior vice president of corporate
communications and public affairs at Volvo
CE. “I believe the new global website will
attract a great number of visitors, helping
us to engage more effectively with our
audiences.”
New Single-drum
Compactor from Volvo
Volvo Construction Equipment will rein-
force its strength in road-building with the
introduction of the new SD110BA at bC India
2016. The robust Volvo SD110BA provides
equal measures of efficiency, versatility and
stability to ensure superior compaction,
shift after shift. Delivering an efficient,
powerful performance, the 11-ton class
SD110BA combines dynamic drum forces
and a heavy drum weight to produce the
energy necessary to achieve material tar-
get density in fewer passes. With the high-
est centrifugal force in its class, the SD110BA
delivers unmatched performance, ease
of operation and outstanding output. Built
for power and productivity, the SD110BA
also offers optimum fuel efficiency and
emission compliance, making it the ideal
choice for both limiting environmental
impact and minimizing operating costs.
The BS-III compliant engine and optimized
hydraulics work in harmony to provide a
smooth, efficient and effective use of energy.
To further increase fuel efficiency, the
intelligently-designed vibration system
offers quicker ramp-up speeds at lower
pressure. In addition to optimizing power
and productivity, the Volvo SD110BA is
designed to achieve high quality compac-
tion and a flawless mat finish.
 SAGARMALA PROJECT REPORT
SAGARMALA
-INDIA SETS SAIL FOR GROWTH
VIA 'BLUE REVOLUTION'
Sadagopan Seshadri
Chief - Content Development,
CE - Infrastructure - Environment
I
ndia's coastal contours resemble a
necklace and the symbolic name - Pro-
ject Sagar Mala (meaning Ocean's
Necklace) is no doubt apt not only by
shape but also by asset value since it aims
to accelerate economic development by
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
harnessing the potential of its coastline.
It explores overall opportunity with India
- To save on logistic costs
- Make Indian goods more competitive
in the global markets and hence
- Drive its port-led-development agenda
under Sagarmala.
The programme aims
- To change the way logistics evacua-
tion happens in India
- Save logistics costs nationwide for car-
go handled and evacuated through
seaports
- boost overall economic development
36
through ports and
- empower coastal communities.
The Sagarmala Programme was
launched with the approval of the Union
Cabinet on 25th March 2015, with a view to
achieve the broad objective of promoting
port-led economic development in India.
In order to harness India's 7,500 km long
coastline, 14,500 km of potentially naviga-
ble waterways, and strategic location on
key international maritime trade routes,
the Government has embarked on the
ambitious Sagarmala Programme which
was approved by the Cabinet on 25th
March, 2015.
As part of the programme, a National
Perspective Plan (NPP) for the compre-
hensive development of the coastline and
maritime sector has been prepared. The
NPP has identified more than 150 pro-
jects across the areas of Port Moderniza-
tion & New Port Development, Port Con-
nectivity Enhancement, Port-led Indus-
trialization and Coastal Community Dev-
elopment
“SagarMala” is a strategic, customer-
oriented initiative to evolve a model of port
led development whereby India's long
coastline to integrate the development of
the Ports, the Industrial clusters and hin-
terland and efficient evacuation systems
through road, rail, inland and coastal
waterways resulting in Ports becoming
the drivers of economic activity in coastal
areas. It envisages the growth of coastal
and inland shipping as a major mode of
transport for carriage of goods and peo-
ple along the coastal and riverine eco-
nomic centers.
As an outcome, the Sagar Mala would
integrate the hinterland projects of Indus-
trial and Freight Corridors with the mari-
time developments to offer efficient and
seamless transport for both exim and do-
mestic sectors thereby reducing logistics
costs for the customer and exports more
 SAGARMALA PROJECT REPORT

THE NEED - WHY IS SAGARMALA PROJECT To maintain continuity, an

SO IMPORTANT TO THE INDIAN ECONOMY? attempt to orient the
- Currently 95% of India's trade by value and 70 % by volume take place through maritime transport.
reader is made by first
unloading facts & figures of
- India is lacking the high quantity of international trade via coastal line due to the lack of infra- this program and then to
structure facilities and advanced coastal technologies.
unfold the story of India
- The cost of shipping/evacuating goods through Indian maritime transport is quite high com- lagging behind the world is
pared to that of China, South Korea, Japan and other developed countries. This makes Indian brought out followed by
goods uncompetitive in the international market.
how the urgent need to
- China, South Korea and Japan have effectively used their coastline for 'port-led development'. catch up led to put
India has to replicate their model to stay competitive. Sagarmala swing into
So, a plan is needed to reduce logistics cost and strengthen India's EXIM industry. action in-order to herald
SAGARMALA PROJECT IS ONE SUCH PLAN growth to reach pinnacles
of economic freedom soon
Sagarmala project is a port-led development programme of Ministry of Shipping and a Shipping and be so in decades to
ministry study has claimed that the project could lead to an annual saving of ` 40,000 crore by
optimizing logistics.
come! (projecting to 2025).

competitive. the coastline is highly under- - Focus on modernization of port infra- - Engender port led development by
utilized and has significant potential for im- structure, transforming the existing promoting Port based SEZS / FTWZs,
provement. Further analysis of India's do- Ports to world class Ports and devel- ancillary industries such as Ship
mestic and port traffic movement indicates opment of new ports Breaking, Ship Building / Ship Repair,
the need to improve the transport infra- - Improve hinterland linkages through Bunkering facilities, Container
structure and intermodal linkages to achi- efficient rail, road and water (coastal Freight Stations, Warehousing, Tour-
eve optimal modal mix for port evacuation. and inland waterways) networks for ism and Waterborne Transport
efficient evacuations
Sagarmala vision (Figure 1)
The idea of 'port led development' is
core to the vision of Sagarmala (see Figure Reducing the Cost of Lowering logistics cost of
1) and focuses on logistics-intensive in- transporting domestic cargo bulk commodities by locating
Reduction of
dustries. The significance of logistics fac- through optimising modal mix future industrial capacities
logistics cost
tor weightage derives from the fact that in near the coast
for EXIM and
India, the logistics cost is 19% of GDP, domestic trade
which is one of the highest in the world. By with minimal Improving export
aiming to minimize it the Sagarmala Pro- infrastructure competitiveness by
Optimising time/cost of EXIM
investment developing port proximate
gramme, will enable a complete trans- container movement
discrete manufacturing
formation by unlocking the whole poten- clusters
tial of the country's coastline and water-
ways. The Project objectives & Recom- Figure 1
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

mendations undertaken of sagarmala

are as in Figure 2.
Port-led development focuses on
logistics intensive industries. The syner-
gistic and coordinated development of
four components
PROJECT OBJECTIVES & RECOMMENDATIONS
- Augmenting operational efficiency of ports (more terminals for loading and unloading cargo)
- Optimizing logistics (rails, roads and inland waterways).
- Identify capacity additions (more ports wherever viable).

- Logistics intensive industries
- Efficient ports
- Seamless connectivity
- Requisite skill-base
Will lead to unlocking of economic value
(See Figure 3 Sagarmala Port led
development and figure 9 Pillars of
Sagarmala)
The key components of Sagar Mala Pro-
- Modernize India's Ports so that port-led development can be augmented.
- Promoting coastal shipping of bulk commodities like coal.
- Setting-up coastal clusters for bulk commodities like cement & steel.
- Providing last-mile connectivity of ports with National Highways and Railway network.
- Establishing new transshipment port (transfer cargo from one ship to another).
- Creating dedicated coastal berth ports for coastal shipping.
- Setting up storage capacities at origin-destination ports to shorten turnaround time.
- Developing adequate ship-repair facilities in the maritime states.
37

ject hence need to be focused on: Figure 2

 SAGARMALA PROJECT REPORT
Sagarmala: Port-led development
Figure 3 SagarmalaPort led development
(See Figure 3 SagarmalaPort led
development)
Project success banks on
- Constructing new ports by securing
private-sector participation through
PPP models.
- Improving the port connectivity via var-
ious rail corridors, freight friendly
expressways and inland waterways.
These components, in turn, have to be
supported by enabling policies and insti-
tutional linkages to foster collaboration
between various agencies and ensure col-
lective development. A National Sagarmala
Apex Committee (NSAC) combined with
several coordination & control levels for-
med work towards the success of delivery
foreseen by sagarmala (See Figure 4
Sagarmala NSAC).
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
Heralding growth by logistics revolution
The Sagarmala project 'Port-led
development' in the country, is all set to
change the logistics sector performance
NATIONAL SAGARMALA
APEX COMMITTEE (NSAC)
A National Sagarmala Apex Committee
(NSAC) is envisaged for
- Overall policy guidance,
- High level coordination, and
- To review various aspects of planning and
implementation of the plan and projects.
38
Figure 4 Sagarmala - NSAC
by optimizing India's logistics modal mix.
This flagship programme by the Ministry
of Shipping will help in reducing the logis-
tics cost for both domestic and EXIM cargo
with optimized infrastructure investment
cutting down the logistics cost for domes-
tic as well as EXIM cargo, with an esti-
mated overall cost savings of ` 35,000-
40,000 crore per year by 2025.
While the share of inland waterways
and coastal shipping in India's modal mix
continues to be low, emphasising on
coastal shipping to support road and rail
transport can result in overall cost sav-
ings in logistics, a study points out. There
is considerable potential to move finished
products and raw materials using inland
waterways and coastal shipping, which is
about 60-80% cheaper compared to road
or rail transport, said a study carried out
under the Sagarmala programme.
The Sagarmala programme is aimed
at increasing the movement of coal via
coastal routes from 27 MTPA in the fiscal
of 2016 to 129 MTPA by 2025 and to en-
State Place
Kerala Vizhinjam
Tamil Nadu Colachel
Maharashtra Vadhavan (Near Dahanu)
Karnataka Tadadi
Andhra Pradesh Machilipatnam
West Bengal Sagar Island
Figure 5 SagarmalaNew six mega ports
hance the share of coastal shipping and
inland waterways in the modal mix from
6% to 12%, as per a release.
“The programme envisions cutting
down the cost of generating the power by
` 0.50 per unit”, the study added.
It is expected that for power plants
which are situated 800 to 1,000 km around
the coal mines, the coal logistics cost can
contribute up to 35% of the power produc-
tion cost. Therefore it is imperative that the
power cost per unit will be greatly re-
duced if a fruitful intervention on logistics
is made. Thereby the cost of almost all
commodities & products will come down.
Particularly in the case of the coastal
power plants in Andhra Pradesh and Kar-
nataka, that currently receive coal from
Mahanadi Coalfields by Railways, signifi-
cant savings can be achieved by taking
coal through the rail-sea-rail (RSR) route.
"It is estimated that coastal move-
ment of coal to these plants can result in
annual savings of over ` 10,000 Crore to
the power sector," the Ministry noted.
In addition, up to 50 MT of coal can be
moved via coastal shipping for non-power
thermal coal users (for example steel
plants). Other commodities like cement and
fertilisers, and food grains could also be
moved through coastal shipping to the
extent of about 80-85 MT by 2025. Addi-
tionally, an estimated 60-70 MT of cargo
can also be moved over inland waterways
by 2025.
According to government estimates,
diversion of 5 percent of cargo transpor-
tation to a waterborne mode can result in
an annual saving of ` 20 billion and a
reduction of 6 per cent in harmful chemi-
cals and pollutants.
Six mega ports are planned under
Sagarmala project over and above port
modernization etc. (See Figure 5 Sagar-
mala - New six mega ports).
An overall distribution of the 'sagar-
mala spread Ports, Industrial & Freight
Port
Vizhinjam International Seaport
Colachel Seaport
Vadhavan Port
Tadadi port
Machilipatnam Port
Sagar Island Port
 SAGARMALA PROJECT REPORT

“Make in India” dreams among others.

SAGARMALA And as merchandise trade in India's GDP
The plan proposes increases to reach proportions as of dev-
to link 12 major and
`692 Crore `500 Crore
180 minor ports in
Funds require in Capital from special purpose vehicle, eloped countries India's ports will have to
2016-18 for initial subscribed share capital of 100
India with the implementation of crore funded by 12 major parts and RVNL improve their operational efficiency and
hinterland to build projects in first capacity well in advance of the need.
robust water
navigation systems
phase 12 Centrally operated ports
to be delivered A study of China's export profile and
trends in coastal development reveals
6 State
ports
operated
that China has the sea-borne traffic of 9 bil-
lion tonnes with a coastline of 15,000 km
and port based SEZs / FTWs dominate
EXIM trade (figure 8).
On the other hand, India has a total sea-
borne traffic of only 950 million tonnes with
a total coastline of 7,500 km. Therefore,
with a vastly underdeveloped coastline
and sub-optimal traffic / coastline ratio,
India has a significant potential of devel-
oping its maritime capabilities.
Is this not a compelling need to
LEGEND
urgently improve by shifting to top gear?
Major cities
Major ports
Water is the best solution to these
Non major ports woes. It is a known fact that water-borne
Industrial corridor transport is much safer, cheaper and
Freight corridor cleaner compared to other modes of
Petroleum, chemicals
and petrochemicals transportation. And the scope available
investment region for India is huge because it has never uti-
Major inland waterways
lized this avenue despite having a huge
Source: Ministry of Shipping
available resource of coastline, water-
Figure 6 The Sagarmala Spread- Ports, Industrial & Freight Corridors,Waterways, Road/Rail linkages for
ways, canals and more.
National Prosperity Based on the global comparison, the
percentage domestic cargo transported
Corridors, Waterways, Road/Rail link- carry more than 90% of India's total trade by coastal shipping in India is only 7%
ages for National Prosperity' is shown in by volume. This current proportion of which is far lower than comparable coun-
Figure 6. to get the feel of the gigantic job Merchandize Trade in terms of India's tries with long coastlines .
at hand. The great results projection is GDP is just 42% as compared to some of Further, the optimal modal share for
given graphically at a later stage to show the developed countries in the world such traffic evacuation at major ports through
the huge benefits the program promises as Germany and European Union where it coastal / inland waterways in India is 2%
to deliver in boosting the economic growth. is 75% and 70% respectively (figure 7). whereas it should be 10% .
This is how much we are lagging and the
India vs World status - Compelling need So what is Indian Maritime Sector's chal-
gap India has to cover if it intends to in-
to improve lenge?
crease its merchandize trade. And improve,
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

As already seen on the date, our ports it has to, if it really intends to realize its The growth of India's maritime sector

China's Export by Location of Exporters

4% 4%

6%

Coastal
Hinterland
Hinterland + River
navigation
Hinterland, adjacent
to Coastal
86%

Figure 7: Merchandize Trade as a percentage of GDP Figure 8: China's Exports by Location of Exporters year
40

Source: World Bank data, 2012 Source: National Bureau of Statistics of China, KPMG analysis
 SAGARMALA PROJECT REPORT
has been mired in many developmental,
procedural and policy related challenges.
Some of them have been enlisted below:
- Involvement of multiple agencies in
development of infrastructure to pro-
mote industrialization, trade, tourism
and transportation across country
- Presence of a dual institutional struc-
ture that has led to development of
Major and Minor ports as individual
projects
- Lack of infrastructure for evacuation
at major and minor ports leading to
sub-optimal transport modal mix
- Limited hinterland linkages that in
turn increases the cost of transporta-
tion and cargo movement
- Limited development of coastal cen-
ters for manufacturing, urban and
economic activities
- Low penetration of coastal and inland
shipping in India due to limited facilities,
higher costs and policy constraints
- Presence of selective mechanization
and procedural bottlenecks at ports
- Lack of scale, deep draft and other
facilities at various ports in India
What needs to be done for Maritime Sec-
tor Development?
In order to promote India's Maritime
sector, there is a need for certain initia-
tives that would enable inclusive growth
of coastal areas by stimulating economic
activity, promoting modernization of ports
& port-related infrastructure and ensur-
ing the development of efficient hinter-
land linkages.
Some of such initiatives have been enlis-
ted below:
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
SAGAR MALA
Develop India's economic strength along the coastline by transforming ports
to become the economic driver of activities in the region
1 2
Port Modernization
w Transform existing ports
into World Class ports by
infrastructure moder-
nization and streamlining
systems / processes
w Ensure inter-agency
coordination for
synergistic development
4 Institutional Framework, Policies, Programs and Projects for coordinated regional development
5 Financing and Funding Mechanism
42
Figure 9: Pillars of Sagar Mala
- An Integrated Development Appro-
ach that focuses on the following:
- Undertake a comprehensive study to
assess the port capacity requirements to
promote trade and encourage economic
activity
- Mechanization and modernization of
existing port infrastructure and systems to
improve efficiencies
- Plan capacity augmentation projects in
existing ports and develop new ports
where required
- Design and implement efficient
multi-modal evacuation
- Development of industrial clusters / SEZs
in the vicinity of the port and its hinterland
that will power the economic activity in the
region
- Promote Tourism in coastal cities
- Streamline inter-departmental co-ordi-
nation in ports to promote seamless and
efficient interface for the trade.
- Promote synergistic planning and devel-
opment across major and minor ports
- Build world class ports with all-en-
compassing infrastructure, modern
and mechanized facilities and deep
drafts
- Promote inland/coastal shipping by
building dedicated channels, vessels
and facilities
- Simplify policies and promote usage
of online channels for information
exchanges leading to seamless and
hassle free cargo movement
- Provide enabling policies, institu-
tional framework and appropriate
funding mechanism for promoting
collaborative development
What can Sagar Mala do?
Sagar Mala is being envisioned as an
3 Information
Efficient Evacuation Coastal Economic
- Enhancing
Systems Development
w Develop efficient rail, road w Promote Coastal
and coastal / IWT Economic Zones (CEZ),
networks to hinterland port based SEZs/FRWSz - Undertaking a Business Process Re-
w Promote inland / coastal & captive industries
shipping for cargo w Promote ancillary
movement industries
w Promote Tourism
- Cost-effective and efficient mechani-
integrated infrastructure cum policy ini-
tiative that will provide a three pronged
approach for development of India's Mari-
time Sector focusing on port-develop-
ment, port-led development and inland/
coastal shipping supported by enabling
policies, institutional framework and fund-
ing mechanism to ensure inclusive
growth. Therefore, from the development
perspective, the Sagar Mala concept has
three key deliverables listed below:
Port Modernization: Transform exist-
ing ports into world class ports by the mod-
ernization of port infrastructure and exist-
ing systems. Also ensure inter-agency
coordination for synergistic development
at both major and minor ports
Efficient Evacuation Systems: Dev-
elop efficient rail, road and coastal / IWT
networks to the hinterland and promote
Inland / Coastal shipping as a most pre-
ferred mode of transportation
Coastal Economic Development:
Encourage coastal economic activity in
coastal regions by: w Development of
Coastal Economic Zones (CEZ), port based
SEZs / FTWZs, captive ancillary industries
and w Promotion of coastal tourism
These three outcomes will in turn be
supported by enabling policies, robust
institutional structure and appropriate
financing & funding mechanism to
ensure inclusive growth.
Fig. 9 depicts the complete view of the
key components of Sagar Mala concept.
Port Modernization
“Port Modernization” here is about up-
gradation of port and port-related infra-
structure that would increase operational
efficiency of ports and facilitate trade,
industrial activity and tourism in the hin-
terland. This could be enabled by:
-Automating and increasing use of
Technology
the capability of the Port
Community System (PCS) to cover a
larger group of user communities
Engineering exercise in all Major Ports
to simplify, modify and eliminate re-
dundant processes and procedures
zation of ports ensuring inter-modal
cargo handling at ports and direct
port to plant transfers through con-
veyors and pipelines
 SAGARMALA PROJECT REPORT
- Setting-up of Hub Ports that would
facilitate the creation of a cooperation
mechanism linking ports, industrial
clusters and cities with highly efficient
rail/road and coastal networks that
facilitate efficient and secure distribu-
tion of cargo.
World class ports and Hub Ports will
facilitate better, smoother and efficient
port operations by:
- Making ports capable of handling all
types of cargoes
- Providing logistics & value added ser-
vices
- Providing deep draft berths
- Development of Transshipment cen-
ters
- Providing a regional shipping freight
system for hub and sub-ports sup-
ported by coastal/ feeder operations
- Providing allied services such as Ship-
building & repair and bunkering etc.
- Development of Cruise and Yacht
marinas
- Facilitating paperless & seamless
transactions
- Encouraging Education, Research &
Development activities
Efficient Evacuation System
Building efficient port evacuation sys-
tem and hinterland linkages would ensure
seamless and hassle free cargo move-
ment through:
1. Efficient Rail, Road and Coastal/IWT
Networks
High-speed rail, road, coastal and
inland waterway networks would inte-
grate Industrial Corridors, economic cen-
ters, port-based SEZs and inland cities by:
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
- Providing dedicated roads/ lanes for
domestic cargo movement
- Facilitating hinterland linkages to
avoid unnecessary transaction costs
The above will ensure an optimal
modal mix for transporting cargo in and
out of ports. In order to ensure a faster
development of such networks and link-
ages it would be beneficial to integrate
such projects with existing Rail/Road/
IWT/Airport development projects such
as DFC, NHDP etc.
2. Promotion of Coastal Shipping and
Inland Water Transport (IWT)
Coastal Shipping and IWT facilities
46
could be enhanced through a mix of infra-
structure and policy initiatives. Some of
such initiatives have been enlisted below:
- Provide Green channel for coastal car-
goandeasieringress/egressfromports
- Simplify procedures on manning
norms, fuel taxes and compliances
for coastal/ inland vessels
- Incentivize commodities to use coas-
tal mode
- Promote research and manufactur-
ing of equipment and vessels for
coastal/ inland use
- Provide provisions for setting up a
Coastal shipping promotion fund for
development of coastal shipping
- Provide provisions for a proportionate
reduction in CSR obligation for every
unit of lowered carbon emission
through coastal shipping and IWT .
- Allocate PSU cargo for coastal ship-
ping and IWT usage
- Modernize port infrastructure for dev-
elopment of coastal and inland water
transport by:
w Building segregated facilities for coastal /
inland vessels
w Integrated connectivity of IWT / coastal
facilities with rail/ road network
3. Coastal Economic Development
“Coastal Economic development” is
achieved by development of port hinter-
land through an increase in economic
activity at a port and vice versa. This hap-
pens as a result of modernization of port
and port-related infrastructure, which
promotes more cargo movement and trade
due to efficient logistics and lower trans-
action costs. This in turns facilitates the
growth of the port and the vicinity into a
major economic hub and trade center
with the multiplication of ancillary and sup-
port services.
The development of port hinterland would
include:
- Establishing industrial clusters or SEZs
or FTWZs and captive industries in the
port hinterland and coastal cities
- Development of ancillary industries in
port hinterland
- Increase in Coastal Tourism
- Collaborative growth and development
of major and minor ports in the region
4. Industrial Clusters/Port-based SEZs
/ FTWZs and Ancillary Industries
Systematic development of Port ba-
sed industrial parks, promotion of captive
industries and ancillary facilities would
drive economic activity in the port hinter-
land. The key industries in such industrial
areas would include Ship Repair, Ship-
building clusters, Ship Breaking indus-
tries, Bunkering facilities, Container Freight
Stations, Dry Ports and Warehousing
facilities, industries requiring significant
import of raw material and industries will
large export potential. This economic ac-
tivity would be supported by the modern-
ization of ports and efficient hinterland
linkages and will ultimately result in an
increase in cargo movement at ports.
5. Coastal Tourism
Tourism is another major service ori-
ented economic activity in a region that is
affected by the movement of people to a
particular location for leisure, recreation,
religious or any other special purpose.
Development of certain coastal cities into
world class tourist destinations with the
dedicated port infrastructure to handle
both local people movement and cruises
can result in economic growth and devel-
opment of the area.
The following are some categories for
tourist destinations in India:
- Specialty destinations
- Cruise destinations
- Cultural heritage destinations
- Sports and recreation destinations
In addition to cruise and circuit-based
tourism for domestic and international
tourists, similar to road and rail tourism,
coastal tourism can also be incubated by
facilitating ownership of individual boats
and yachts and weekend getaways. This
would comprise the provision of marinas
for parking the boats, ease of issue of
licenses (such as obtaining driving license
for driving cars etc.), registration norms
for boats, fueling and allied services for
facilitating individuals to use waterborne
transport for their casual trips to locations
along the coast.
Developing tourism destinations
The port cities could be developed into
below categories of tourist destinations:
- Specialty destinations
- Cruise destinations
- Cultural heritage destinations
- Sports and recreation destinations
Indian ports have a huge competitive
 SAGARMALA PROJECT REPORT

advantage as coveted cruise ports due to etc. At the end of their visit in India, the the MER with the capacity and modern-
their: cruise leaves for other destinations. ization requirements at the ports and
align the freight system (road/rail/IWT/
- Strategic locations 6. Regional “Port System”
Coastal) evacuation linkages with these. It
- Abundance of tourist delights
A Regional “Port System” comprises will also identify institutional/ capacity bot-
- Excellent connectivity options
multiple ports that are structured in a net- tlenecks that impede seamless EXIM/
Leveraging on the above factors, work such that it affects the comprehen- domestic trade.
some of the cruise options which could be sive development of all the ports (both The CER serves as the integrating
developed are w Allahabad-Haldia w Hal- major and minor) within a state or a re- mechanism to implement the various in-
dia- Paradip- Vishakapatnam- Chennai gion. It envisages the creation of port and terventions for promoting the maritime
w Cochin - Marmugao - Mumbai shipping infrastructure in the form of Hub sector by planning, coordinating, financ-
There are various types of cruise pack- ports that are supported by coastal / in- ing and executing the projects across the
ages which could be developed like w Fly- land feeder shipping and sub-ports, offer- various state and central agencies on a
Cruise-Fly Package ing a single seamless interface to the cus- larger regional basis. The CER plan will
w Cruise-Fly-Cruise Package w Back- tomer and cargo in a coordinated manner. cover Modernization of existing ports (both
waters Cruise w Culinary Adventure Further, it fosters the development of Major and Non-major) and an establish-
Cruise w Ayurveda Rejuvenation Cruise a Regional Transport System connecting ment of new ports, efficient hinterland
w Heritage Cruise all ports and economic centers in CEZ(s) linkages and evacuation system and port
through land and sea/water networks. led development of new/ existing indus-
Developing India into a major cruise des- trial and maritime clusters.
tination would require: The Broad 'delivery-means' for 'key
deliverables' Modernization of Ports and New Ports
- Extensive brand building exercise to
promote India as a cruise destination To put precisely In summary, the 3 key The first pillar of Sagar Mala Project
- Dedicated cruise cell for seamless deliverables of Sagar Mala ie Port Mod- would include modernization of existing
inter-agency integration ernization, Efficient Evacuation Systems Ports to world class Ports. This involves
- On board and on shore facilitations and Coastal Economic Development are mechanization, the creation of new ca-
- Dedicated infrastructure proposed to be delivered by 2 broad deliv- pacity, passenger, cruise facilities, tour-
ery means that shall drive Sagar Mala to ism and recreation related projects and
Cochin port had successfully under- realize objectives. These are: also seamless systems cutting across dif-
taken several initiatives in the past to ferent agencies in the Ports such as Cus-
develop Cochin as one of the major cruise 1. Development of Coastal Economic toms, Port Authorities, Health and Secu-
ports. These initiatives not only helped to Regions (CER)
increase the traffic of cruise tourists arriv- 2. Policy initiatives to promote coastal rity Agencies.
Developing deep drafts wherever nec-
ing at Cochin but also facilitated in estab- shipping and seamless operations in
essary to handle future generation ships
lishing Cochin as one of the major tourist Ports
is also an integral part of this component.
destinations in India and across the world. Sagar Mala Project is based on a per- The Operational efficiency of ports
These initiatives as undertaken by Cochin spective plan prepared for the entire Indian would be enhanced by undertaking busi-
port are w Assured clean berths for cruise coastline. This plan identifies the best loca- ness process re-engineering to simplify
ships w Priority berthing w Concessional tions for developing new Ports from a processes and procedures. Increased
tariff w Fast track clearances w Pre-paid techno-economic feasibility point of view. use of information technology and auto-
taxis, coaches etc. w Tourist facilitation Based on the requirements of the Trade, mation to ensure paperless and seam-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
centers w Upgraded tourism infrastruc- development of new ports would be taken less transaction for the port users is ano-
ture w Excellent security arrangements up either as Major Ports or Non Major ther important area for implementation.
on land and waterside. Ports. Modernization includes environment-
Some of these could be replicated to friendly initiatives such as Solar/ green
Coastal Economic Regions (CER)
other ports to develop them as cruise power, deploying shore power for ships at
ports and major tourist destinations. A CER is an adjoining region compris- berth to reduce emissions, appropriate
ing Major and Non Major Ports and their discharge of ship waste and sludge etc
One Illustration of a potential cruise option
hinterland. thereby attempting to evolve green ports
A cruise arrives in Cochin and tourists The development of a Coastal Eco- for sustainability.
get down to experience Ayurveda spa ther- nomic Region has three components i.e., Coastal communities and eco-sys-
apy, houseboats, backwaters, festivals etc. Modernization of Ports and New Ports, tems sustainability have been taken care
post which the cruise moves to Marmugao Hinterland Connectivity and Port Led Dev- of and modern fishery harbours are on the
where the tourists can enjoy its pristine elopment. A Regional plan identifies the anvil for the sustainable growth of coastal
beaches, museums, forts, cuisine, adven- business potential of the MER, infrastruc- communities while providing distinct busi-
ture sports etc. From Marmugoa, the ture gaps inhibiting growth and barriers ness impetus to the fishing industry.
cruise moves to Mumbai where the tour- to trade. The plan proceeds to integrate
ists visit the Elephanta caves, hanging gar- the growth potential of the industrial clus- Efficient Hinterland Connectivity
47

dens, Gateway of India, beaches, film city ters, smart cities and economic centers in The second focus area is providing
 SAGARMALA PROJECT REPORT

adequate road and rail connectivity and
also connecting through water transport.
Development of Inland Waterways, con-
necting Ports to the hinterland and also to
coastal shipping would be integral part of
this pillar.
The Sagar Mala Project would also
focus on policy initiatives at national level
to promote coastal shipping by eliminat-
ing complicated procedures and ensur-
ing seamless inter-agency co-ordination
for efficient ports operations.
Port Led Development
The third focus area is Development
of Port based industrial parks, promoting
captive industries and ancillary facilities.
This means equipping ports' region with
Ship Repair, Ship Building clusters, Ship
Breaking industries, Bunkering facilities,
Container Freight Stations, Dry Ports and
Warehousing facilities. The aim is to power
the CER with all these facilities around
Ports so that 'all task at minimum cost' is
locally achieved ensuring tangible sup-
port to economic growth in the CER.
CER - Physical Characteristics
A CER will have the following charac-
teristics:
- Single state based economic region
that will encompass both major and
minor ports within a state
- Can extend along 300 to 500 km of
coastline and 10 to 30 km inland / off-
shore
- Enable identification of new ports and
industrial / economic clusters within
a state, as required
- Foster development of maritime eco-
system and extended supply chain
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
the European Union. The total cargo mo-
ved (in tonne kilometres) by the inland
waterway was just 0.1% of the total inland
traffic in India, compared to the 21% figure
for the United States. Cargo transporta-
tion in an organised manner is confined to
a few waterways in Goa, West Bengal,
Assam and Kerala. Inland Waterways
Authority of India (IWAI) is the statutory
authority in charge of the waterways in
India. It does the function of building the
necessary infrastructure in these water-
ways, surveying the economic feasibility
of new projects and also administration
and regulation.
The right mix of infrastructure and pol-
icy initiatives are being recognized as
essential for Coastal Shipping and IWT
growth. The development and infrastruc-
ture modernization initiatives need to be
supported by conducive policies and regu-
lations that foster growth and develop-
ment of Coastal Shipping and IWT.
Some of the policy initiatives have been
enlisted below:
- Provide Green channel and easier
ingress/ egress from ports
- Simplify procedures on manning nor-
ms, fuel taxes and compliances for
coastal/ inland vessels
- Incentivize commodities to use
coastal mode
- Promote research and manufactur-
ing of equipment and vessels for
coastal/ inland use
- Provide provisions for setting up a
Coastal shipping promotion fund for
development of coastal shipping
- Provide provisions for a proportionate
reduction in CSR obligation for every
unit of lowered carbon emission
through coastal shipping and IWT
- Make allocations for coastal shipping
and IWT usage for PSUs
Institutional Framework, Funding & Im-
plementation
The Union Cabinet chaired by the
Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi has
approved the incorporation of Sagarmala
Development Company (SDC) under the
Companies Act, 2013. SDC will be under
the administrative control of the Ministry of
Shipping. It will provide equity support to
the project Special Purpose Vehicles (SPVs)
and funding support to the residual pro-
jects under the Sagarmala Programme.
SDC will be incorporated under the Com-
panies Act, 2013, with an initial Authorized
INDIA

e.g. logistics, shipping agencies, ser-

vice providers, education & training,
etc. through institutional and/or in-
frastructure mechanisms
- Enable sustainable growth of the ru-
ral communities by providing employ-
ment opportunities and ensuring eco-
nomic development of the region
Currently, 10 CERs have been identi-
fied as depicted in Figure 10.
Coastal Shipping and Inland Waterways
(IWT)
Freight transportation by waterways
is highly under-utilised in India compared
to other large countries and geographic
48

areas like the United States, China and Figure 10: Concept and Indicative view of CERs in India
 SAGARMALA PROJECT REPORT

Share Capital of ` 1,000 Crore and a Sub-

PROJECT PROPOSAL scribed Share Capital of ` 90 Crore.
Implementation of the identified pro-
1) One key issue faced by coastal movement of cargoes is the non-availability of
jects will be taken up by the relevant Ports,
dedicated berthing facilities at ports resulting in long waiting times, inefficient cargo
State Governments / Maritime Boards,
handling causing high turnaround time of the vessels. To promote coastal shipping as
Central Ministries, mainly through private
the preferred mode of transportation of domestic cargo, the MoS proposes developing
or PPP mode, provide equity support for
requisite cargo handling infrastructure at the Indian Ports with dedicated berths,
the project Special Purpose Vehicles (SPVs)
efficient handling systems and warehousing facilities.
set up by the Ports / State / Central Minis-
2) Key locations / ports along the coastline identified and based on the cargo potential tries window and /or implement only
dedicated coastal cargo berths will be developed on PPP basis. The berths will be those residual p cannot be funded by any
equipped to handle cargo-specific needs such as bulk (coal, iron ore, fertilizer,
other means / mode.
cement) break bulk (steel coils, pellets, timber, project cargo etc), containers, SDC will Identify port-led develop-
automobiles or liquid based on regional requirements
ment projects and assist the project SPVs
3) The private developer shall be responsible for the development, financing, in project development and structuring
construction, operations and maintenance of for the project at the landlord port. The activities, bidding out projects for private
waterfront and land for the backup area may be provided by the landlord port authority. sector participation, putting in place suit-
However, the berths for the project would need to be developed by the developer unless able risk management measures for stra-
such a facility is available with the landlord port authority, in which case suitable tegic projects cutting across multiple Sta-
arrangements with the authority shall be made. The developer will be required to tes / Regions and obtaining requisite app-
provide the necessary cargo handling equipments and utilities and undertaken rovals and clearances.
operations and maintenance of the same along with those of the berth. The project Since the Identified projects will be
components shall include undertaken by multiple agencies, SDC
a) Berth of 250-300 m length, b) Cargo handling equipments, c) Backup area with will also work as the nodal agency for coor-
parking facilities, d) Warehouse, e) Rail siding, f) Port buildings and utilities, g) dination and monitoring of all the cur-
Necessary equipment, electrical systems, water supply and disposal, and IT system rently identified projects as well as other
4) The project may be developed in either of the following models by a party projects emerging from the master plans
a) Public Private Partnership Model, b) Any other model based on draft guidelines to be or other sources.
followed by major ports for private sector participation issued by Ministry vide letter SDC will undertake the preparation of
No.PD-24015/2/2004-US(1) dated 24th June, 2005. the detailed master plans for the Coastal
Economic Zones (CEZs) identified as part
Commodity Origin* Destination* of the NPP and provide a framework for
POL JNPT, Kandla Mundra Mormugao, New Mangalore, Cochin ensuring the integrated development of
Indian maritime sector.
Iron ore and steel Mormugao New Mangalore, Cochin,
As part of the coastal community the
Tuticorin, Mundra, Kandla
development objective of the Sagarmala
Fertilizer and fertilizer Paradip, Haldia Ennore, Chennai, Tuticorin, Programme, the Ministry of Shipping is
raw material Vizag, taking up a number of initiatives/projects.
Kandla, Mundra, JNPT Mormugao, New Mangalore, Cochin Notable among them are the coastal com-
Coal Haldia, Kolkata Paradip munity skill projects and projects for
development of marine fisheries sector.
Cement Paradip Tuticorin
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

Skill development projects taken up'

* Only Major Ports have been mentioned. In addition to the theses there is significant movement include coastal district skill gap analysis
amongst smaller minor hubs and captive port/ jetties
study/ cutting-edge skill training in the
5) The locations for the projects are proposed anywhere alongside the long coastline of ports & maritime sector, safety training in
India, wherever, the entrepreneur would feel confident to establish a viable project ship-breaking & repair sector, coastal dis-
yielding revenue to them as well as to the respective 'public' partner and that the project tricts skill training as part of Deen Daygl
would be able to act as a catalyst to further maritime and economic development of the Upadhyaya Grarneen Kaushalya Yojana
region. (DDU-GKY) and marine fishermen skill
The locations proposed at or near an existing Major Port would involve agreement(s) development projects.
with the respective Major Port Trust / Authority as per the appropriate PPP Model. Ministry of Shipping, in collaboration
Similarly, the locations proposed at or near a Minor Port would involve agreement with with the Department of Animal Hus-
the respective state govt./maritime board/ municipal authorities and the Ministry of bandry, Dairying & Fisheries (Ministry of
Shipping, Govt. Of India. Agriculture), will part-fund select fishing
The Major Port locations, where, coastal movements would be preferable to support harbour projects under the Sagarmala
existing deep sea movements are : a) Kolkata/Haldia, b) Paradip, c) Vishakhapatnam, Programme. While identifying the pro-
d) Chennai, e) Kochi, f) Mormugao, g) New Mangalore, h) Kandla, i) Any other location jects, priority will be given to those pro-
jects which are nearing completion. Min-
50
 SAGARMALA PROJECT REPORT

Project Number of

of Total Cargo Traffic handled at Indian Ports

CAGR
Total Cargo Traffic handled at Indian Ports

5000 Coastal as % of Total Cargo Traffic 25% Archetype Projects

Coastal Cargo Traffic as percentage

7.18%
4500 handled at Indian Ports Port Modernisation 53
4000 20%
CAGR
Port Connectivity 83
(Million Tonnes)

3500 15%
3000 9.60% 15%
2500 CAGR
11% Port Led 29
2000 9% 10% Industrialisation
8.35% 7%
1500
1000 5% Coastal Community 8
500
419 723 934 1,476 2,334 3,301 4,668 development
0 0%
2002-03 2007-08 2012-13 2017-18 2022-23 2027-28 2032-33
Figure 13 NPP Identified Projects
Cargo Traffic Cargo Traffic Cargo Traffic
(Actuals) (Projected 2.5xgrowth (Projected 2 x growth 5. Reducing Transaction costs: The use
over first 10 years) over next 10 years)
Source: IPA E-magazine - December, 2013; KPMG Analysis of simplified processes and seamless
Assumptions:
Based on GDP projection for 2D years, overall cargo traffic will increase by 5 times from current levels information and goods movement is
Based on global benchmarks, it is assumed that the cargo movement will increase up to 3 times from current 7% to 21% in the next 20 years
expected to reduce transaction costs
Figure 12 Preliminary /Indicative Projections of Coastal Cargo for next 20 years due to increased Economic Activity and enable businesses and trade to
become more competitive.
istry of Shipping is also preparing a coas- terland movement of which the NW-1
tal community development scheme, in is a critical component. Further, Sagar How India Benefits by Sagar Mala
convergence with the existing Cen- Mala envisages a holistic development Sagar Mala is an integrated infra cum
tral/State Government schemes. of riverine trade, transport and tour- policy initiative to develop India's maritime
One of the important roles assigned ism. It will leverage the ongoing pro- sector that will contribute to the inclusive
to SDC is to manage the coastal commu- jects for the cleanup of the Ganga and growth of the Indian economy. The key pre-
nity development scheme and fund coas- its beautification to develop tourism liminary/indicative benefits of Sagar Mala
tal community development projects iden- circuits and support organized indus- initiative have been enlisted below:
tified under the Sagarmala Programme. trialization in the inland CER in order
The projects considered would be specific to reduce the impact of pollution. Infrastructure and Developmental Be-
time-bound local interventions and inno- 3. Good governance: Sagar Mala aims nefits:
vative in nature. to move all transactions online, re- - 3-4 modern world class Mega ports of
SDC will be raising funds as debt/equity engineer processes and effect seam- 200 MT capacity each
(as long term capital), as per the project less administration through the use - Transhipment terminal as a Regional
requirements/ by leveraging .resources of IT and organization enablers to offer Container Hub
provided by the Government of India and betterservicestousersandcustomers. - Establishing 10 state - specific Coas-
from multi-lateral and bilateral funding 4. Make In India: As this report elabo- tal Economic Regions that will foster
agencies. SDC will also aim to increase rates, the Indian coastline is under- economic growth in ports and their
the scope of private sector participation in utilized for purposes of export. The dev- hinterlands
project development. elopment of CERs integrating existing - Better integrated connectivity in a
(see Figure 11- for sample on 'devel- and new coastal industrial clusters, CER and hinterland
opment of berths for coastal shipping on SEZs, FTWZs and port infrastructure - Fully integrated coastline through
PPP basis) will enable export oriented manufac- inland and mega waterways (National
turing in India. navigation channels)
Sagarmala Aligned to key national priori-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

ties IMPACT FROM SAGARMALA 2025 (Figure 14 )

The SagarMala project is also aligned
with to the other national priorities of the
Government and dovetails the program
deliverables into those namely:
1. Development of Smart Cities: Cities
such as Vizag, Krishnapatnam are
likely to be focal points of the CER in
Andhra Pradesh. Similarly, the other
CERs will work towards the planned
growth of other port towns / clusters
into smart cities.
2. Ganga Waterway and Clean-up pro-
jects: The Sagar Mala envisages seam-
1 Saving from Coastal shipping of Coal= 17k-18k Crores; Saving from Coastal shipping of Steel, Cement,
less connectivity of the sea-borne Food grains & Fertilizersl= 11.5k-13.5k Crores; Saving from Modal shift & time and Variability reduction of
cargo with Inland Waterways for hin-
51

Containers= 7k-9k Crores

 SAGARMALA PROJECT REPORT
Figure 14 Merchandise Export Growth Figure 15 Infrastructure Investment Growth
- Greenfield / brownfield options for development of the coastal cities and
river & coastal ports tourism
- Shift of modal mix to an optimal
(See Figure 12: Preliminary /Indica-
modal mix (increase of coastal ship-
tive Projections of Coastal Cargo for next
ping and inland water transport)
20 years due to increased Economic Ac-
- Seamless dedicated backward link-
tivity).
ages with key Transport / Infra projects
e.g. DMIC, AKIC, CBIC,DFC, PCPIR To sum up today's status the NPP for
- 3-4 Coastal Tourist circuits to position Sagarmala with Facts & Figures is show-
India as a prominent tourist destination cased herein (also see figure 13)
Economic Benefits - The National Perspective Plan for the
Sagarmala programme was prepared
- 15 X growth in Coastal / IWT traffic
and approved by the National Sagar-
increase over next 20 years
mala Apex Committee on 9th April
- Capacity augmentation to handle 5X
2016 and released at the maiden Mari-
ports traffic increase over next 20 years
- Coastal Economic Regions (CER) time India Summit 2016, on 14th April
leading to increased GDP/ EXIM 2016, by the Hon'ble Prime Minister.
- Significant employment creation in - Total of 173 projects have been ini-
ports, shipping and ancillary areas / tially identified under four projects
ecosystem archetypes of Sagarmala in National
- Structured urbanization of coast/ri- Perspective Plan, April 2016. The Pro-
vers and development of riverine/ ject archetype and the number of pro-
coastal communities jects identified are given below (Fig-
- Revenue generation through increa- ure 13):
sed economic activity due to all round - 26 Port rail connectivity projects were
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
identified under NPP, of which 2 have
been completed and 18 are under
40 lakh potential new direct jobs
implementation by Ministry of Rail-
through Sagarmala
ways. Most of these projects will be
# new direct jobs
completed by 2019-20. For 1 project,
40
1 Indian Port Rail Corporation Limited
5 expert visiting faculty and univ. examiner
34 has awarded the PMC work and 1 pro-
ject is being implemented by the Port
Total -1 cr
jobs itself. Remaining 4 projects are for
including
direct and implementation through JV/Non Gov-
indirect
jobs ernment Rail (NGR) model.
- The implementation of the projects
identified under the National Per-
Discrete Steel & Others Total spective Plan, at an estimated invest-
manu- multiplier
facturing ment of ` 4 Lac Crore, will be taken up
clusters Source: ASI data used for projections
starting FY 16-17 by the relevant
52
Figure 16 Job Growth Ports, State Governments/ Maritime
Boards, Central Ministries, mainly
through private or PPP mode. Sagar-
mala Development Company (SDC) is
to be set up by the Ministry of Shipping
to provide equity support to the pro-
ject SPVs and funding support for the
residual projects under Sagarmala.
The Sagarmala consultants have pro-
jected that the identified industrial
cluster projects will enable the cre-
ation of approximately 1 Crore new
jobs, including 40 Lakh direct jobs in
the next 10 years.
See Figures 14 to 16 that show multi-
ple-time growth in Infra Investment,
Export & Jobs
Sagarmala could prove to be a game
changer in the India growth story to
maintain it at the pinnacle in a sustained
manner.
Author's Bio
The author leads our Delhi bureau. An
Engineer and qualified ADR professional
(NALSAR alumnus), Sadagopan
Seshadri has been a senior Contract
Management Pro-fessional in large
national & Inter-national Companies.
His domain experience is in Building
Products, Cement plants and Mega
Power project execution. He has been an
for Contract Mana-gement at the SSAA,
IP University, New Delhi. Being passion-
ate about Environment he has now
turned to Landscape Projects design
teamed with like-minded architects &
engineers for sustainable landscapes
development He is vocal with his views
on these areas through his writings.
He can be reached at:
design2xcel@gmail.com
 MANAGEMENT: PITCH DECK PRESENTATION
PITCH DECK
PRESENTATION
-Part II (of III)
Subu Venkataraman
Strategic Advisor & Consultant, Startups and SMEs
In the eighth part of our 12-part series on entrepreneurship, author and
strategic advisor for startups and SMEs Subu Venkataramanan
explains why external validation of the startup idea is extremely critical.
Recap
Let us recap the crucial elements
from the last article on what a potential in-
vestor looks at:
a. The team;
b. The business model or offering; what
problem it solves;
c. Scalability;
Every pitch has to always keep the
above three in mind all the time and weave
the communication around it. So we will
call these the “3 Elements” or 3E from
now onwards.
Opportunities to Pitch
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
When we say, “pitch deck presenta-
tion”, immediately we start visualising a
conference room full of people. A startup
will be lucky if it gets to that stage. There
are a few more steps before you reach the
conference room.
So let us look at the various opportu-
nities, which a startup gets to pitch.
Elevator Pitch
The term elevator pitch is fairly well
known to all. You get a minute or two be-
fore the elevator stops and the person
whom you are speaking with will walk out.
In that short time, you have to communi-
cate your business proposal effectively to
arouse the interest of the listener.
54
So it is a succinct and persuasive com-
munication. Succinct is not just about be-
ing brief but about being “brief and clear”.
Persuasive is to tempt the listener to get
interested in the communication.
In this short space of time, you have to
communicate the 3E. Do not lose a pre-
cious minute or two in just explaining who
you are or the existing problem or your so-
lution. You need to cover all three in a
structured manner.
The objective of your communication
now is “not” to get investment. It is just to
get the investor's consent for one more op-
portunity to either meet him/her or get his
/her email id so that you can send some
more details about your business proposal.
An elevator pitch is the most critical
and most difficult of all pitches. Making a
long report or dozens of power point
slides is easy. Communicating effectively
in few words is difficult.
It is not just the words; it is about how
you say it and what is your body language.
Even a good business idea may not get the
response it deserves if it is not communi-
cated well.
Do not wait to meet someone to prac-
tice your elevator pitch. Prepare well in ad-
vance and rehearse as many times as
may be needed. Practice as if your life de-
pends on it. The future of your business
definitely depends on it.
The elevator pitch need not be verbal
and could be written too. Maybe you are
sending the elevator pitch by email to a po-
tential investor whom you have never met.
All the above rules are applicable to such
email communication.
First Detailed Communication
If the elevator pitch is successful, you
will get an invitation to send in more de-
tails, normally by email or on a confer-
ence call.
In this communication, you get an-
other opportunity to explain the 3E of your
business more clearly. You have to as-
sume that the is not going to devote more
than 3 to 5 minutes for reading the email
or 15 minutes on a conference call. There-
fore, this communication too should be
succinct and persuasive.
If it is an email, do not attach your full
pitch deck presentation in this communi-
cation. Even if you have to attach a brief
document (generally a power point pre-
sentation), you explain the 3E in the body
of the email itself. There is a possibility
that the recipient is going to read your
email on his hand-held device while being
on the move.
Given below is a suggested sequence of
topics to be covered:
a. The problem definition and the solu-
tion provided by you;
b. The team and why this team is capa-
ble of providing this solution;
 MANAGEMENT: PITCH DECK PRESENTATION

Image: africanentrepreneurshipaward.com
BUTTONS FOR YOUR ELEVATOR PITCH
1 Objective of the pitch is to get consent for one
more meeting
2 Don't waste time explaining who you are or the
existing problem to you solution
3 Be Brief and Clear about your product, team status
& scalability potential
4 Dawn a positive body language
5 Prepare & Rehearse multiple times
c. How big is the market for this solution, Pitching Face to Face
which directly decides the scalability
Reaching this stage is the dream of all
potential.
startups. We will look at the subject of the
In addition, mention the current sta- presentation itself in the next article, but
tus of the venture. Is it just an idea; or we will look now at few tips on how to han-
whether the operations have already star- dle the meeting.
ted; and if yes, what traction has been
a. Basic requirements of any business
achieved till date. meeting apply to the pitching meeting
Let us also look at what not to include in too. These are:
this communication: - Be on time for the meeting. Arrive at
least ten minutes early;
a. Valuation of your business, the amount
- Play safe and dress formally. Wear
of money you are looking for and the
only that you feel comfortable with.
percentage holding you are willing to For example, if the weather is hot and
offer for these funds. You are at a very
you are not comfortable with wearing
preliminary stage to even talk about a jacket, avoid the jacket;
this subject;
- Prepare for Murphy's Law in opera-
b. Do not over-hype your model by stat- tion. In addition to the presentation on
ing, say, “we will be the next Uber for your laptop, keep the file in a memory
blah blah,” unless your business mo- stick. If possible even have the pre-
del is exactly the same as Uber and sentation loaded on a second laptop
you are confident of successfully de- as a further backup;
fending your claim; - Keep printouts of your presentation
c. Do not mention competition scenario handy, to be given only if asked;
unless you have a very well known ma- - If a laser pointer is needed, take two
jor competition for that model. If that with you with new batteries already loa-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
each other and not spread all over the
room.
e. Avoid chit-chat as you have limited
time to tell your story and you do not
wish to fritter away that time in unpro-
ductive talk. This is not the forum to
show off your knowledge of current af-
fairs or sense of humour;
f. Be ready with all your facts. Even if
your memory is sharp, keep a note of
all factual data, which may not be part
of presentation;
g. Time your presentation well. Unless
the host had indicated otherwise, as-
sume you have only twenty minutes.
This means your story cannot extend
beyond ten slides.
h. Keep additional slides on each critical
aspect of your business ready, in case
the host gives you additional time to un-
derstand some aspects in more detail.
i. You should have conducted a mock
pitch session earlier with your co-
founders and if possible, with your
mentors. The mock session should
be as close to the real session as pos-
sible. The mentors or others in the au-
dience should be of such a type that
they would challenge your assump-
tion and conclusions. This will help
you to sharpen your approach for the
real session.
In the next article, we will look at the pitch
deck presentation itself in more detail.w
Author's Bio

be the situation you can mention a
word about that competitor, but you
also have to mention very briefly how
you are going to be different than that
well-entrenched competitor;
d. Do not bad mouth competition;
Do conclude the communication with
a request for a face-to-face meeting
wherein you can explain in more detail the
various aspects of your venture. Indicate
your preparedness by communicating
clearly that you are ready for such a meet-
ing anytime.
The above is good enough for a po-
tential investor to decide whether he
would like to pursue this opportunity fur-
ther or not.
56
ded. Keep additional set of batteries;
- Reach the location of the meeting by
using a comfortable method of trans-
portation;
b. Ideally, all the co-founders should be
present at the meeting. Decide well in
advance who will be leading the pre-
sentation. Such leader should have the
working knowledge of “all” aspects of
business, irrespective of what his ma-
jor role is. Usually, the CEO of the start-
up should be the lead presenter.
c. All co-founders should speak the
same language, in a sense there
should be no disagreements or con-
flicts between them at the meeting.
Subu Venkataraman is a finance and
general management professional with
close to three decades' international
business experience. He is also a bud-
ding e-book author on leadership and
management subjects and has created
a book series, Sixty Minute Series. He is
currently Strategy Advisor to Startups
and SMEs.
He can be contacted at
subu@subuvenkataraman.in
www.subuvenkataraman.in
www.60minuteseries.com

d. The co-founder should all sit close to

MB-S.I.M PART - 3

INSIDE WIRE OF

Image: www.herald.ng
CRACKING THE INTERVIEW
Mandar Chitre, Consultant, Trainer & Writer

Masterbuilder in collaboration with Baton Consultants brings you a feature on 'Cement', the third in its line of series to help
students crack interviews. The article is written towards improving the thought process & making the students ready for the
real world.As usual, the article will feature a small 'QnA' for students to follow up on and interact with us. The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

The real world; what is so different about reality?

At the college level, many students do not get enough exposure to material, equipment & projects. There are several gaps
between the curriculum and actual working. In fact, I will not mince my words in calling the real world a cruel person, who
expects civil engineers & architects to be well prepared & knowledgeable from day one.

CEMENT - A BASIC ELEMENT IN
CONSTRUCTION
During the stone age, homes or shel-
ters were built by carving rocks. This was
a cumbersome and time-consuming
exercise. Cutting blocks of stone and lay-
ing them together with lime or burnt gyp-
sum was also employed. Wood was also a
ins & homes. Lime and Clay combina-
tions, as well as some cement like sub-
stances, were utilised in the earlier days.
It is said that the Romans found a
materialthat could be made to set under
water and this was used for the construc-
tion of harbours. This was made by adding
crushed volcanic ash to lime and was
later called a "pozzolanic", named after
In the year 1824, a man called Joseph
Aspdin after conducting a lot of research
finally developed a consistent binder which
was tested & finalised. He then created its
patent. It was done by calcining fine clay &
limestone. The mix appeared very similar
to a stone in Portland. Therefore it was
called Portland cement. Isaac Johnson is
1845 further improved the process &
57

very common material used to build cab- the village of Pozzuoli near Vesuvius. standardised it to what we use today.
 Queryand Rejoinder
The process of making cement is cal-
cination. It is derived by heating limestone
& clay to over 1400 degrees to form clink-
ers. These clinkers are stones which are
grounded with gypsum to form a fine pow-
der called Ordinary Portland Cement.
IS 269 2016is the code for cement
which sets parameters on composition,
packing, labelling, marking storage, etc.
When water is added, the reaction
which occurs is exothermic, thus leading
to the generation of heat. By the process
of hydration (reaction with water) Portland
cement when mixed with sand, gravel and
water produce a synthetic combination,
which we call concrete.
PPC is made by adding pozzolanic
material to OPC. Pozzolan is a siliceous
material, which is not cement but in the
presence of moisture will chemically re-
act with calcium hydroxide at ordinary
temperature to form compounds having
cementitious properties. The material
has to be in finely grounded condition to
react with calcium hydroxide (liberated by
the hydrating Portland Cement) in the
presence of water to form stable calcium
silicates which have cementitious prop-
erties. Volcanic ash, shales and a particu-
lar type of clays have pozzolanic proper-
ties. But in our country (In India) Fly ash is
the main constituent used in PPC. And
moreover, this kind of cement is used more
than 80% for construction purposes.
Fly ash is a by-product of the coal com-
bustion process. It is made of fine parti-
cles that are driven out of the boiler with
flue gases. In the past, fly ash was gener-
ally released into the atmosphere, but air
pollution control standards now require
that it be captured before release by fitting
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
pollution control equipment. Worldwide,
more than 65% of fly ash produced from
coal power stations is disposed of in land-
fills and ash ponds
The advantage of PPC is that it gives
slower but higher compressive strength. It
also has better workability, lower heat of hy-
dration,highertensilestrength&ischeaper.
Slag Cement is also a very commonly
used cement. It is made from GGBS
58
Can you give us crisp
accurate & smart answers
for the following interview
questions on Cement ?
1. What gives white colour to
white cement?
2. What is the meaning of
“Ordinary” in OPC?
3. Which cement will you
prefer to use in wall
plasters?
Conditions of the Contest:
a. All answers should be
original & crisp
b. Your answers are to be emailed
on or before 30th January 2017
c. The decision of the contest
organisers shall be treated as final
d. Email: dicomnett@gmail.com /
editor@masterbuilder.co.in
(Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag).
The amount of energy needed to produce
a kilogramme of slag cement is much
less than for ordinary Portland cement
because the slag is essentially a waste
material which can be used beneficially in
making cement. So, slag cement is envi-
ronmentally friendly, cheaper, less reac-
tive, corrosion resistant, smooth surface
but possess lesser strength.
White cement is a colour variant of
OPC. It is finer by nature& gives a smoother
finish to surfaces. However, due to lesser
availability of raw material & slightly more
complicated manufacturing process, it is
expensive than OPC. The colour is white &
can be used for many decorative pur-
poses. The surface finishing products such
as putty are made out of white cement.
The primary use is for architectural beauty,
floorings, ornamental concrete products,
idols, primers, etc. Colour also can be ad-
ded to white cement based building mate-
rial products giving it better value & cre-
ativity.
The strength of cement is described
in the grade. 53 or 43 is what is mentioned
in the bag as per the IS code. 53 Grade
cement is used for fast paced construc-
tion where an initial strength is to be
achieved quickly. The grade 43 and 53 in
cement mainly corresponds to the aver-
age compressive strength attained after
28 days (6724 hours) in megapascals
(Mpa) of at least three mortar cubes (area
of face 50 cm squared).
This was a basic article covering the
fundamentals of cement, the inorganic
glue that binds all materials to form a
strong solid material in a shape that we
desire to build. Therefore we can say that
the journey from stone-age to concrete
age happened due to cement. It is the
main compound that has made our life
comfortable.
The Open Book Contest
This contest allows you to read books
or search the internet for answers. What
we are looking for is the writing style espe-
cially the explanation part which needs to
be crisp & smart. Please take part in this
contest. It will give you a chance to interact
with the author as well as help brush up
your knowledge for that special interview
& get your dream job.
Author's Bio
Mandar Chitre is a Consultant, Trainer
& Writer. He comes with a 20 years of ex-
perience in the construction & building
material industry. Mandar is an engineer-
ing graduate with masters in marketing.
He also holds a diploma in business
management & indirect tax. He is one of
the very few marketing professionals who
also holds a diploma in corporate laws.
Mandar has a completely diversified
portfolio ranging from multinational to
owner driven companies & sales to sup-
ply chain. As a writer, he has won a few
national prizes.
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE
FibreFix forays into the Indian market
D
uct Tape fixes everything right? Not
quite. Have you ever tried to patch
a water line, repair a load-bearing
steel bar, or fix the broken handle on a
shovel with tape? Your results will be far less
than stellar.
The vast majority of adhesives on the
market are only designed for cosmetic or
minor repairs. They certainly aren't
designed to deal with heavy forces. If you
do need to repair something that's sub-
merged in water or needs to hold weight,
you have to resort to an epoxy or other heavy
duty adhesive. These products are messy
and take 24 hours or more to dry.
FiberFix a revolutionary product to deal
with a number of problems. Gaining trac-
tion from Shark Tank, this product has
been brought to India by Goodwill Retails
Private Limited. It can fix an array of prob-
lems ranging from fixing pipes to broken
hardware. As the name suggests, FiberFix
uses industrial grade fibre and resin to
repair and fix products from mixed media
that will bond to almost anything, hardens
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
60
like steel, and provides a permanent fix. It
is also more than a 100x stronger than duct
tape. Using FiberFix™, consumers can fix
things that either could not be fixed before
or could not be fixed inexpensively.
Spearheaded by Spencer Quinn and
Eric Child, FiberFix was started in late 2012,
post which, they entered Shark Tank.
Backed by Lori Grenier, queen of QVC, they
found the funding they were looking for,
after proving the concept of this ground-
breaking product. It is now a household name
in the US and it is Goodwill Retails Private
Limited's endeavour to make it so in India.
With its wide base of application, it can
be used in both industrial and residential
settings. A number of industries can bene-
fit from its usage as it fixes motor pipes,
water pipes, high pressure pipes, vehicle
parts, breaks in machine parts, garner
hoses, etc. The beauty of the product lies
in the fact that, if kept at hand, it can dras-
tically reduce down time in industrial set-
tings, not only saving money, but also
resulting in productivity and efficiency. In
household settings, it can help fix furniture,
utensils, tools, pipes- the opportunities are
unlimited, metal and wood alike.
Simple to use, FiberFix involves sand-
ing the affected area, dipping the wrap in
water for 5-10 seconds, wrapping the
product to the affected area and applying
the vinly strip to tighten the wrap. Being
self-adhesive, no other products are
required in the process of using FiberFix.
It uses a combination of fiber and resin to
have a steel-like grip on the affected area,
securing your assests. It takes about 2-5
minutes to use, cutting down downtime
dramatically, and can turn the average
Rajesh into a handyman. It is waterproof,
making its application widespread. It is
resistant to heat and cold, so it is perfect to
fix industrial breaks in machinery and
hardware. Being sandable and paintable
it seasmlessly blends into your existing
setting. It is also an inexpensive way to
repair and fix things that you would have to
break the bank rehabilitating. It is resis-
tant to climatic changes and is a long-term
solution for a number of problems that
arefacedbothbyindustriesandhouseholds.
It comes in two variants- the wrap and
the patch. The wrap is available in four
sizes 1”x12”, 1”x40”, 2”x50”, 4”x60”. Each
roll is considered a single use item. Each
roll comes in an air-sealed pouch. Once
this pouch is opened, the wrap needs to be
used right away. Each roll comes with a
pair of gloves, which adds convenience in
working with FiberFix™. The patch comes
in three sizes- 3”x3”, 2”x8” and 5”x5”.
FiberFix is present in over 24 coun-
tries and now this game changing product
is in India. With ample advantages and fea-
tures, every household and industrial set-
ting can benefit from having this product
readily at hand.w
For further details:
FiberFix
call: 9619997115/3115
E-mail: goodwillretailspvtltd@hotmail.com ,
fiberfixindia@hotmail.com
 ACOTEC TECHNOLOGY
Emancipation of acotec SEMI wall plant
established in India
E
lematic is the house of precast, one
of the leading one-stop-supplier
for precast concrete technology.
They specialise in the manufacturing pre-
cast floors, walls, frames and foundations
or even all of them. In the past few years, the
company has put significant effort into
serving Indian precast customers. A sales
and services unit was established in New
Delhi, and a local manufacturing unit
focusing on molds was opened.
Recently, BN Precast Pvt. Ltd. acquired
the first Acotec line in India. BN Precast is
an Indian pioneer in using Acotec technol-
ogy to manufacture non-load bearing con-
crete hollow-core walls under its own
Walltec brand. Acotec wall technology was
developed in Finland. The first deliveries
took place in the late 1980s. Today, the only
original Acotec line is available from
Elematic.
Quality construction with speed
The Acotec line, based on a stationary
extruder, offers a compact and highly auto-
mated way to manufacture light, non-load
bearing partition walls. The line is simple
to install, run, and maintain, and is con-
structed of standard components utilizing
the latest technology.
Automated production process Acotec
walls are suitable for use in several envi-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
ronments. They are mostly used as inter-
nal partition walls in residential, com-
mercial, institutional, and industrial build-
ings. BN Precast's walls are currently
being installed in all of these building types
as well as sheds. Acotec walls are also a
good choice as a boundary or compound
walls or for use as an anti-noise screen.
62
The benefits of Acotec are unques-
tionable. The production process, with a
verylowenergyconsumptionof55kWh/hour,
is completely automated, engaging fewer
than five people. “We appreciate the small
amount of production space and low man-
power required to operate the Acotec line.
The machinery takes up only 900 m2 of fac-
tory space,” says Nishant Patel, Director,
BN Precast. The line is also suitable for
installationintoexistingproductionfacilities.
Complete precast lines for manufac-
turing concrete wall panels have a typical
payback time of 1.52 years. Opting for an
Acotec line can result in substantial sav-
ings in construction costs compared to
traditional on-site methods.
Environmental conditions may be
challenging for the construction industry
due to factors such as seismic activity or
rainy seasons. Precast elements are man-
ufactured in a factory environment and the
negative effects of weather conditions can
be eliminated. The walls are proven to work blocks, plastering is not required. The
in countries with the strictest standards
and requirements for seismicity, moisture,
and fire resistance.
Wall panels with fast installation
Construction with light, non-load bear- chosen by specifying the concrete mix.w
ing partition walls can be up to six times
faster than traditional brick-work and
twice as fast as blockwork. “The walls
enable extremely fast installation of up to
40 square feet per hour. In comparison,
traditional brickwork proceeds at a pace
of 10 square feet per hour before plaster-
ing is done. Our walls can be installed by
teams of five workers,” explains Mr. Patel.
In larger construction projects with
tower cranes, the walls are easy to lift to
each floor. “When a tower crane is not
available, a mechanical pulley system can
lift two to three panels at a time,” explains
Parth Patel, Senior Engineer, BN Precast.
After reaching the desired floor, the wall
panels can easily be tilted into place manu-
ally or by a special hydraulic installation
machine provided by Elematic.
The hollow-core slabs have passages
for water pipes and electrical wiring, heat-
ing, ventilation, and air conditioning, as
well as hydraulic installations there is no
need to make holes or chases. If any modi-
fication is needed, the wall panels can eas-
ily be cut or drilled.
The light, non-load bearing partition
Acotec walls offer immaculate quality
without plastering. The walls have a finish
with an option of either a fine or coarse sur-
face. Unlike with brick or block walls con-
sisting of red bricks, fly ash bricks, or AAC
quality is consistent due to factory pro-
duction and strict quality control before,
during and after production. The walls,
with a thickness of 68140 mm, are strong
and durable. The desired strength can be
For further details:
Elematic India Pvt. Ltd.
H-26, First Floor, Bali Nagar,
New Delhi,110015
Ph: +91-11-25979311, 47320220
E-mail: india@elematic.com
Web: www.elematic.com
 CASE STUDY

Analysis of 110 meter high air traffic

control tower (ATC)

Subhash Mehrotra1, Deepak Thakur2, Sakshi Mehra3

1
M. Tech. (Structural Engineering) I.I.T. Delhi
2
B.E. (Civil Engineering) from N.I.T. Nagpur
3
M. Sc. (Structural Engineering) University of Glasgow& Edinburgh
Managing Director Mehro Consultants New Delhi

T
his paper discusses the design and analysis of Air Traffic
Control Tower planned for one of the major metropolitan
city of India. An Air Traffic Control Tower comprises of 2
main parts - The Core (that goes from the ground level to the
top level) and the Visual Control Cabin (the topmost levels above
the Core) from where the Air Traffic is managed. The visual Con-
trol Cabin is designed to have frameless glazing using laminated
chemically toughened heated glazing panels, specifically de-
signed for the topography, height and size of the glazing to reduce
the visual distortion during night time operation and to reduce the
effect of condensation during humid conditions. The tower offers
360degree unobstructed visibility not only to the air space but also
at the Aircraft movements at Apron level.
This paper explains the changes made in the initial design
proposed by the Architect in order to control both static and dy-
namic effects of wind on Human Discomfort and distortion of
images to Traffic Controllers, while doing their work at control
room. The intent includes design for serviceable behaviour during
frequent winds and limit the acceleration at the Visual Control
Cabin Level to acceptable levels. For the design of ATC with 50
year return period, the intent is to resist wind loads with no ex-
cessive deflection of structure. The tower has been designed for
Earthquake Zone-IV Seismic loads (IS 1893 – 2002 Part -1) with
importance factor of 1.5 and for a basic wind pressure of 50m /
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

second as per I.S. 875 Pt – III.

The Tower has been modelled using two different softwares
commonly used all over the country to compare and verify the
analysis results in terms of the Base Shear, Deflection, Bending
Moments and Shear Forces in various members. This paper also
discusses the results of dynamic analysis for wind conditions
subjected to ATC as per I.S. Codes.
ATC tower has core structure with staircase as well as floors
at every 3rd floor level. These are in R.C.C. Top four floors are with
structural steel.
The shaft is elliptical in shape having maximum base dimen-
sion of 12 meter in one direction and 14 meter in other direction.
At visual control room level the dimension becomes 28 and 30
meter thus there is cantilever of about 8 meters all around.

Background
The original design concept comprised of smooth semi-cir-
cular cores all around. This design was revised based on the pre-
liminary analysis to avoid the discomfort for persons at the top of
66
the tower (Visual Control Room) due to vibrations on a Windy day.
The structure was modified such that the wind path is broken
and the deflection at the top is reduced. Stiffeners were added all
around the core with varying length.
 CASE STUDY

Original design of core

STRUCTURALLY MODIFIED PLAN

The Masterbuilder | Decemebr 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

Original Elevation Structurally Modified Design After

Adding Stiffeners
67
 CASE STUDY

Input Parameters 6. Deflection at Top due to WIND in Y direction : 200mm

7. Story Drift due to EQX 0.0005475 ( Well within the limit of 0.003)
RCC structure with typical core upto height of 86m above which is 8. Story Drift due to EQY : 0.00146 (Well within the limit of 0.003)
structural Steel upto 105.6m 9. Modal participation achieved greater than 90% in first 30 modes.
Basic wind pressure of 50m / second as per I.S. 875 Pt – III. 10. Torsion is under control
Importance Factor 1.5
Earthquake Zone III, Z = 0.16 Modal
Time Period of the structure calculated as per IS 1893: 7.6.2 = participation X direction Y direction
0.09h/√d Software 1 (%)
Time Period of Structure in X direction: 2.86 sec Mode 1 0 65.9
Time Period of Structure in Y direction: 2.32 sec
Mode 2 65.1 0
SoIl type 1 (hard)
Response Reduction Factor 4 Mode 3 0.0002 0.75
Modal Combination Method: CQC
Analysis has been carried out using Two Softwares to verify and Graphical Plot of various parameters vs Story Height is
compare the results in terms of Base Shear, Deflections, bend- shown below:
ing Moments and Shear Forces.

Base Story Shear in EQ X Base Story Shear in EQY

Direction: 2475 KN Direction : 2840 KN

Base Story Shear in WIND Base Story Shear in WIND

X Direction : 15972 KN Y Direction : 14840 KN
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

Computational Model Screenshots

Analysis Results

A brief summary of the Analysis results from Software 1 is Maximum Story Drift in EQ X : Maximum Story Drift in EQ Y :
0.0005475 0.00146
given below:

The in plane horizontal direction is X Axis and in plane vertical The results quoted above are for Software 1.
direction is Y axis. The output results of Software 1 and Software 2 are tubulars
1. Base Shear in X direction EQx : 2475 kN below:
2. Base Shear in Y direction EQy : 2840 kN Total Load Software 1 Software2
3. Base Shear Wind X : 15972 kN
4. Base Shear Wind Y : 14840 kN DL 181380 KN 185698 KN
5. Deflection at Top due to WIND in X direction : 130mm LL 32600 KN 40619 KN
68
 CASE STUDY

Software 1 Software2 Live Load Deflec-

Base Shear EQ X 2475 KN 2940 KN tion at Visual
Software 1 Software2
Control Room
Base Shear Other (VCR)
2840 KN 2655 KN
Direction
In Plane ( X) 0.4 mm 0.05 mm
The base shears are also comparable in both directions for In Plane (Other
0.2 mm 1.8 mm
both Softwares. Direction)
The modal participation factors for the first three modes have Perpendicular to
also been compared: 21.1 mm 10 mm
Plane

Modal Wind Load

participation X direction Y direction Deflection at
Software 1 Software2
Software 1 ( %) Visual Control
Mode 1 0 65.9 Room (VCR)

Mode 2 65.1 0 In Plane ( X) 130 mm 160 mm

Mode 3 0.0002 0.75 In Plane (Other
200 mm 180 mm
Direction)
Modal
participation X direction Y direction Perpendicular to
23.8 mm 23 mm
Software 2 (%) Plane
Mode 1 63.8 0
Wind Forces Software 1 Software2
Mode 2 0 66.0
Mode 3 0.0001 0.0001 WX 15972 KN 15816 KN

Other Direction 14840 KN 15063 KN

Dead Load De-
flection at Visual
Software 1 Software 2 (mm) Software 1 Software 2
Control Room Deflection
(VCR) and Loading Deflection Force Deflection Force
In Plane ( X) 1.5 mm 0.06 mm
15972 15816
In Plane ( Other WX 130 mm 160 mm
1.8 mm 2 mm KN KN
Direction)
Perpendicular To Other 14840 15063
19.3 mm 14.9 mm 200 mm 180 mm
Plane Direction KN KN

Results

The analysis results from both the Softwares are studied and the output results are reasonably matching. The analysis results show
that the Torsion, Inter-storey Drift, Deflection at top are within allowable limits. w
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
70
 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - SOIL STABILIZATION
Stabilization of expansive soil with industrial
solid waste
Prof. P V Sivapullaiah
Pro Vice-Chancellor, Gitam University,
Bangaluru Campus, Nagadenahalli
Abstract: The stabilization of different types of problematic soils
such as expansive soil, soft soil, contaminated soils etc. by us-
ing various chemical stabilizers such as lime and cement is well
known techniques in the field of geotechnical engineering and
ground improvement and has been practiced since last several
decades. Lime and cement which are used to bind problematic
soil particles are found to be ineffective in soils containing signif-
icant amount of sulfate in them due to alteration of cementitious
compounds. Further, stabilization of soils with lime is not seemed
to be an environmental friendly. Hence, efforts have been made
to utilize the waste by–products such as fly ash, ground granulat-
ed blast furnace slag etc. in large scale to stabilize soils; proper
utilization of waste materials reduces the higher cost of calcium
based additives, and is fruitful to embrace sustainable develop-
ment and safe ecosystem for environmental friendly construc-
tion operations. These stabilization methods can be effectively
used for various geotechnical applications such as base course
for flexible pavements, construction of embankments, as cush-
ion between expansive soils and foundation, improve properties
of marine soils, foundations on expansive soils and waste dumps,
as liner applications for waste disposal facilities, stabilization of
slopes, etc. Hence, the aim of present paper is to review pozzo-
lanic agents, such as fly ash, GGBS, alone or in combination with
various chemical additives such as lime, cement and gypsum, in
order to assess their effectiveness in improving the properties of
soils. It has been observed that utilization of waste binders along
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
with minimal use of chemical lime and gypsum lead to improve
the strength behaviour of soils with curing periods. Use of the
waste materials not conserve the natural resources but also
have several technical advantages. It can suppress the negative
effect of sulphate, can enhance the properties beyond optimum
lime content.
Introduction
Several ground improvement techniques such as mechani-
cal stabilization, chemical stabilization, columnar injection, pre-
loading, asphalt stabilization and use of reinforcing materials are
practiced frequently to modify and stabilize the soils for suitable
construction purpose. Vibro-compaction which increases the
density of the soil by using powerful depth vibrators, vacuum
consolidation which can improve soft soils by using a vacuum
pump, preloading which can be used to remove pore water over
time, heating to form a crystalline or glass product by electric
current, ground freezing which converts pore water to ice to
increase their combined strength and make them impervious,
72
vibro replacement stone columns improve the bearing capacity
of soil, vibro displacement method which displaces the soil, elec-
tro osmosis which makes water flow through fine grained soils,
electro kinetic stabilization by the application of electro osmosis,
reinforced soil steel for retaining structures, sloping walls, dams
etc., seismic loading for construction in seismically active regions
have been used to improve the properties of soils. Mechanically
stabilized earth structures create a reinforced soil mass. Other
methods such as geo-methods (use of geosynthetics, geogrid,
geotextiles etc.), soil nailing, grouting, micro-pile are also been
practiced to increase the shear strength, rigidity of the in-situ
soil and to restrain its displacement. However, soil stabilization,
particularly by using chemical and waste stabilizers, is different
from all these ground improvement technique in which the soil
properties are improved by blending of soil particles by mixing
other materials. Soil stabilization depends mainly on chemical
reactions between stabilizer and soil minerals (pozzolanic stabi-
lization) to achieve the desired effect. The purpose of stabilization
is to improve the strength and volume stability but may be to en-
hance or reduce permeability of soils. This facilitates construction
of pavements, embankments, reinforced earth structures, rail-
ways, bulk fill applications, housing and industrial units on soils
where they were not technically feasible or not economically via-
ble. Further, stabilization can often reduce significantly the time
taken to complete a project and reduce tipping or need to import.
The process also enables wet ground to be dried and strength-
ened for immediate use. Soil stabilization has transferred into
the most cost effective and viable method for preparation of sites
for all most all construction projects. Several types of techniques
and stabilizers such as traditional ones (hydrated lime, Portland
cement, and fly ash), byproducts (cement kiln dust, lime kiln dust,
and other forms of by product lime), and non–traditional (sulfon-
ated oils, potassium compounds, ammonium chloride, enzymes,
polymers) and their combinations, are widely used to improve
the properties of expansive soils to meet specific design criteri-
on (Chen, 2012; Cokca, 2001). Soil stabilization using lime is the
most widely used method for drying a wet site and improve their
engineering behaviour. Historically lime stabilization is in vogue
from early Raman period for construction of roads. Cement and
lime are consistently used to stabilize soils rapidly for road and
airfield applications by military, but recent developments showed
several nontraditional stabilizers have been used successfully.
There are significant developments in stabilization of soils not for
road construction and is not restricted to conventional stabilizers.
With advancements in the applications of stabilizers by deep

injection technique, there are several innovative applications of
stabilization. But there are certain types of problematic soils
which do not respond well to conventional stabilizers. All there is
an urgent need to use solid industrial wastes (fly ash, GGBS, rice
husk ash) to reduce the cost of their disposal apart from reduc-
ing the land area requirement and environmental issues. This
also can reduce the cost of stabilization. The use of these wastes
requires knowledge about the soils as well as the properties of
waste materials. Efforts made to stabilize different problematic
soils such as expansive soils with different types of binders and
binder combinations and optimize their proportions are present-
ed in this paper.
Fundamental Behind Clay Behavior
The behavior of fine grained soils is much more complex and
variable compared to coarse grained soils. The fine grained soil
systems undergoes more volume changes, i.e. swell or shrink
on wetting and drying, and is influenced by ionic concentration
or composition. Very often fine grained soils exhibit unexpected
properties/behavior. Four such cases - (1) The aging of quick
clay after sampling, in which the remolded strength increased
in samples maintained at constant water content; (2) time effects
in freshly densified or deposited sand, in which natural sand de-
posits can lose strength if disturbed but regain strength over time
periods of weeks to months; (3) apparently sound lime‐stabilized
soil that swells and disintegrates starting a few years after con-
struction; and (4) the failure of excess pore pressures to dissipate
as predicted during the consolidation of soft clays - are described
by Mitchell (1986) and reinforced that soils are not inert materi-
als and they can change with time and sensitive to environmen-
tal changes. To understand and also overcome the problems
created by unexpected changes in soil behavior, it is necessary
to consider the factors that influence their behavior, not only to
deal with them and even forecast well in advance. An attempt is
made to present briefly the factors that control the behavior of
fine grained soils more particularly those of the clays.
Clay Minerals
Three mechanisms for clay mineral formation (inheritance,
neo-formation and transformation) operating in three geological
environments (weathering, sedimentary, and diagenetic-hydro-
thermal) yield nine possibilities for the origin of clay minerals in
nature. The mineralogy of clays neoformed in the weathering
environment is a function of solution chemistry, with the most
dilute solutions favoring formation of the least soluble clays. After
erosion and transportation, these clays may be deposited on the
ocean floor in a lateral sequence that depends on floccule size.
Clays undergo little reaction in the ocean, except for ion exchange
and the neoformation of smectite; therefore, most clay found on
the ocean floor is inherited from adjacent continents. Upon burial
and heating, however, dioctahedral smectite reacts in the diage-
netic environment to yield mixed-layer illite-smectite, and finally
illite. With uplift and weathering, the cycle begins again.
Clay Mineral Structure
Clay minerals are layer silicates that are formed usually as
products of chemical weathering of other silicate minerals at
the earth’s surface (Wilson, 1999). They are found most often in
shales, the most common type of sedimentary rock. In cool, dry,
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - SOIL STABILIZATION
or temperate climates, clay minerals are fairly stable and are an
important component of soil. There are many types of known clay
minerals (Fig. 1) (Madejová, 2003; Mitchell, 1986).
Some of the more common types are:
Kaolinite: This clay mineral is the weathering product of feld-
spars. It has a white, powdery appearance. Because kaolinite is
electrically balanced, its ability of adsorb ions is less than that of
other clay minerals.
Illite: Resembles muscovite in mineral composition, only
finer-grained. It is the weathering product of feldspars and felsic
silicates.
Chlorite: This clay mineral is the weathering product of mafic
silicates and is stable in cool, dry, or temperate climates. It oc-
curs along with illite in mid-western soils. It is also found in some
metamorphic rocks, such as chlorite schist.
Vermiculite: This clay mineral has the ability to adsorb water,
but not repeatedly.
Smectite: This clay mineral is the weathering product of
mafic silicates, and is stable in arid, semi-arid, or temperate
climates. It was formerly known as montmorillonite. Smectite
has the ability to adsorb large amounts of water, forming a wa-
ter-tight barrier, and the chemical industry. There are two main
varieties of smectite, a) sodium smectite (the high-swelling form
of smectite, which can adsorb up to 18 layers of water molecules
between layers of clay) and b) calcium smectite (the low-swelling
form of smectite adsorbs less water than does sodium smectite).
Attapulgite: This mineral actually resembles the amphiboles
more than it does clay minerals, but has a special property that
smectite lacks - as a drilling fluid, it stable in salt water environ-
ments. When drilling for offshore oil, conventional drilling mud
falls apart in the presence of salt water.
In humid tropical climates, clay minerals are unstable and
break down under intense chemical weathering to become hy-
drated oxides of aluminum (bauxite) and iron (goethite).
Schematic structure of most common clay minerals are giv-
en in Fig. 1.
The Masterbuilder | Decemebr 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
Fig. 1: Schematic Structure of Some common clay minerals
Interstratification in Phyllosilicates
The properties and compositions of some mineral colloids
are intermediate between those of well-defined minerals such
as kaolinite and smectite as described in above. Such minerals
are referred to as mixed-layer or interstratified minerals. Most
mixed-layer clays contain smectite or vermiculite as a swelling
73
 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - SOIL STABILIZATION
component (Srodon, 1999). Partial removal of interlayer potas-
sium from micas or of interlayer hydroxide from chlorite is one
way that interstratification minerals can form in soils (April, 1980).
Other possibilities include i) fixation of adsorbed K+ by some ver-
miculite layers to yield mica-like layers, and ii) the formation of
hydroxide interlayers to produce chlorite- like layers. Interstrat-
ification of layers can be regular or random [8] as given below:
1) A periodic alternation of layers of two types A and B re-
fers to regular or ordered mixed-layers: ABABAB…. or
AABAABAAB…
2) A random alteration of each type of layer corresponds to
irregular and randomly mixed-layered clays: AABABB-
BAAABAABA.
Illite-smectite is the most interesting mixed-layer clays (Fig.
1). They are quite ubiquitous, well known from a chemical stand-
point and exhibit a mineralogical variation that responds to pres-
sure–temperature variations during diagenesis.
Clay minerals act as “chemical sponges” which hold water
and dissolved plant nutrients weathered from other minerals (Al-
Ani and Sarapää, 2008). This results from the presence of unbal-
anced electrical charges on the surface of clay grains, such that
some surfaces are positively charged (and thus attract negatively
charged ions), while other surfaces are negatively charged (at-
tract positively charged ions). Clay minerals also have the ability
to attract water molecules. Because this attraction is a surface
phenomenon, it is called adsorption (which is different from ab-
sorption because the ions and water are not attracted deep inside
the clay grains) (Al-Ani and Sarapää, 2008). Clay minerals resem-
ble the micas in chemical composition, except they are very fine
grained, usually microscopic. Like the micas, clay minerals are
shaped like flakes with irregular edges and one smooth side.
The composition of individual particles in an element of soil
is an important characteristic of soil. This belief is true as far as
a fundamental understanding of soil behaviour is concerned. The
nature and arrangement of the atom in soil particle– i.e., compo-
sition– has a significant influence on the permeability, compress-
ibility, and strength and stress transmission in soils, especially in
fine-grained soils. Thus, it is needed to study soil composition if it
is needed to understand the fundamentals of clay behaviour and
particularly the dependence of this behaviour on time, pressure,
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
and environment.
Stabilization of Soils
The stabilization or, treatment of problematic soil generally
refers the conversion of soil particles to rigid granular materials
that can resist the internal swelling pressure of the clay, and re-
striction of the movement of moisture within the soil to control the
seasonal variations (Al–Rawas & Goosen, 2006). The long-term
performance of any construction project depends on the sound-
ness of the underlying soils. Unstable soils can create significant
problems for pavements or structures. Hence, there is a great
need to stabilize these unstable soils to improve its engineering
properties due to limited financial resources and to utilize the lo-
cally available soil to the full extent. Soil stabilization means the
improvement of stability or bearing power of the soil by the use of
controlled compaction, proportioning and/or the addition of suit-
able admixture or stabilizers. Broadly, it refers to any chemical or
mechanical treatment given to a mass of soil to improve or main-
tain its engineering properties. Soil stabilization is widely used in
74
connection with road, pavement and foundation construction to
improve the Strength, Volume stability and Durability of the soil.
The basic principles of soil stabilization consists of evaluating the
properties of given soil, deciding the lacking property of soil and
choose effective and economical method of soil stabilization and
designing the stabilized soil mix for intended stability and durabil-
ity values. Regardless of the purpose for stabilization, the desired
result is the creation of a soil material or soil system that will re-
main in place under the design use conditions for the design life
of the project.
Soil stabilization finds its way to a number of applications
like increase of bearing capacity for foundation requirements,
improvement of sub-grade properties for road constructions,
increasing stability of slopes, embankment constructions etc.
Weak compressible soils deposits are often found near the
mouths of rivers, along the perimeters of bays, and beneath
swamps or lagoons. Soil deposits with high organic content are
often found in these low lying types of locations and can be es-
pecially troublesome for construction activities. Their compress-
ibility needs to be decreased and strength increased to perform
construction activities on such soils.
A successful construction of highways requires the con-
struction of a structure that is capable of carrying the imposed
traffic loads. One of the most important layers of the road is the
actual foundation, or subgrade. Where the subgrade is founded
in an inherently weak soil, this material is typically then removed
and replaced with a stronger granular material. This “remove
and replace” technique can be both costly and time consuming.
An alternative to the “remove and replace” option is to chemically
stabilize the host material. This eliminates the requirement to re-
place the material, and ensures the engineering characteristics
and performance of the host material is enhanced to allow for
its use within the pavement structure. However, method of sta-
bilization particularly with chemical stabilizers depends mainly
on the mineralogical and chemical composition of soils. Proper
precautions should be required prior to use of different chemical
stabilizers alone or in the combination of various waste binders
such as fly ash and GGBS. The stabilization of some of the chal-
lenging soils and their mechanism are explained briefly in the
following sections.
Pozzolanic Stabilization
A pozzolan is a siliceous material, which will react with lime
to form cementitious compounds. For production of cementi-
tious compounds, silica in amorphous or non crystalline form is
more effective. Lime, cement and fly ash have been extensively
used to improve the properties of expansive soils. While lime re-
acts with soil silica to produce cementitious compounds, these
compounds are readily available in Portland cement. However,
cement is mainly used as pre-treatment before lime stabiliza-
tion of expansive soils. Fly ashes often contain both lime and
reactive silica and produce cementitious compounds in the pres-
ence water. There are three different types of fly ashes from the
consideration of pozzolanic nature - self pozzolanic, pozzolanic
and non pozzolanic. The reactive silica content of fly ash plays an
important role in the pozzolanic properties of fly ash. Fly ashes
with good reactive silica content and sufficient lime content are
called self pozzolanic (Sivapullaiah et al. 1998; Sivapullaiah et al.
2000). Fly ashes containing reactive silica but in adequate lime
 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - SOIL STABILIZATION

content are pozzolanic and develop good strength with addition of

lime. Methods are available for optimizing lime content (Sivapul-
laiah et al., 1996). Fly ashes without reactive silica cannot develop
strength even with addition lime and are called non pozzolanic.

Strength of Fly Ash and Fly Ash-Lime and Fly ash-Lime-

Gypsum Stabilization

Silica, alumina and secondary oxides of calcium, magne-

sium, iron and sulfur are the most common minerals found in
fly ash. Further, fly ash generally contains silty sized particles and
with addition of fly ash to soil causes replacement of clayey sized
particles of soils. This results an improvement in gradation of soil
matrix and thereby, improving strength of soil with increase in fly
ash content (Class “F) in combination with lime and gypsum (Fig.
2). Calcium oxide is the important chemical component of fly ash
for soil modification. Calcium oxides in presence of water disso-
ciates into calcium cations and hydroxide anions. On dissociation
calcium cations pozzolanically react with chemical compounds
found in soil to form cementitious materials. In pozzolanic reac-
tions siliceous material reacts in presence of moisture and cal-
cium to form compounds having cementitious properties. The
more the calcium cations is available the greater the degree of
soil modification. Silica, alumina, magnesium and iron oxide are
the non calcium oxides found in fly ash are inert material. But
Fig. 4 Mixing and shaping of fly ash stabilized soil
these oxides can react in presence of sufficient amount of cal-
cium cations to form cementitious materials. The formation of
cementitious compounds leads to the improvement in strength
in expansive soils (Fig. 2). However, addition of small gypsum to
lime treated soil with fly ash causes acceleration in pozzolanic
reactions and thereby drastically increase in short term strength
(Sivapullaiah and Jha, 2014). The addition of gypsum to soil caus-
es formation of ettringite crystals along with cementitious com-
pounds, which reinforce the soil matrix together and thereby,
enhancing the strength of soil at shorter curing periods (Fig. 3).
The method of mixing of fly ash with soil is shown in Fig. 4.

Strength of Expansive soil with waste Granulated Blast Fur-

nace Slag (GGBS)

GGBS is an industrial waste obtained by quenching molten

iron blast-furnace slag in water or steam. GGBS, with an annual
production of about 15 Mt, is mainly used in concrete manufac-
turing plants for partial replacement of cement in concrete. How-
ever, this utilization rate for GGBS only amounts to 55% (Singh et
al., 2008).
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

Fig. 2: Strength behaviour of expansive soil with fly ash, lime and gypsum

Fig. 5: Variation of UCS with GGBS content

The unconfined compressive strength (UCS) of expansive

Fig. 3: SEM images of a) soil, b) soil+10 % fly ash+6 %Lime+1 % gypsum,
14 day, c) soil+10 % fly ash+6 % lime, 28 day, d) soil+10 % fly ash+6 %
lime+1 % gypsum, 28 day
76
soil (Fig. 5) increases with the addition of small amount of GGBS
up to about 10% GGBS and remains constant up about 40% and
thereafter decreases with further increase in GGBS content. The
variations in strength can be explained by the factors: 1. Decrease
in the cohesion of the soil due to addition of frictional materials;
 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - SOIL STABILIZATION

2. Improved strength due cementation of pozzolanic compounds

produced; 3. The variations in compaction parameters as the soil
GGBS mixtures are compacted to their respective Proctor’s op-
timum conditions; 4. Coating of GGBS by soil particles (Sharma
and Sivapullaiah, 2012).
Fly ash has been used successfully in several projects to
improve the compressive and shear strength soils for stabilising
bases or subgrades, to stabilize backfill to reduce lateral earth
pressures and to stabilize embankments to improve slope sta-
bility. Typically stabilized soil depths vary between 15 and 46 cms.
The compressive strength of fly ash treated soils is dependent on:
- In-place soil properties
- Delay time
- Moisture content at time of compaction
- Fly ash addition ratio
Another important reason for using fly ash over cement in
stabilisation is its advantages of delay time, which is time time
lapsed between wet mixing and compaction (sivapullaiah et al 1998).

Ground granulated blast furnace slag amended fly ash as an

expansive soil stabilizer Fig. 6: Variation of UCS with binder content (no lime)

Both fly ash and GGBS possesses reactive silica and lime.
Though both are pozzolanic materials, for the reaction products
to gain maximum strength an optimum ratio of reactive silica to
lime is required. Thus the attempt is made to mix two pozzola-
nic materials which individually have different amounts of reac-
tive silica and lime. The possibility is that one component pres-
ent in excess in one material will be utilized by the other which
is in need of the same and vice-versa. However, there is a wide
variation in the chemical properties of fly ash and GGBS. Fly ash
is low in calcium oxide content but rich in silica and alumina
while GGBS is relatively high in calcium oxide. The combination
of these two materials can be more beneficial when used as a
stabilizing agent than using them individually. Each can provide
sufficient lime or silica to support pozzolanic reaction, thereby re-
quiring lower amounts of chemical activators. Studies relating to
the alkali activation of slag/fly ash mixtures in blended cements
and concretes have been carried out by few researchers (Bijen
and Waltje, 1989; Puertas et al., 2000; Shi and Day, 1999).
Fig. 6 shows the variation of the unconfined compressive
Fig. 7: X-ray diffraction patterns of the soil stabilized with 20% binder The Masterbuilder | Decemebr 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
strength (UCS) of treated expansive soil (without lime) for dif-
cured for 28 days (a) no lime (b) 1% lime
ferent curing periods in relation to the percentage of the binder
(mixture of fly ash and GGBS) (Sharma and Sivapullaiah, 2016). It
can be seen that strength increases up to 20% of the binder con-
tent and then decreases thereafter. This trend is similar for all the
curing periods. For the same percentage of binder, the strength
of the samples was found to be directly proportional to the curing
period. The formation of cementitious compounds [such as cal-
cium–silicate–hydrates (C–S–H), calcium–aluminate–hydrates
(C–A–H), and calcium-aluminium–silicate–hydrates (C–A–S–H)]
in the soil–binder matrix is responsible for the increase in the un-
confined compressive strength of the stabilized soil (Fig. 7 and
8). However, the addition of binder beyond 20% gave a reduction
Fig. 8: Results of SEM analysis for soil stabilized with 20% binder cured
in strength. For stabilized soils with greater binder contents, the for 28 days. (a) No lime. (b) 1% lime
pozzolanic reaction does not occur and the added binder parti-
cles act as unbonded particles that reduce the overall strength of Fly ash and GGBS (constituents of the binder) have very little
the material (Bell, 1996; Kate, 2005). However, the strength of the self-hardening properties in the absence of any chemical activa-
stabilized soil with high binder contents is still greater than that tors such as lime or cement (Kaniraj and Havanagi, 1999). This is
of untreated soil. best illustrated in Fig. 8 where 1% lime is added along with the
77
 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - SOIL STABILIZATION
Fig. 9: Variation of UCS with binder content (1% lime)
binder. The samples attain significant strength and the gain de-
pends on the amount of the binder and curing period (Fig. 9). The
addition of lime enhances the pozzolanic reaction that provides
extra strength to the soil–binder mixture due to the formation of
a cemented matrix (Fig. 7 and 8). The strength of the samples is
again found to decrease slightly beyond 20% of binder content.
However, unlike in the earlier case where the strength continu-
ously decreases, the sample regains strength after the addition
of 30% of binder. This implies that the addition of lime helps in
binding the unbonded silt particles that were responsible for
strength reduction. Therefore, based on the unconfined com-
pressive strength behaviour with and without lime, the addition of
20% binder is recommended as an optimum content to effective-
ly stabilize this expansive soil.
Conclusion
Several industrial solid waste materials can be advanta-
geously be used to improve the properties of problematic soils.
They also can be used to improve the properties of soil be-
yond what can be achieved with conventional binders.
Fly ash has been widely used to stabilize soils for construc-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
tion of pavements and embankments.
Fly ash has also advantages in stabilisation of soils contain-
ing sulphate etc.
Fly ash has favorable delay in curing period.
GGBS can also be used to stabilize soils. Use of combina-
tions of Fly ash and GGBS reduces lime requirement for fly ash
in stabilizing soils.
References
- Al-Ani T., Sarapää O. (2008). “Clay and clay mineralogy.” Physical–Chem-
ical Properties and Industrial Uses Espoo: Geological Survey of Finland.
- Al-Rawas, A. A.,Goosen, M. F. (Eds.) (2006). “Expansive soils: recent ad-
vances in characterization and treatment.” Taylor & Francis.
- April R. H. (1980). “Regularly interstratified chlorite/vermiculite in contact
metamorphosed red beds, Newark Group, Connecticut Valley.” Clays
and Clay Minerals 28 (1):1-11.
- Bell, F. (1996). “Lime stabilization of clay minerals and soils.” Eng. Geol.
42 (4), 223–237.
78
- Bijen, J., Waltje, H. (1989). “Alkali activated slag–fly ash cements.” In:
Proceedings of 3rd International Conference on the Use of Fly Ash, Sil-
ica Fume, Slag and Natural Pozzolans in Concrete, Trondheim, Norway,
SP114- 76, pp. 1566–1578.
- Chen F. H. (1975). Foundations on expansive soils, Elsevier.
- Cokca E. (2001). “Use of class c fly ashes for the stabilization of an expan-
sive soil.” J. Geotech Geoenviron Eng. 127(7):568–573.
- Kaniraj, S.R., Havanagi, V.G. (1999). “Compressive strength of cement
stabilized fly ash–soil mixtures.” Cem. Concr. Res. 29 (5), 673–677.
- Kate, J. (2005). “Strength and volume change behavior of expansive soils
treated with fly ash.” In: Proceedings of Geo-Frontiers-2005: Innovations
in Grouting and Soil Improvements, Austin, Texas, pp. 24–26.
- Madejová J. (2003). “FTIR techniques in clay mineral studies.” Vibrational
spectroscopy 31 (1):1-10.
- Mitchell, J. K. (1986). “Practical problems from surprising soil behavior.”
Journal of Geotechnical Engineering, 112(3), 259–289.
- Puertas, F., Martınez-Ramırez, S., Alonso, S., Vazquez, T. (2000). “Alkali
activated fly ash/slag cements: strength behaviour and hydration prod-
ucts.” Cem. Concr. Res. 30 (10), 625–1632.
- Sharma, A. K., & Sivapullaiah, P. V. (2012). “Improvement of strength of
expansive soil with waste granulated blast furnace slag.” In Geo Con-
gress.
- Sharma, A. K., & Sivapullaiah, P. V. (2016). “Ground granulated blast
furnace slag amended fly ash as an expansive soil stabilizer.” Soils and
Foundations, 56(2), 205-212.
- Shi, C., Day, R. (1999). “Early strength development and hydration of al-
kali activated blast furnace slag/fly ash blends.” Adv. Cem. Res. 11 (4),
189–196.
- Singh, S., Tripathy, D.P., Ranjith, P. (2008). “Performance evaluation of ce-
ment stabilized fly ash–GBFS mixes as a highway construction material.”
Waste Manag. 28 (8), 1331–1337.
- Sivapullaiah, P. V., Jha, A. K. (2014). “Gypsum induced strength behaviour
of fly ash-lime stabilized expansive soil.” Geotechnical and Geological En-
gineering, 32(5), 1261-1273.
- Sivapullaiah, P. V., Prashanth, J. P., Sridharan, A., Narayana, B. V. (1998).
“Reactive silica and strength of fly ashes.” Geotechnical & Geological En-
gineering, 16(3), 239-250.
- Sivapullaiah, P.V., Prashanth, J.P. Sridharan, A (1998), Delay in compac-
tion and importance of lime fixation point on strength and compaction
characteristics of soil, Ground Improvement, 2, 1998, 27-32.
- Sivapullaiah, P. V., Sridharan, A., Raju, K. V. B. (2000). “Role of amount
and type of clay in the lime stabilization of soils.” Proceedings of the ICE-
Ground Improvement 4(1): 37-45.
- Sivapullaiah, P.V., Prashant, J.P., Sridharan, A. (1996). “Effect of fly ash on
the index properties of BC soil.” Soils Found., 36(1): 97–103.
- Srodon J. (1999). “Nature of mixed-layer clays and mechanisms of their
formation and alteration.” Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Scienc-
es 27 (1):19-53
- Vali H., Koster H. (1986). “Expanding behaviour, structural disorder, reg-
ular and random irregular interstratification of 2: 1 layer-silicates studied
by high-resolution images of transmission electron microscopy.” Clay
Miner 21 (5):827.
- Wilson M. (1999). “The origin and formation of clay minerals in soils: past,
present and future perspectives.” Clay Minerals 34 (1):7-7.w
 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - SOIL MECHANICS
Behaviour of unsaturated soils and significance
of physico-chemical effects in clays
Amiya Prakash Das, M.S., PhD
Student, Hong Kong University of Science and Technology,
Hong Kong SAR
Introduction
Terzaghi in 1943 stated that “the theories of soil mechanics
provide us only with the working hypothesis because our knowl-
edge of the average physical soil properties of the subsoil and the ori-
entation of the boundaries between the individual strata is always
incomplete and often utterly inadequate.” Geotechnical engi-
neering encompasses a vast spectrum of soil ranging from fine-
grained soils like clays and silts to coarse-grained soils like clean
sands. These soil types are often saturated with water or have
other fluids (e.g. water and air) which partially fill their voids. The
classical soil mechanics dealsin understanding the behaviour of
such soil types which are either fully saturated or dry. However,
there are numerous geomaterials encountered in common ge-
otechnical engineering practices whose behaviour are not con-
sistent with the fundamental concepts of classical soil mechan-
ics as they often have more than one fluid phase (i.e. water and
air),which makes the understanding of such materials complex
and problematic. The increasing complexity in solving the field
problems restricted toclassical saturated soil mechanics led to
the emergence of unsaturated soil mechanics. Since the earlier
experiments carried out by Bishop in late 1950’s, the unsaturat-
ed soil mechanics has become significantly important and has
developed from a laboratory scale to theoretical and constitutive
formulations for solving geotechnical engineering problems with
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
appropriate boundary conditions (Clifton et al. 1999).
Unlike the saturated soils (two-phase system) where all the
pores are filled with water, the unsaturated soilis a four phase
system which comprises of soil solids, water, air and a fourth
phase which takes into account the interaction between the air
and water phase. The interpretation of the unsaturated soil be-
haviour basically involves the differences in the air and water
pressures, the phase compressibilities and their interactions.
These interactions between the air and water phase commonly
known as contractile skin gives rise to a surface tension effect
which is responsible for creating an aggregated like structure
in fine-grained soils. Both natural soils and engineered ground
are liable to be in an unsaturated state. Natural soils in arid or
semi-arid areas are in an unsaturated state where the water ta-
ble is often very deep. However, in a dry environment,any soil near
the ground surface is also liable to have a negative pore water
pressure (i.e. unsaturated state). Figure 1 illustrates the changes
in pore water pressures from a positive value below the water ta-
ble to a negative pore water pressure above the water table. The
80
figure also indicates the changes in the pore water pressure due
to the environmental factors where the negative pore water pres-
sure reduces near ground surface due to precipitation or flooding
of desiccation cracks which increases the pore water pressure
and thus reducing the net negative pore water pressure.While
the excessive desiccation due to evaporation would increase the
net negative pore water pressures. Compacted fills in engineer-
ing applications such as earth dams, railway embankments and
other compacted fills arealso usually placed in an unsaturated
state as complete compaction and closure of all air voids is gen-
erally impractical (Murray and Sivakumar, 2010). Thus, the neg-
ative pore water pressure plays a central role in understanding
unsaturated soil behaviour and controls the overall mechanical
behaviour.
Figure 1:Total stress, pore-air pressure, and pore-water pressure distri-
butions in unsaturated soil(After Fredlundet al., 2012)
In contrast to the saturated soil behaviour, unsaturated soils
are associated with typical geotechnical engineering problems
such as slopes instability involving unsaturated soils that are
susceptible to failure during rainfall owing to the reduction in
strength associated with the increase of degree of saturation.A
different but a very general problem involving unsaturated soils is
the damage to structures either caused by the swelling or collapse
of the foundation soil due to wetting (Gens, 2010). As discussed
earlier, toaccount for thetypical behaviour of unsaturated soils a
new variable, soil suction ( ) i.e. negative pore water pressure
would be introduced in the unsaturated soil mechanics framework.
Thus, based on the above discussion the present article fo-
cuses on presenting a brief introduction to soil suction and typical
geotechnical engineering problems associated with unsaturated
soils upon wetting i.e. swelling and collapse phenomenon. Also,
the role and significance of osmotic effects on the swelling and
collapse phenomenon are also briefly discussed. Since, the os-
motic effects are of prime importance in typical applications of
unsaturated soils as alinerand engineered barrier material for

landfill usage and nuclear waste repositories, respectively. The
article also discusses the fundamentals involving thechemo-hy-
dro-mechanical behaviour of clays in thecontext of a double
structure model.
Soil suction
The soil suction theory was initially developed in soil physics,
mainly for understanding the soil-plant-water system, and sub-
sequently, it was extended to explain the mechanical behaviour
of unsaturated soils by Road Research Laboratory in the UK
(Croney and Coleman, 1948; Barbour, 1998;Fredlundet al., 2012).
The soil suction is defined as the total water potential or the free
energy state of the soil. The soil suction can be expressed by a
thermodynamic relationship in terms of thepartial vapour pres-
sure of pore water as (Fredlundet al.,2012).
where = soil suction or total suction (kPa), R = universal
gas constant {8.31432 J/(mol K)}, T = absolute temperature in
Kelvin (T = 273.16 + to), to = temperature (oC), vwo = specific vol-
ume of water or inverse of density of water {i.e. 1/ w (m3/kg)}, w
= density of water (998 kg/m3 at to = 20 oC), wv = molecular mass
of water vapour (18.016 kg/kmol), uv = partial pressure of pore
water vapour (kPa), uvo = saturation pressure of vapour over a flat
surface of water at the same temperature (kPa). The term uv/uvo
is called relative humidity; soil suction is called as total suction
as it comprised of two components, namely, matric suction and
osmotic suction.
Matric suction
Often the soil above the groundwater table is either partial-
ly or wholly saturated with water within the soil pores. This soil
water above the groundwater table is normally under a tensile
stress or a negative pore water pressure. This tensile stress is
known as matric suction. The matric suction, s, is defined as the
excess of pore air pressure, ua, over pore water pressure, uw, as
expressed by theequation:
S=ua-uw
It thus becomes the negative pore water pressure at an at-
mospheric air pressure (ua = 0). The matric suction is caused by
the two main physical phenomena, namely the capillarity, and the
surface adsorption.
Ridely and Burland (1993) gave an alternative definition for
matric suction which is directly related to physical processes
within the soil:
“Matrix suction is the stress existing on the water molecules
in the liquid phase of the soil matrix (i.e. the ability of the soil to
resist the loss of water without the latter changing its state from
liquid to vapour phase).”
The phenomenon of capillarity is directly related to the sur-
face tension of water. This capillary force and, thus, the suction
are proportional to the curvature of the water meniscus. The
smaller the tube radius, the greater is the curvature, and the
higher the water rise within the tube. Similarly, the capillary rise
above the groundwater level within a soil depends on the pore
size. Fine textured soils normally have a higher capillary rise than
the coarse textured soils. The surface adsorption is principally
relevant to clay minerals and occurs as a result of the negative
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - SOIL MECHANICS
charge on the clay particle surfaces which strongly attract the
water molecules. The types of clay mineral also play a crucial
role in the adsorption of water by clay surfaces. For example,
soils with high activity clay minerals, such as montmorillonite,
are able to retain a greater amount of water around their par-
ticles and remain saturated even at higher suctions. They also
have a tendency for greater shrinkage and expansion upon drying
and wetting, respectively.
Matric suction (ua - uw) can be expressed in terms of surface
tension as:
whereT is the surface tension of water, r is the radius of the
soil pore and is the angle of contact between menisci and wall
of soil pore.
Osmotic Suction
The osmotic suction, is a function of salt concentration
within the soil water, which increases the affinity for water. The
vapour pressure of a solution is less as compared with the va-
pour pressure of pure solvent. This implies that the relative hu-
midity reduces with the increase in dissolved salts concentration
and can be attributed to the osmotic suction. Osmotic suction for
solutions can be calculated by using Morse equation derived by
van’t Hoff (Nelson and Miller, 1992; Mata et al., 2002) as:
= iMRT
whereπ is the osmotic suction (kPa) of the solution, R is uni-
versal gas constant (8.32 litre. kPa/mole. K), T is absolute tem-
perature (K), M is molarity of the dissolved salts in the solution
(mole/litre) and iis the van’t Hoff factor. The van’t Hoff factor is a
measure of the effect of solute and accounts for the deviations
from the ideal solutions which include (i) finite volume occupied
by solute molecules, and (ii) their mutual attraction (Glasstone,
1974).
Swelling and swelling mechanism
Swelling in expansive soil occurs due to changes in moisture
content and effective stress. The changes in effective stress may
be due to alteration in external applied load or due to changes
in environmental conditions like changes in water table, seepage
The Masterbuilder | Decemebr 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
forces, leaching action, temperature and humidity, etc.
The mechanism of swelling in expansive clays is complex and
has been explained using several theories based upon capillari-
ty phenomenon and elastic theories. Due to negative pore water
pressure in unsaturated soil, they have a strong affinity towards
absorbing water which results in reduction in capillary tension
and thus facilitates swelling in the elastic region. Schofield (1946)
explained swelling due to loss of capillary potential energy on ab-
sorption of water. Whereas, Means (1959) reported that the volu-
metric change associated with swelling are elastic in nature. The
soil suction which is measurable using psychrometers can be
used as a fundamental parameter rather than water content and
index properties to measure the extent of potential swelling or
shrinkage (O’Neill and Poormoayed, 1980). Soil suction compris-
es of two components: matric and osmotic suction. The matric
suction component is the negative pressure exerted on the free
water surface and it depends mainly on degree of saturation and
surcharge pressure. Whereas osmotic suction depends on the
relative concentration of soluble salts in pore fluid and the free
81
 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - SOIL MECHANICS
water, and is independent of degree of saturation as well as sur-
charge pressure. Though the effect of matric suction component
governs the volume change in expansive soils, Rao et al. (2006)
showed that osmotic suction dissipation during swelling controls
the volume change. Lambe and Whitman (1979), Jennings and
Burland (1962) and Fredlund (1975) have explained swelling in
terms of effective stress and matric suction.
Physico-chemical concepts which involve the property of
clay minerals to absorb water on the clay surface can aid to un-
derstand the swelling mechanism in expansive clays. The high
activity of colloidal size clay particles is due to their large specific
surface area which increases the adsorption of water on the clay
surface. Dakshanamurthy (1977) and Madsen and Muller-Von-
moos (1989) explained the swelling process in two stages of in-
teraction between the clay particles and free water. In the first
stage of hydration the dry clay particles adsorb water in succes-
sive monolayers and push the unit layers of the montmorillonite
clay apart. This happens within the clay particles and is termed as
the interlayer or crystalline swelling. The second stage of swell-
ing occurs due to double layer repulsion between the surfaces of
individual particles and is called as osmotic swelling. According
to Gouy-Chapman double layer theory, the swelling of clays is
due to the osmotic pressure difference between the mid-plane
of adjoining particles and the external solutions. Gouy-Chapman
theory is based on highly idealized case of parallel particle ar-
rangement and the limitations of this approach are discussed in
detail by Bolt (1956), Mesri and Olson (1971), Yong and Warkentin
(1975). Yong and Warkentin (1966) stated that swelling requires a
force of repulsion which separates the clay particles to increase
the volume of clay as the water content increases.
Collapsible soils and collapse mechanism
Collapse is defined as the densification of soil caused by
addition of water at constant vertical stress. A collapsible soil
can withstand relatively large applied vertical stress with small
settlement at low water content but the same soil can exhibit
large settlement on wetting without any additional increase in
the vertical stress. Hydrocompression and hydrocompaction are
few terms which are synonymous with collapse. It is highly rec-
ognized that a soil can either collapse or swell depending on its
placement condition and over burden pressure. High void ratio
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
and open fabric structure are few factors which influence the col-
lapse phenomenon in unsaturated soils (Dudley, 1970; Barden et
al., 1973; Lawton et al., 1991; Wheeler, 1994; Rao and Revansid-
dappa, 2000).
The collapsible soils exist at a very high void ratio in an unsat-
urated state as a result of matric suction and clay bonding and
have metastable (open) structure which is characterized with rel-
atively large individual void spaces (Wheeler, 1994; Blight, 1997).
Collapse settlements are not only restricted to natural de-
posits but also a major issue for utilizing compacted fills in various
civil engineering applications such as high earthen dams, deep
compacted highway embankments, other thick compacted fills,
etc. (Dudley, 1970; Lawton et al., 1989; Rollins et al., 1994).Under-
standing of collapse phenomenon in sands and silts have been
well covered in the literature but the recent studies have shown
that even collapse can occur in all types of compacted soils and
even in pure clays including montmorillonite and kaolinite under
certain conditions (Lawton et al., 1991; Reddy, 1996; Jotisankasa,
2005). Residual soils in semi-arid regions also exhibit collapse
82
phenomenon (Barksdale and Blight, 1997). Compacted silt clay
mixtures and compacted sand clay mixtures which contain vary-
ing amounts of montmorillonite clay are known examples of un-
saturated clay soil that exhibit collapse on wetting under a given
vertical stress (Jennings and Burland, 1962; Dudley, 1970; Law-
ton et al., 1989; Lawton et al., 1992; Rollins et al.,1994).
Barden et al. (1973) and Mitchell and Soga (2005) attributed
the following reasons for collapse to occur in soils:
1. An open, partially saturated and unstable fabric.
2. A high enough total stress that the structure is metastable.
3. A bonding or cementing agent that stabilises the inter-aggre-
gate or inter-granular bonds in unsaturated state reduces on
theaddition of water and causes the bonds to fail in shear.
Alonso and Gens (1994) provided the microstructural inter-
pretation of loading and collapse deformations which is depicted
in Figure 2.1. In unsaturated state, the initial soil structure at a
particular void ratio is stabilised by matric suction, s which en-
ables the soil structure to sustain a load P1. Upon inundation with
fluid, the matric suction becomes zero, and the soil structure col-
lapses to a lower void ratio, shown by path collapse. However, to
get the same void ratio as that upon collapse without any change
in suction, the load P1 needs to increase up to P2, where P2 is very
large in comparison to P1.
Figure 2: Microstructural interpretation of loading and collapse deforma-
tions(AfterAlonso and Gens, 1994)
Chemo-mechanical behaviour of compacted soils(After Das
and Thyagaraj, 2016)
Compacted soils in geoenvironmetal engineering applica-
tions (e.g. clay barriers, nuclear waste repositories) often come
in contact with the chemical contaminants from the hazardous
waste, which alters their engineering behaviourdue to the physi-
co-chemical interactions at the clay microstructural level. Com-
pacted clays are characterisedwith a double structure, wherein
the intra-aggregate voids are referred as microstructure, and
the inter-aggregate voids constitute the macrostructure (Gens
and Alonso, 1992; Mussoet al., 2013; Sanchez et al.,2005). Gens
and Alonso (1992) and Sanchez et al. (2005) reported that the de-
formations occurring at the microstructural level are controlled
by physico-chemical changes at the clay particle level, which
are reversible and can be considered elastic and volumetric in
nature. These deformations may cause a rearrangement of the
macrostructure, leading to irreversible volumetric strains. The
significance of physico-chemical interactions on the engineering
behaviour of active clays, in particular, the compressibility, the
swelling and the hydraulic behaviour, has been long recognized
and extensively studied in the literature (Barbour and Fredlund,
1989; Di Maio, 1996; Mesri and Olson, 1971; Mokni et al., 2014;
Musso et al., 2003).
 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - SOIL MECHANICS
Lately, the works of Sanchez et al. (2005), Guimarãeset al.
(2013) and Mussoet al. (2013) have extended the double-struc-
ture framework for unsaturated expansive clays by incorporat-
ing thermo-mechanical and chemo-hydro-mechanical effects.
The experimental investigations of Musso et al. (2013) support
the hypothesis proposed by Mesri and Olson (1971) and Di Maio
(1996) on the evolution of microstructure upon exposure to phys-
ico-chemical changes (such as concentration of fluid and cation
valence), which further evidenced the influence of double struc-
ture features on the chemo-mechanical behaviour.
The physico-chemical changes (specifically the pore fluid
characteristics like composition and concentration) induce an
osmotic suction gradient Δπ, which dissipates by osmotic flow
and/or diffusion of salts into or out of the clay soil, depending on
the relative concentration of the pore fluid with respect to the in-
undating fluid (Barbour and Fredlund, 1989; Mitchell and Soga,
2005; Thyagaraj and Rao,2015). Pure osmotic flow takes place
when the clay soil acts as a perfect semi-permeable membrane,
and when the membrane effect is totally destroyed, only the salt
diffusion takes place. As the osmotic efficiency of the clay soil is
low, both osmotic flow and salt diffusiontake place simultane-
ously. The volume change associated with the salt diffusion is
called as osmotic consolidation, whereas the osmotic flow driven
volume change is called as induced osmotic consolidation (Bar-
bour and Fredlund, 1989). However, the osmotic consolidation is
dominant owing to the lower osmotic efficiency of clay soil. Based
on the direction of the osmotic flow, three contaminant scenar-
ios can be envisaged: outward osmotic flow, inward osmotic
flow and no osmotic flow condition (Thyagaraj and Rao, 2015).
The outward osmotic flow occurs as a result of lower pore fluid
concentration relative to the concentration of the inundating fluid,
whereas the inward osmotic flow condition arises due to higher
pore fluid concentration. In such scenarios where the outward or
inward osmotic flow occurs, the volume change occurs owing to
the dissipation of both the matric suction and the induced osmot-
ic suction. In addition, there wouldbe no flow condition when the
pore fluid osmotic suction is the same as the osmotic suction of
the inundating fluid, in which case the flow occurs in response to
only the matric suction dissipation.
Mokniet al. (2014) discussed the effect of the matric and
osmoticsuctions on the chemo-hydro-mechanical behaviour of
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
Boom clay (a preferred host material in a Belgium concept of nu-
clear waste disposal). They have highlighted the effect of satura-
tion and desaturation on the water retention and the mechanical
behaviour of compacted Boom clay specimens remoulded with
(or exposed to) sodium nitrate (NaNO3) solutions of different os-
motic suctionsas the osmotic flow in clays is of prime significance
in the nuclear waste repositories and clay barriers. Mokniet al.
(2014) have shown through scanning electron microscopy and
mercury intrusion porosimetry studies on the compacted clays
that, for agiven dry density, the microstructural contraction in-
creases with theincrease in the pore fluid osmotic suction and
results in higher macroporosity in comparison with that of the
specimens remoulded with distilled water.
Concluding remarks
The present article briefly discusses the volumetric behaviour
of unsaturated soils and role of soil suction. A considerable ef-
fort has been made to discuss the application of osmotic flow
in clay barrier systems and further discussions on the coupled
86
behaviour of matric and osmotic suction dissipation affecting the
volumetric response of compacted clays in such applications are
beyond the scope of the present article. For further reading and
understanding, the interested readers may refer to various re-
search papers cited in the present article.
References
1. Alonso, E.E., and Gens, A. (1994). On the mechanical behaviour of arid
soils. Proceedings of 1stInternational Symposium on Engineering Char-
acteristics of Arid Soils, London, Balkema, Netherlands, pp. 173- 205.
2. Barbour, S.L., andFredlund, D.G. (1989). Mechanisms of osmotic flow and
volume change in clay soils. Canadian Geotechnical Journal,26, pp. 551-
562.
3. Barbour, S.L. (1998). The soil-water characteristic curve: a historical per-
spective. Canadian Geotechnical Journal,35, pp. 873–894.
4. Barden, L., McGwon, A., and Collins, K. (1973). The collapse mechanisms
in partly saturated soils. Engineering Geology,7, pp. 49-60.
5. Bolt, G.H. (1956). Physico-chemical analysis of compressibility of pure
clays. Geotechnique,6, pp. 86-93.
6. Clifton, A.W., Barbour, S.L., and Wilson, G.W. (2010). The emergence of
unsaturated soils mechanics: Fredlund volume. NRC Research Press,
Canada.
7. Croney, D., and Coleman, J.D. (1948). Soil thermodynamics applied to the
movement of moisture in road foundations. Proceedings of 7th Interna-
tional Congress of Applied Mechanics,3, pp. 163-177.
8. Dakshanamurthy, V. (1977). A study of swelling behaviour of compacted
expansive clays including fabric measurements. Thesis presented to In-
dian Institute of Technology, Madras, India.
9. Das, A.P., and Thyagaraj, T. (2016). Effect of pore fluid on compressibility
and collapse of clayey sand. Environmental Geotechnics, ICE, DOI: http://
dx.doi.org/10.1680/jenge.15.00073.
10. Di Maio, C. (1996). Exposure of bentonite to salt solution: osmotic and me-
chanical effects. Geotechnique,46 (4), pp. 695-702.
11. Dudley, J.H. (1970). Review of collapsing soils. Journal of Soil Mechanics
and Foundation Engineering, ASCE,96, pp. 925-947.
12. Fredlund, D.G. (1975). Prediction of heave in unsaturated soils. Proceed-
ings of 5th Asian Regional Conference, Bangalore, India, pp. 19-22.
13. Fredlund, D.G., Rahardjo, H., andFredlund, M.D. (2012). Soil Mechanics
for unsaturated soils. Wiley, New York.
14. Gens, A., and Alonso, E.E. (1992). A framework for the behaviour of unsat-
urated expansive clays. Canadian Geotechnical Journal,29, pp. 1013-1032.
15. Glasstone, S. (1974). Textbook of Physical Chemistry. Macmillan India,
New Delhi.
16. Guimaraes, L.do N., Gens, A., Sanchez, M., andOlivella, S. (2013). A che-
mo-mechanical constitutive model accounting for cation exchange in
expansive clays, Geotechnique, 63 (3), pp. 221-234.
17. Jennings, J.K. andBurland, J.B. (1962). Limitation to the effective stresses
in partially saturated soil. Geotechnique,12, pp. 125- 144.
18. Jotisankasa, A. (2005). Collapse behavior of compacted silty clay. Thesis
presented to Imperial College London, London, United Kingdom.
19. Lambe, T.W., and Whitman, R.V. (1979). Soil Mechanics. Wiley, New York.
20. Lawton E.C., Fragaszy, R.J., andHardcastle, J.H. (1989). Collapse of com-
pacted clayey sand. Journal of Geotechnical Engineering, ASCE,115 (9),
pp. 1252-1267.
21. Lawton, E.C., Fragaszy, R.J., and Hetherington, M.D. (1991). Significance
and control of wetting-induced collapse in compacted soils. Technical
Report,91 (01), University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah.

22. Madsen, F.T., and Muller-Vonmoos, M. (1989). The swelling behavior of
clays. Applied Clay Science,4, pp. 143-56.
23. Mata, C., Romero, E., and Ledesma, A. (2002). Hydrochemical effects on
water retention in bentonite-sand mixtures. Proceedings of 3rd Interna-
tional Conference on Unsaturated soils, Recife, Brazil, 1, pp. 283-288.
24. Means, R.E. (1959). Building on expansive clays. Quarterly of the Colorado
School of Mines,54 (4), pp. 1-31.
25. Mesri, G., and Olson, R.E. (1971). Consolidation characteristic of montmo-
rillonite. Geotechnique,21 (4), pp. 341-352.
26. Mitchell, J.K. and Soga, K. (2005). Fundamental of soil behaviour. Third
edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
27. Mokni, N., Romero, E., andOlivella, S. (2014). Chemo-hydro-mechanical
behaviour of compacted Boom clay: joint effects of osmotic and matric
suctions. Geotechnique, 64 (9), pp. 681-693.
28. Murray, E.J., andSivakumar, V. (2010). Unsaturated soils: A fundamen-
tal interpretation of soil behaviour. First edition, Wiley-Blackwell, United
Kingdom.
29. Musso, G., Romero, E., andVecchia, D.G. (2013). Double-structure effects
on the chemo-hydro-mechanical behaviour of a compacted active clay.
Geotechnique, 63 (3), pp. 206-220.
30. Nelson, J.D., and Miller, D.J. (1992). Expansive soils-Problems and Prac-
tice in Foundation and Pavement Engineering, John Wiley & Sons, New
York.
31. O’Neill, M.W., andPoorymoayed, A.M. (1980). Methodology for founda-
tions on expansive clays. Journal of Geotechnical Engineering Division,
ASCE,106, pp. 1345–1367.
32. Rao, S.M., Thyagaraj, T., and Thomas, H.R. (2006). Swelling of compacted
clay under osmotic gradients. Geotechnique,56 (10), pp. 707-713.
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - SOIL MECHANICS
33. Rao, S.M., andRevanasiddappa, K., (2000). Role of matric suction in col-
lapse of compacted clay soil. Journal of Geotechnical and Geoenviron-
mental Engineering, ASCE, 126 (1), pp. 85-90.
34. Rollins, K.M., Rollins, R.L., Smith, and Beckwith, H. (1994). Identification
and characterization of collapsible gravels. Journal of Geotechnical Engi-
neering, ASCE,120, pp. 528- 542.
35. Reddy, P.M.R. (1996). Role of physico-chemical factors in the heave and
collapse behaviour of laboratory desiccated soils. Thesis presented to In-
dian Institute of Sciences, Bangalore, India.
36. Ridley, A. M., andBurland, J.B. (1993). A new instrument for the measure-
ment of soil moisture suction. Geotechnique,43 (2), pp. 321–324.
37. Sanchez, M., Gens, A., Guimaraes, L.N., andOlivella, S. (2005). A double
structure generalized plasticity model for expansive materials. Interna-
tional Journal of Numerical and Analytical Methods in Geomechanics,29
(8), pp. 751–787.
38. Schofield, R.K. (1946). Ionic forces in thick films of liquid between charged
surfaces. Trans. Faraday Society,42 (B), pp. 219-228.
39. Thyagaraj, T., and Rao, S.M. (2015). Osmotic flow in compacted expansive
clay. Environmental Geotechnics, 2 (2): 87–94, http://dx.doi.org/10.1680/
envgeo.13.00061. Wheeler, S.J. (1994). Engineering behaviour and prop-
erties of arid soils. Proceedings of 1st International Symposium on Engi-
neering Characteristics of Arid Soils, London, Balkema, Netherlands, pp.
161- 173.
40. Yong, R.N., andWankentin, B.P. (1966). Introduction to soil behaviour. The
Macmillan Company, New York.
41. Yong, R.N., andWarkentin, B.P. (1975). Soil properties and behaviour. El-
sevier Scientific Publishing Co., New York. w
The Masterbuilder | Decemebr 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
87
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE
Slope Protection for the Abutment of
Minor Bridge at NH-91
S
trata India is a leading provider of
soil reinforcement technology and
many Geotechnical solutions in India
for over a decade now. Customers count
on them for sustainable, eco-friendly and
cost-effective Geotechnical solutions.
It is their constant endeavor to build
trust and surpass customer expectations
with high-quality geosynthetic products
for the infrastructure sector. They contin-
uously aid the customers with a broad
spectrum of innovative solutions for any
Geotechnical challenge. Strata Geosys-
tems' committed team of experienced
and dedicated civil engineers, supervisors
and technicians ensure the customers
receive individual attention and focus lead-
ing to timely and infallible installation.
Initial Site condition
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
Laying of StrataWeb®
88
Infilling of StrataWeb®
Given below is a project analysis
wherein the group played a pivotal role.
Project Background:
Galfar Engineering & Contracting
India Pvt. Ltd. (GALFAR) was constructing
the extension of the Aligarh - Ghaziabad
Section of the National Highway NH-91 in
Uttar Pradesh. The extension converts
the existing two-lane carriageway into a
modern four-lane highway. The side
slopes of the highway embankments
required protection against erosion from
rain water runoff flowing down the slopes.
Since the right side was restricted, the
slopes were steep as much as 1.5H: 1V
with a maximum height of 12m.
Conventional Method of Slope Protection
Stone pitching is the conventional ero-
sion control for bridge abutments. Stone
may not be easily procured in many areas
and there can be quarry restrictions.
Besides, placing stone pitching requires
skilled masons and even wet pitching may
require regular maintenance. With defor-
mation of the earth embankment, the
joints of the pitching may open up and soil
may pipe through.
Stone was not available near this site
and was required to be brought from quar-
ries with long leads and transport costs
were prohibitive. Also, considering that
the slopes were as steep as 1.5H:1V, it
would not have been feasible to have sta-
ble pitching.
Innovative Solution:
Slope protection with StrataWeb®
geocells infilled with vegetated soil was a
Completed site with green fascia
Location: NH-91, Aligarh - Ghaziabad, Uttar
Pradesh
Principal Client: National Highway Authority of
India (NHAI)
Client Name: Galfar Engineering & Contracting
India Pvt. Ltd.
Independent Engineer: SNC Lavalin
Engineering (I) Pvt. Ltd.
Application: Slope protection with StrataWeb®
geocells infilled with soil
Maximum length of protected slope: 27mts
System used: StrataWeb® Geocell
Slope height: 12 mts (maximum)
Date of Completion: February, 2015
more practical and long-term solution
under the circumstances.
Geocells are an effective way to pro-
tect the soil along a slope from erosion by
providing a stable layer of confined mate-
rial over the surface. StrataWeb® geocells
of 75mm depth with local soil infill were
proposed to support vegetation growth
and provide a green finish so that the infill
does not get washed away.
Technical details
Value Addition to the Customer:
- More stable option on a steep slope as
compared to stone pitching
- Rapid construction
- Environment friendly and green solu-
tion as compared to stone pitching
- Cost effectivew
For further details:
Strata Geosystems (India) Pvt. Ltd.
Sabnam House, Plot No. A-15/16, Centeral
Cross Road B MIDC, Andheri (E),
Mumbai - 400093
Phone: +91 22 40635100
E-mail: info@strataindia.com
Web: www.strataindia.com
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE

Third Generation Nano Polymer Binder

K
averi Ultra Polymers P Limited is
in the field of Manufacturing Bulk
Material Handling Equipments
for the Infrastructure Industry catering to
Cement Plants, Power Plants, Steel Plants,
Mines, Mineral Beneficiation Plants, Fer-
rous & Non-Ferrous Plants, Chemical &
Fertilizers Plants, Foundry, Ports, Rail-
ways, etc.
During the past 70 years, a number of
countries have been researching and
developing various polymeric admixtures
in modified concrete mortars. Today, the
USA, Germany, Japan have Standard
Specifications for polymer-modified mor-
tars and concretes. However, in general,
the construction industry has been a
pedestrian in adopting technology. Smart
Materials have been developed as a re- Application on Rural & Feeder Roads (Sealed or Unsealed)
naissance to the stoic road construction
industry. ucts for Infrastructure Development and thereby improving the stability. It is a
In this regard, the company has Industry. viz. SoilTech Mk. III. stabilization agent and was specifically
entered into a Joint Venture partnership designed & developed for mine haul road
Nano Polymer Binder Used For Stabiliz-
with Polymers Pavement Pty Ltd. for the stabilization, where excessive loading
ing Soils
last 10 years to focus on Research and occurs and where all-weather roads are
Development to manufacture and dev- SoilTech Mk. III is a third generation required. This technology is now used in
elop an environment-friendly and smart nano polymer binder used for stabilizing commercial road design.
material industrial polymer based prod- soils for improving the strength of the soil The stabilizing polymers are elasto-
mers, which gain strength from mechan-
ical compaction and do not become brittle
when cured. The elastomers are flexible
in nature and allow a certain amount of
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

flex under load and do not become brittle

unlike cement stabilization, will not crack
under excessive loading one aspect in
reducing layer work in design phases.
These Polymers are the forefront of
binding marginal soils and turning these
materials into useable road construction
aggregate. SoilTech Mk. III has been
extensively tested with in-situ materials in
various parts of the world. SoilTech Mk. III
has been extensively utilized in base and
subbase stabilization using in-situ mate-
rials, throughout the developing world.
SoilTech Mk. III stabilizer has been pur-
posely designed to penetrate through the
road's base layer, into the sub-base layer,
90

Application of Polymer Road Stabilizer via capillary action and bind otherwise

Application in Container Depots & Parking Lots
Application in mines
Application in Asphalt Road
COMMUNICATION FEATURE
loose particles to one another, providing
strength and cohesion.
This specialized polymer is mixed
with water which acts as a means of
transport and facilitates the polymer in
coating the soil particles. Once the water
disperses, the polymers interlock and
form a bond which gains strength under
mechanical compaction.
These Polymer is used for stabilizing
base and subbase layers of sealed and
unsealed roads; mine haul roads, railway
embankments, hard stands, parking lots
and airstrips. SoilTech Mk. III Polymer
offers solutions for Asphalt Roads, Rural
& Feeder Roads (Sealed or Unsealed),
Mine Haul Roads, Container Depots &
Parking Lots to name a few.
Advantages of the specialized Polymer
- Reduce the consumption of quarry
aggregate in road construction and
thereby minimize the significant envi-
ronmental impacts.
- Extensively tested with in-situ materi-
als in various parts of the world
- Decreases Road Crust resulting in
speedy construction
- 20% Savings in cost of construction
- Reduced maintenance
- Increases the strength and stability of
base & sub-base layer
Applications for Road Construction using
SoilTech Mk. III
Government Sector
- National Highways
- State Highways
- Border Roads
- Rural Roads
Private Sector
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
- Real Estate Projects
- Industrial Layouts
- Mines
- Smart Cities
- Power Plants
- Container Depots
- Railways
- Warehousing w
For further details:
Kaveri Ultra Polymers P. Ltd
107, Multi Tech Centre, Bommasandra
Industrial Area, Hosur Road, Bangalore - 99.
Ph: 080-41663444
Mob: 98860 28888 / 99865 37775
Email: infra@kaveri.in
Web: www.kaveri.in
91
 CONCRETE RECYCLING PLANT

Specilalised Concrete Recycling

Plant RA 12 / RA 20

W
herever concrete is produced
and moved, where you will find
Schwing Stetter Machinery.
With Plants in India, Germany, Austria,
USA, Brazil, Russia, China as well more
than 100 sales and service facilities, this
group of companies are always close to
the customer. Their wide range of prod-
ucts with something for every application
is what makes their system supplied for
concrete machinery worldwide.
Schwing Stetter’s Concrete Recycling
Plant: Ecological Obligation - Economical
Solution
Concern for our environment, guide-
lines from legal authorities and above all,
an increased awareness of costs are the
main reasons for worldwide efforts to
solve the concrete industry's disposal and Recycling Plant RA 20
recycling problems. Profiting from exten-
sive experience gained with sieve / used for recycling of concrete Separation & water. The minimum payback period
Cyclone separation system, The company of the surplus materials into mixed gravel of capital investments from Ra12.
had already developed and implemented from 0.2 to 63 mm and waste water, con- - Low operational costs thanks to auto-
the concrete recycling plant by 1976. taining cement, fine sand and washable matic operation
Since then, their systems have proved to elements up to 0.2 mm The washing pro- - According to site limited space condi-
be unusually reliable, economical and cess in the drum works according to the tion, RA-12 plant can be positioned
highly wear-resistant. Their permanent reverse flow principle. Solids from 0.2 - Low replacement part costs
development efforts have made the mm to 63 mm are transported against the - Low-noise operation
Stetter concrete recycling plant, an flow of water using continuous spirals. - Water conservation due to closed water
exceptionally strong product. Materials from 0.2 to 63 mm are extracted circulation during washing operation

Washing Procedure According to the using a scoop on the vibrating chute, while
Reverse Flow Process: the finer particles up to 0.2 mm are trans-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

ported with the water through the drum

The washing drum principle used by
the company provides you with numerous
benefits:
The design concept (spirals con-
nected directly to the drum) guarantees
the least possible wear. Slurry water is
92
overflow. Flushing water for the washing
drum can be drawn directly from the
slurry tank using a centrifugal water
pump. The overfill warning for the wash-
ing drum is released by measuring the
power consumption of the drive motors
and automatic switch on/off control of the
feed hopper vibrators. This safety feature
is possible with the free feed system used
in the Stetter washing drum.
Benefits of the Concrete Recycling Plant
- Environmental concern
- Satisfying Legal authorities guide-
lines. (PCB)
- No waste concrete disposal costs

The washing drum - Fresh aggregates and Recycled sand Concrete Recycling
 CONCRETE RECYCLING PLANT

- Protection against overflow and auto- SYSTEM TYPE Uni RA 12 RA 20

matic drum-feed cut off
Washing Capacity for normal concrete M³/h 12 20
Installation Methods Screen cut Mm 0.2 0.2
Flushing water quantity (adjustable) M³/h 7 - 12 8 - 15
Settling Tank System Rinsing water connections for washing drum DN 50 50
Flushing water connection for water boom DN 80 80
Slurry water drain line DN 200 200
Water capacity in drum M³ 2 4
Quality of flushing water for water boom M³/h 18 18
Motor rating washing drum KW 2 x 2.2 2x3
Charging hopper vibrator KW 2 x 0.34 2 x 0.34
Discharge chute vibrator KW 2 x 0.34 2 x 0.34
Rinsing water pump to drum KW 2.2 2.2
Flushing water pump to boom KW 2.2 2.2
Connected load of base system approx KW 10.16 11.76
Benefits of the Concrete Recycling
Plant: AGITATOR BASINS
In this method, Slurry tank with Agita- Drive power of agitator motor KW 10.16 10.16
tor system is eliminated. There will be 3 Dimensions of agitator basin M 5 x 5 x 3.5 5 x 5 x 3.5
tanks, in which 1st tank will receive slurry Agitating interval approx. (Adjustable) Min 3 min runtime, 3 min runtime,
water from the RA-12 plant. High density 15 min pause 15 min pause
water will settle in tank 1st and 2nd tank Technical Data
will get slight Slurry water. In this 2nd
tank, 95% of slurry will get settled and In this method, Slurry tank and agita- - TM(Transit Mchine)Washing extends
finally we will get clear water in clear water tor is used to recycle the slurry water as the life of spirals and minimizing the
tank. The slurry pump is not required, shown in the picture. In this method, set- replacement costs
standard motor can be used for handling tlement of sludge will be less, since the - Labour cost for chipping the settled
clear water. In this method, settlement of Agitator keeps slurry water always in concrete from TM drum will be eli-
slurry in the pipeline can be avoided. motion. Same slurry water is used for minated.w
cleaning of aggregates in the drum.
Agitator Tank System
Return On Investment: For further details:
Investment in installing a RA -12 Schwing Stetter India Pvt. Ltd.
F71, F72, SIPCOT Industrial Estate,
could be taken back in a couple of years Irungattukottai, Sriperumpudur,
through direct saving by way of Kanchipuram Distict - 602117, TN
- Aggregates / Water recycling. Phone: +91 44 71378100/106, 37178100/106
Email: chennai@schwingstetterindia.com
- Slurry water could be used in th pro- Web: www.schwingstetterindia.com
duction of concrete

Based on the decision taken on November 11 Indo-Japan annual Summit, Japan

Skill India: Japan to
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

has stepped in to boost Narendra Modi’s pet project — ‘Skill India’ to create
create world class skilled world class skilled workers in India. The project is expected to significantly
workers in India improve skill sets in the country’s manufacturing sector. Japan will train 30,000
persons over next 10 years with Japanese style state of the art manufacturing
skills and practices. The initiative will begin with the establishment of the Japan-
India Institutes for Manufacturing (JIIMs) and the Japanese Endowed Courses in
engineering colleges designated by Japanese companies in India. The first three
JIMs under the Programme would start for 3,000 persons in summer of 2017 in
Gujarat, Karnataka and Rajasthan. Currently, there are over 1300 Japanese firms
in India, and the figure could increase to 2,000 or more by 2019 employing
hundreds of Indians. There are also as many as 3961 establishments of
Japanese businesses operating in India. During the annual, Summit Abe
appreciated the actions taken by India on improving the business environment in
India and creating an enabling environment for Japanese investments. Delhi and
Tokyo have also agreed to continue to engage in consultation and cooperation in
the development of Japan Industrial Townships (JITs).
94
 C&D WASTE MANAGEMENT
Sustainable Handling of Construction
and Demolition ( C & D ) Waste
Ms. Vidya Rezin Nair
Chief Executive Marketing
M/s. Picson Construction Equipments Pvt. Ltd
Vadodara Gujarat
C
onstruction activities and demoli-
tion activities are like sightseeing
for a tourism industry. Both are
going hand in hand. Whereas construc-
tion is due to the rebuilding of old struc-
tures or new structures, demolition is
growing due to old structures needs re-
placement with time and growing needs
of the society. All such activities are gen-
erating the huge amount of waste, called
the Construction and Demolition waste.
Disposal of such debris in a safe envi-
ronment is a big challenge for the build-
ers, developers, and owners. When on
one hand the disposal of debris is a chal-
lenge, then, on the other hand, there is an
acute shortage of naturally available ag-
gregates for the construction of buildings.
Reduction of this demand is possible only
with the reusing or recycling of waste gen-
erated from the construction activities.
The paper gives an insight into the
streaming utilization, market condition
potential products and machinery of
C&D waste.
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
Plant Working in Gujarat
Plant Working in Leh Border Road Organisation India
Two Pillars of Waste Stream Utilization :
1.Reusing of C& D Waste: It does not
96
require any further processing to convert
into a useful product. The items which are
usable directly are screened out from the
debris and put into the possible use with-
out further processing.
2.Recycling of C&D Waste: Once the
waste generated from construction and
demolition activities has been segregated
and reusable items are taken out, the left-
over is available for further processing i.e.
recycling into next useful stage.
Process & advantages of C & D waste
Recycling
Crushing and screening systems
start with primary jaws, cones and/or
large impactors taking rubble from 30
inches to 4 feet . A secondary cone or
impactor may or may not need to be run,
and then primary and secondary screens
may or may not be used, depending upon
the project, the equipment used and the
final product desired. A scalping screen
will remove dirt and foreign particles. A
fine harp deck screen will remove fine
material from coarse aggregate . Further
cleaning is necessary to ensure the recy-
cled concrete product is free of dirt, clay,
wood, plastic and organic materials. This
is done by water floatation, hand picking,
air separators, and electromagnetic sepa-
rators. Occasionally asphalt overlay or
patch is found. A mixture of asphalt and
concrete is not recommended but small
patches are not detrimental. The more
Process of Waste Concrete Recycling
care that is put into the quality, the better
product you will receive. With sound qual-
ity control and screening you can produce
material without having to wash it as with
virgin aggregate which may be ladened
with clay and silt .
Usually demolished concrete were
shipped to landfills for disposal, but due to
greater environmental awareness, the
concrete is being recycled for reuse in con-
crete works. There are a variety of bene-
fits in recycling concrete rather than
dumping it or burying it in a landfill. Keep-
ing concrete debris out of landfills saves
space there. Other benefits of recycling of
concrete are (a) Local product local
sources. (b)Reduces truck traffic. (c)
Alternative to a non-renewable resource.
(d) Cost savings. (e) No disposal fees. (f)
Better trucking utilization (reduced
costs).
Using recycled material as gravel
reduces the need for gravel mining. There
are also economic benefits. Recycled con-
crete is a construction material that the
community does not need to pay for;
those who generated the concrete waste
pay a fee to have it recycled.
The strength of recycled aggregate is
same as compared concrete with fresh
aggregate. However suitable mix designs
may be made and reliable results obtai-
ned. The mix requires slightly higher quan-
tity of cement or using admixtures to reduce
water requirement. Recycled aggregate
concrete can be safely used as plain con-
crete. With proper corrections in mix de-
sign, it can be used for R.C.C. works also.
Machineries For Recycling
Once the structure is demolished as
per the planned and in an Engineering
manner use of appropriate equipment
and machinery is essential in the recy-
cling process. Such equipment may be
jaw crushers, magnetic separators,
vibratory screens, washing equipment .
 C&D WASTE MANAGEMENT

Material Potential Use Dewatering Screens

Asphalt Road sub-base fill These are used for dewatering, rins-
Concrete Crushed and mixed to make new asphalt cement blocks; crushed ing, scrubbing and washing. There are
and screened aggregate can be used in asphalt concrete many applications for Dewatering Screens
Dirt Landscaping landfill cover in the aggregates market including de-
Metal Scrap Metal Dealers watering after Sand Classifying Tanks
and Fine Material Screw Washers,.
Wood Timber/wood pulp: shredded for fuel, animal bedding,
landscaping, manufactured building products, and compost Indian Market Overview:
Brick Masonry crushed for omamental stone
Stone crushing industry is an impor-
Glass Fiberglass insulation, sand blast, aggregate in asphalt reflective beads tant industrial sector in the country, en-
Gypsum Soil amendment, gypsum board, absorbent media gaged in producing crusher stone, used
Plastic ABS: Plastic lumber; PVC: highway barriers as raw material for various construction
Polyethylene: traffic cones activities such as roads, highways,
Polystyrene Insulation bridges ,buildings, canals etc. The Indian
Porcelain Crushed for aggregate construction and infrastructure sector
Corrugated Cardboard Paper mills, fuel pellets was estimated to grow @ 8% per annum
we can say the construction industry in
Carpet Landfill cover
India is growing at twice the world aver-
Roofing Shingles Asphalt paving age. This creates sizeable C & D waste .
Potential Uses for Materials Commonly Found in Concrete Debris
An opportunity

Portable Concrete /Asphalt Crushers
It crushes concrete into coarse / fine
aggregate, which can be recycled onsite.
After pulling down the structure, the con-
crete slab is cut into smaller pieces to run
through the crusher. The machine then
crushes it into gravel-sized aggregates,
which can be used for road compaction,
structural fill, pipe bedding and other
application. Mobile jaw crushers are
suited for small to medium sized and have
hydraulic adjustments for changing the
size of finished products.
Horizontal Shaft Impactors (HSI) crushers
It breaks rock by impacting the rock
with hammers that are fixed upon the outer
edge of a spinning rotor. These machines
are available in stationery & trailer
mounted They are used in recycling, hard
rock and materials in wet and dry applica-
tions. It is used on soft materials and non-
abrasive materials, such as limestone,
gypsum etc. They are used as primary and
secondary crushers for size reduction.
These Crushers offer operators a very
high ratio of reduction and can accept
larger feed
Screens
These are equipment that are used
for the separation of material into 2 4 dif-
ferent sized products. The material is sep-
arated by passing it through a vibrating
'screen box.
Building materials account for about
half of all materials used and about half
the solid waste generated worldwide. They
have an environmental impact at every
step of the building process extraction of
raw materials, processing, manufactur-
ing, transportation, construction and dis-
posal at the end of a building's useful life.
Governments worldwide have res-
ponded to the need to reduce waste with
regulation and legislation that have framed
a market for building materials and prod-
ucts derived from the construction and
demolition (C&D) waste stream.
There are now, more than ever, clear
opportunities for business and industry to
invest in activities that will create profit
and improve environmental outcomes by
extracting valuable resources from the
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

C&D waste stream.

The built environment of the future is
being constructed at the beginning of a
new ecological era where governments
are framing markets with regulation and
legislation that respond to the challenges
of environmental sustainability, and where
industry must respond to the challenges
of low-carbon economies and resource
depletion.
Businesses that are profiting and
growing are adapting to these new chal-
lenges and responding with innovations
that turn waste into valuable resources to
supply the construction industry, which
has traditionally been averse to behav-
ioural change.
97

Plant Working in M/s. SC Jain Construction Madhya Pradesh

 C&D WASTE MANAGEMENT
A simplistic perspective on the building supply chain
Present Scenario
India produces 25-30 million tons of
Construction, Demolition and Excavation
waste material annually. The traditional
practice in India is to dispose of this waste
in landfills or illegally dump in rivers and
water bodies. Faced with growing envi-
ronmental concerns and lack of landfill
space.
As per the Central Public Health &
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
98
M/s Wade Adams Dubai United Arab Emirates
M/s Wade Adams Dubai United Arab Emirates
Environmental Engineering Organization
(CPHEEO), the Indian Real Estate Industry
alone is facing a shortage of aggregates to
the extent of 55,000 million cum. An addi-
tional, 750 million cum of aggregates
would be required to achieve the targets
of road construction sector, which will
lead to tremendous pressure on natural
resources.
The Clean India campaign of Govt. of
India further reinforces the need for facil-
ities across all major cities, to get rid of ille-
gal dumping of C&D Waste either in lands
or in rivers or blocking large stretches of
land resources. The ever growing needs
of construction land and construction
material close to the heart of the city are
going to be in high demand. Establish-
ment of multiple numbers of small to
medium capacity C&D Waste recycling
facility within close proximity of demoli-
tion and construction site should be an
excellent economically viable solution for
City Municipalities as well as to any enter-
prising organization who wish to invest in
a profitable venture from Waste recycling.
Specialized Supervision:
There are some specialised firms
such as Picsinternational that special-
izes in this type of work. The firm is a re-
nowned advisory, consulting, training,
and awareness-raising organization
active in waste-to-energy and waste man-
agement segments. They specialize in
producing OEM for Recycling Equipment
for C&D waste, Asphalt & Crushing In-
dustry. They also have rich experience in
project studies, project management, tech-
nology evaluation, training programs.
Expertise matters!w
Author’s Bio
The author is a promoter and provides
planning services with a focus on
recycling and sustainable materials
management. She has more than 5
years of experience in implementing
onsite recycling projects in various
places in UAE and accross pan India.
She has become recognized as the
expert source for information on C& D
waste, Asphalt recycling, and plays a
vital role in educating policymakers,
corporate groups, and the general
public regarding the social and
environmental impacts of recycling.
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE
Waterproofing: Bridge Deck Protection
Sika's Advanced Solutions for Fast Application, Excellent Durability and Increased Safety
Arunabha Dey
National Manager: Waterproofing & Roofing
Sika India Pvt. Ltd.
Protection Overview
Bridges are an essential part of the
modern infrastructure and are often sub-
ject to the harshest weather that climates
have to offer. To maintain the durability over
its design life, special attention should be
given to the protection of exposed elements
and critical areas such as the bridge deck
itself, to prevent serious damage to the
concrete and structural reinforcement.
Due to constant movement, the deck
waterproofing system must be able to
accommodate dynamic traffic loads and
bridge cracks while still maintaining a
strong bond with both the substrate and
asphalt road surface. Bonding failure can
lead to loose or rucked road surfaces
allowing water, chlorides and chemicals to
attack the structure, reducing the design
life.
Requirements
- Elastic crack-bridging properties under
a wide range of temperatures
100 The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
- Resistance to chlorides and aggres- ment System build-up with different
sive chemicals such as fuel, oils and protection and bonding solutions
hydraulic fluids
- ETAG 033 and BBA HAPAS certified
- Easy and safe to install under different
- Improved adhesion reduces mainte-
weather conditions and suitable for
nance costs & increases safety for
various substrate conditions
vehicles
- Fast application to reduce downtime
- Global technical support
- Maintaining strong bond when vehi-
Case Study
cles break hard
Sika Solutions Bridge Deck Waterproofing at
Sunken Plaza Aerocity, Delhi
New technology with Sikalastic®
waterproofing membrane (e.g. Sikalastic®-
851 / Sikalastic®-841 ST / Sikalastic 821 LV)
- Liquid-applied membrane based on
Polyurethane or Polyurea
- New innovative Sikalastic®-827 pellets-
systemforhighbondandshearstrength
Sika's Advanced System
- Light-weight system
- Customised solution with Sika expert
competence
- For new construction or refurbish-
Project Requirements
The basement of four buildings on four
ends of an important road was connected
at -1 level by a crossing and the top road
was connected to form a bridge. This was
a crucial structure in the middle of a high
profile retail street and hub of well-known
4 & 5-star hotels in Aerocity. The struc-
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE

Asphalt concrete Tack coat Sikafloor-161

O
T140 C Hot melt glue: EVA-Pellets
Sikastic -827HT

Waterproofingliquid membrane
Sikalastic -821 LV (PU)


Primer Sikafloor -161
Concrete deck

ture and its waterproofing were critical due
to the surrounding areas. Hence a long-
lasting, watertight solution to the bridge was
required.
Sika Solution
Minor repairs were achieved with the
Sikadur range of products. High abrasive
grinding was done with the help of Sikafloor®-
161 primer, while Sikafloor®- 161 mixed
with fine sand (0.1-0.3mm) was used as
scratch coat. It was then broadcasted with
quartz sand 0.7-1.0mm to provide effec-
tive adhesion. Sikalastic®- 821 LV - 2mm
thick was employed as the waterproofing
membrane spray. Sikalastic®-827HT pel-
lets were used as adhesion promoters for
bonding the polyurethane membrane with
bitumen wearing course, followed by
Asphalt Concrete (in the scope of Road
Contractor).
Sika Products
Sikafloor®- 161, Sikalastic®- 821 LV,
Sikalastic®- 827 HT w
For further details:
Sika India Pvt. Ltd.
601, A Wing ,Infinity Tower, Off. Link Road,
Malad (W), Mumbai- 400 064.
Ph: +91 22 40384038
Email: info.india@in.sika.com
dey.arunabha@in.sika.com, Web: ind.sika.com

The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

China's Sany Group to invest $2 bn at various infra projects in Gujarat

Chinese conglomerate, Sany Group inked a pact with the Gujarat Government to invest a $2 billion over the next five
years in various energy and infrastructure projects in the state. This is one of the biggest single MoU signed by any state
government in India. As per the MoU, Sany Group will invest in five different projects, including development of a 1000-
MW wind energy project, another 1000-MW of wind-plus-solar power generation project, setting up facility to
manufacture wind turbines, developing one small size smart city and setting up a factory to produce pre-cast concrete
for the mass housing projects and other real estate Projects. As per the MoU, which was signed ahead of the Vibrant
Gujarat Global Summit to be held next year, the state government will provide necessary support to Sany Group in
obtaining necessary permissions, registrations, approvals, clearance, etc. from the concerned departments of the
state.
101
 EVENT
A Session on Concrete Waterproofing
and Affordable Housing
O
n 19th November technical lec-
ture on Concrete Waterproofing
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
and Affordable Housing was held
in Mumbai. It was the accumulation of
three technical lectures. The topic of the
lectures were: alternatives to natural fine
aggregate in concrete, the evolution of
affordable housing in Mumbai city and
applications of facades, designs, and ele-
ments in pre-cast concrete The session
was organized by the collective initiation
of Indian Concrete Institute, Mumbai Cen-
tre and Polygel Industries Pvt. Ltd.
The rising demand for Cable Gels and
the need for import substitution in India in
1997, inspired the creation of Polygel In-
dustries Pvt Ltd. Polygel is a fast growing
diversified Performance and Specialty
102
Chemicals business company. It offers
over 50 specialty and performance chem-
icals, including a wide range of Organic
Titanates, Zirconates, Phosphates, Phos-
phites and Calcium-Zinc Compounds
(Organometallic Chemicals), for applica-
tions such as Catalysts for polymer indus-
tries, Printing Inks, Paints and Coating
industries, Polymer compounding, Lubri-
cants , Glass coatings, Emission control,
Oleochemicals & Oil fraccing. The Tech-
nology platforms that Polygel Operates in
are Catalysis, Cross-Linking, Adhesion
Promoters, Anti-corrosion and Perfor-
mance Additives, Moisture Scavengers,
Anti-oxidants & Surface Active Agents.
The show organised by Polygel and
ICI received participation from dignitaries
across the sector. Sameer Sularkar, Dr. Ajoy
Mullick, Er. Ashwin Mooge, Ar. Sameep
The show graced by Sameer Sularkar, Dr. Ajoy
Mullick, Er. Ashwin Mooge, Ar. Sameep Padora,
Dr. Raje, Mr. Luv Sha, Mr. Chetan Shah
Padora, Dr. Raje, Mr. Luv Shah, Mr. Chetan
Shah, were few of the personalities that
graced this session. The lecturers were wel-
comed with an open heart by the presence
of like-minded people across the sector.
The show highlight was the discus-
sion of simultaneous topics that would
promote concrete. The session gave an
insight into the development of the con-
crete technology along the countryside,
the development in the raw material,
good and scientific construction attribu-
tion and the need for the improvement of
construction quality. The event high-
lighted the need for joint effort across the
construction industry sector for innova-
tion. Be it housing, irrigation or infrastruc-
ture project innovation and new concrete
technology is the need of the time.w
JILIN INDIA
 CURTAIN RAISER: BAUMA CONEXPO INDIA 2016

BAUMA CONEXPO INDIA 2016

- A continued tradition with a new identity!
Nigel Narayan

T
he 4th International trade fair for the Construction Machinery, Building Material Ma-
chines, Mining Machines and Construction Vehicles Industries is all set to open its doors
to the Indian Construction sector from December 12 to 15, 2016 at the HUDA Ground in
Gurgaon/Delhi.With over 750 estimated exhibitors and over 30,000 business visitors expected,
the event promises to be a plethora of innovations and products designed to provide the neces-
sary impetus to further entice an already buoyant market.
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
106

From 2014 to 2016
BAUMA CONEXPO INDIA has under-
gone a lot of cosmetic changes since its
predecessor, bC India 2014.With the new
name, organisers Messe München and
the Association of Equipment Manufac-
turers (AEM) have established a brand
and consolidated their co-operations for
heightened management. A new demon-
stration area that will enable exhibitors to
showcase their new and latest products
will also feature at the event for the first
time. BAUMA CONEXPO INDIA will also
be shifting venues. Having previously con-
ducted the event at the India Expo Centre
in Greater Noida/Delhi, the organisers
have opted for the HUDA Ground in
Gurgaon/Delhi this time around.
Key Events of BAUMA CONEXPO INDIA
2016
Igor Palka, CEO of bC Expo India, iter-
ates the importance of BAUMA CONEXPO
INDIA to international markets and play-
ers. He reported, “Joint booths from China,
Germany, Great Britain, Italy, North and
South America, and Spain are already cur-
rently registered and we still expect more
to follow.” At the event, an iCEMA confer-
ence on 'Infra Redux' - New and Sustainable
Horizons, will be held on December 13th.
The conference will address topics like "Re-
viving infrastructure New paradigms",
Strong and proactive measures from the government has put India back amongst the top emerging markets in the world. BAUMA CONEXPO INDIA provides the
perfect opportunity for serious investors to take stock and drive business further.
CURTAIN RAISER: BAUMA CONEXPO INDIA 2016
HUDA GROUND
Gurgaon/Delhi
§ North India is still a highly
attractive region
§ The venue is highly accessible
with a metro station located
directly within
§ Exhibitor space of 1,50,000
square meters
"Rural InfraBringing Bharat clo-ser to In-
dia", and "Holistic equipment solutions
Current need of the hour for Infra growth"
Resurgent Market
With the government's continued
thrust to the development of infrastruc-
ture in the country in the form of GST and
other initiatives like 'Make in India', '100
Smart cities', and increased focus on
roads, ports and railways, investor senti-
ment has been on the up-and-about mak-
ing India once again a bright spot in the
world economy. Positive investor senti-
ment received a further boost through Fi-
nance Minister Arun Jaitley's announce-
ment of a financial outlay to the tune of
` 97,000crores for the road sector in his
Budget 2016. In his prevailing speech, the
minister went on to mention that the gov-
ernment will enact necessary amend-
ments to the Motor Vehicles Act and open
up the road transport sector in the pas-
senger segment. He further added that
an enabling eco-system will be provided
for the states to adopt the new legal
framework, should they choose too. Such
policy reforms coupled with India's demo-
graphic profile and structural situation
gives investors opportunities that are tan-
gible, making India one of the strongest
emerging markets.
The Road Sector
India's road network is the second
largest in the world servicing over 60 per
cent of goods and 85 percent of passenger
traffic. By 2017, the Indian road and bridge
industry is expected to be worth US$ 19.2
billion. Under the National Highways Au-
thority of India (NHAI), the government
launched the National Highways Devel-
opment Project (NHDP) which saw the de-
velopment of a record high 6,029 km dur-
ing FY 15-16.
Identifying the importance of private
participation in the development of India's
road infrastructure, a slew of policies / re-
forms aimed at raising funds through Tax-
Free bonds, project fast-tracking, 100 per
cent foreign direct investment (FDI) were
launched. Additionally, the Government
plans on introducing a new framework
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
107
 CURTAIN RAISER: BAUMA CONEXPO INDIA 2016
Set an objective
of building
30 km of road a
day from 2016
Increase in demand
for roads due to
rising number of
vehicle owners
The government expects
to approve nearly
10,000 km of national
highways in 2016-17
that renegotiates Public Private Partner-
ship (PPP) contracts based on sector-
specific issues, especially for national
highways and ports, providing greater flex-
ibility to the parties involved.
Through numerous such initiatives,
the government is working to attract sig-
nificant investor interest. With plans to de-
velop a total of 66,117 km of roads; multi-
ple programmes such as the National
Highways Development Project (NHDP),
Special Accelerated Road Development
Programme in North East (SARDP-NE)
and Left Wing Extremism (LWE) have
been announced.
The Mining Sector
The road sector has not been the only
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
With over 700 registered exhibitors from cross sections of the industry, the show promises to be a gala event
108
attracting a multitude of visitors. The world will be watching as the re-coined BAUMA CONEXPO INDIA kicks-off.
6,029 km of
highways was
developed during
FY 15-16
POLICIES
• Raise money through
Tax-Free bonds
• Fast-tracking road &
highway projects
• 100% FDI through
automatic route
Better quality
roads the need
of the hour
beneficiary of the government's infra-
structure development drive. In a high
growth scenario, India's mining sector
has the potential to add up to US$ 70 bil-
lion to the GDP while creating some 6 - 8
million jobs, according to the new Mining
Opportunities 'Realising Potential' report
from CII.
With the onus on the government to
stimulate the Indian mining sector, struc-
tural measures to expunge stagnation
have been put into effect. One such signifi-
cant step was the enactment of the Mines
and Minerals (Development and Regula-
tion) Act, 2015.The act effectively made
the process of mine allocation transpar-
ent by introducing an auctioning system.
According to the CII report, the tenure of
2014 - KEY TAKEAWAYS
Over 26,000 business visitors
from 54 countries
635 exhibitors from 25
countries
A successful show amidst a
sluggish market
mineral concessions was also increased
from 30 years to 50 years, further exciting
prospective investors.
However, the process of obtaining ap-
provals and clearances still remains long
drawn with varying policies from state to
state. To expedite the process, and reduce
the time required for operationalisation of
mineral concessions, these choke points
need to ironed out.
Also, Environment and Forest clear-
ances continue to pose a challenge. The
government remains challenged in find-
ing solutions that are respectful to the
non-negotiable norms set forward for the
sustainable development of the country.
Until then, slow clearance rates can con-
tinue to be expected.
BAUMA CONEXPO INDIA 2016
Albeit a slowing down in spending
power, and deferring purchases in the
real estate, construction and FMCG sec-
tors, due to the demonetization scheme,
BAUMA CONEXPO continues to corus-
cate as a growth driver for the construc-
tion industry. Economists estimate the
slowdown would last for a maximum of
two-quarters; thereafter propelling
growth at an even higher rate. bC India,
with its host of industries and participants,
would shed more light on this. By identify-
ing the trends that prevail at the event, ana-
lysts are sure to gain insight into the cur-
vature of the Indian Construction Industry
for the coming year. Overseas manufac-
turers and first-time participants would
be keen to utilise the event to showcase
their latest products and technologies
while existing players will strive to consol-
idate their positions. With the previous edi-
tions of bC constantly raising the bar, the
world's eyes will be on BAUMA CONEXPO
INDIA as it attempts to push the limits fur-
ther. In all, the show has the making of a
gala event poised to set the tune for the In-
dian Construction Equipment sector.w
 ROAD EQUIPMENT
ROADS & HIGHWAYS TO
PUSH THE GROWTH
The high activity levels in the road sector have given a fillip to the construction
equipment segment, and the push is expected to continue in the long term.
Agith G Antony
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
T
he Indian government plans to dev-
elop a total of 66,117 km of roads
under different programmes such
as National Highways Development Pro-
ject (NHDP), Special Accelerated Road
Development Programme in North East
(SARDP-NE) and Left Wing Extremism
(LWE), and has set an objective of building
30 km of road a day from 2016. Through a
series of initiatives the government is
working on policies to attract significant
investor interest.
As per available data, the value of roads
and bridges infrastructure in India is pro-
jected to grow at a Compound Annual
110
Growth Rate (CAGR) of 17.4 per cent over
MOMENTUM
FY1217. The country's roads and bridges
infrastructure, which was valued at US$
6.9 billion in 2009 is expected to touch US$
19.2 billion by 2017. The construction of
highways had reached an all-time high of
6,029 km during FY 2015-16, and the in-
creased pace of construction is expected
to continue for the coming years. The
financial outlay for road transport and
highways grew at a CAGR of 12.5 per cent
between FY2010-2016.The plan outlay for
FY2016-17 stepped up budgetary support
for Road Transport and Highways to Rs
97,000 crore (US$ 14.46 billion).
'The last man standing' among the
emerging economies as endorsed by the
World Bank, India is still the 'bright spot,'
and Asian economies led by India will be a
major growth driver in the years to come.
The ministry of road transport and high-
ways has been playing an aggressive role
- mobilising investment from various
sources for development of basic infra-
structure; adopting an Integrity Pact (IP)
to be incorporated in tender documents
for future projects, especially highway
development; taking significant steps in
ensuring development of management
competencies of its technical and mana-
gerial manpower; developing web based
application systems for monitoring of pro-
jects; the proposed separate, transparent
 ROAD EQUIPMENT

regulatory framework for the construc-

tion, mining and earthmoving equipment;
launching of Highway Advisory Services;
- the Roads & Highways Ministry is abuzz
with activities that will go a long way in gal-
vanising the pace of growth. And the CE
sector in general, specifically, road equip-
ment manufacturers will be the major
beneficiary.
CE Sales Trends
The sales of construction equipment
that witnessed a marginal increase in
2015 are expected to grow by 12% in 2016
to 54,970 units, however in the long term;
market will be driven largely by the sheer
scale of work yet to be done in the infra- The country's roads and bridges infrastructure, which was valued at US$ 6.9 billion in 2009 is expected to
structure sector, according to Samir touch US$ 19.2 billion by 2017.
Bansal, General Manager India, Off-
loss to contractors in form of blocking of equipment manufacturers. It's a sub-
Highway Research. Throwing light on the
funds as well as paying interest on loans. stantial amount, almost 1/3 of the total out-
current and expected sales trends of
The allocation of funds will help the road lay for roads, (` 97,000) and half of the
major equipment segments Bansal had
sector to grow faster and deliver projects ` 55,000 crore earmarked for National
this to say, “Almost all types of construc-
on time. Highways! PMGSY will raise the need for
tion equipment are expected to grow in
According Anand Sundaresan, Presi- mechanization in the rural sector and that
the future, though the market will con-
dent, iCEMA, the road sector started will keep the tempo up in road machinery
tinue to be dominated by the six most pop-
showing recovery in the beginning of 2015 manufacturing, especially for smaller ca-
ular products: backhoe loaders, crawler
and picked up momentum in the second pacity equipment. Major players have
excavators, mobile cranes, mobile com-
half and it will continue. The Budget is moved away from smaller capacity equip-
pressors, compaction equipment and
quite positive and is expected to galvanize ment to larger ones and there is a huge
wheeled loaders. Together these prod-
the pace of growth for the construction dearth in availability for high quality smaller
ucts are expected to account for 94% of
equipment industry. The budgetary outlay capacity equipment. PMGSY has given huge
the total market in 2020.”
of ` 97,000 crore which includes 27,000 opportunity for existing small equipment
Bansal suggests, “Road is one sector
crore for PMGSY scheme is sure to add manufacturers. It is upto them to adopt
that has already witnessed a major
more stability to the road sector which is advanced design technology and scale up
increase in the activity level since the new
good for the road machinery manufactur- capacity to meet the spurt in demand.”
government took over. This is supported
ers. He added, “The ` 27,000 crore allot-
by the growth in sales of equipment with
ted to PMGSY is a great fillip to small
motor graders demand nearly doubling in
2015, while compaction equipment,
crawler excavators and wheeled loaders
growing by nearly 16% each.” According
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

to him demand for equipment that had

sold only in small numbers in the past,
such as mini excavators, rough terrain lift
trucks and skid-steer loaders, may also
increase considerably.
Road Sector Outlook
The Union Budget 2016-17 has an-
nounced a significant increase in alloca-
tion of funds to the roads segment. While
investments in national highways have
been increased by 49%y-o-y, investment
in the PMGSY scheme has also been
increased by 26% y-o-y. The road infra-
structure sector was moving very slowly
in past few years due to delay in decision The construction of highways had reached an all-time high of 6,029 km during FY 2015-16, and the increased
111

making and disputes resulting in heavy pace of construction is expected to continue.

 ROAD EQUIPMENT
The financial outlay for road transport and highways grew at a CAGR of 12.5 per cent between FY2010-2016.
Says Dimitrov Krishnan, Vice Presi-
dent and Head, Volvo CE India, “The past
year or more has been broadly positive for
the construction sector in India. Infra-
structure, specifically road building has
seen a noticeable pick up in interest lev-
els. The latest budget was very assured
which gives people confidence that the
government has a plan and is sticking to it.
For road building the government has
been quite clear in its targets for expand-
ing the sector and our experience sug-
gests that is being reflected in the projects
that are rolling out. In light of the budget,
we are maintaining our view that the out-
look is good for our industry sector in the
short to medium term.” Krishnan adds,
“Overall we expect sales growth in 2016
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
for road building machinery and certainly
we're seeing stronger levels of demand
from the market so far. In general terms,
we're seeing a shift towards larger equip-
ment as projects get bigger and custom-
ers look for stronger output. Also, cus-
tomers today are far more focused on
lifecycle cost than at any time previously.
The level of detail that's put into under-
standing operating costs, spare parts and
service, fuel efficiency and anticipated
residual value reflects the level of sophis-
tication in India of today's buyers of con-
struction machinery.”
According to Wilfried A Theissen,
Managing Director, Putzmeister Con-
112
crete Machines the concrete machine
manufacturing industry should benefit
from the investment in infrastructure and
particularly in roads. He says, “We can feel
a slight trend of recovery after 3 years of
downturn in the market. We think that we
will be back at the 2011 levels by 2018. The
gigantic levels of investment required to
fulfill the governments promises for infra-
structural and affordable housing as well
as the very aggressive timelines can only be
realised by a substantial increase in mecha-
nisation in the construction industry.”
“The present government has defi-
nitely put a lot of focus on the road sector
by reviving the stalled projects and also
awarding a lot of new projects. The lack of
liquidity and the financial condition of the
contractors is a little deterrent to convert
this demand into actual uptake. However,
the enquiries are up and there is a huge
demand of used crushers in short term.
Eventually we will find a surge in actual
uptake as well. We are fully geared up to
tap the growth in terms of our production
plan as well as aftermarket plan is con-
cerned. I hope that the crushing and
screening segment will see a sustained
growth in the next three years, ” said Viraj
Parthi, Terex India, (Crushing & Screen-
ing Division).
Road Ahead
Looking forward, iCEMA's survey on
the growth trends of the CE sector is quite
positive. As per the study the CE industry
will grow at 12.5% in the next 5 years - (The
pessimistic No. is 8%, realistic No. is 12.5%
and the optimistic No. is 18%). The mo-
mentum in other sectors like ports and air-
ports, power - especially hydro and nuclear
projects, real estate can trigger the de-
mand for a variety of equipment and ma-
chinery. We are sure that if all the sectors
fall in the same trends like road sector,
then the growth will be more than 18%.
As far as road sector is concerned Mr.
Gadkari and his team has been able to
infuse fresh blood into the system. Lots of
activities are happening. In order to meet
the huge requirement we need to scale up
the capability - managerial and executing
capability; upgrading the skill set and
availability, trained people and equip-
ment, upgradation of specs and technol-
ogy used in road construction etc. Even
today some of the specifications used are
quite old. We can start using bigger ca-
pacity highly productive equipment. So we
need to overhaul the whole system.
According to Bansal, Off-Highway
Research remains bullish about the long
term prospects, and he forecasts sales to
grow to 71,650 units in 2020. “The outlook
to 2020 is still very bright,” confirms
Krishnan of Volvo CE India. He says, “In-
dia's potential is clear, and the drive to
improve infrastructure and energy supply
will unquestionably facilitate further
growth in the economy and the construc-
tion equipment industry.” 
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE
JCB India Diversifying for
Evolving Landscapes!
O
ne of the world’s foremost equip-
ment manufacturers, J.C. Bamford
Excavators Limited, famously
known as JCB, since it started operations
in India, has been one of the leading play-
ers in the earthmoving and construction
equipment space. To explore the year that
was, and the plans and products JCB have
lined-up, Nigel Narayan caught up with
Mr. Jasmeet Singh, Head-Corporate
Communications and External Relations,
JCB India Limited. The excerpts of the
interview are below.
How has 2016 been thus far for JCB?
The last four and a half years saw a
down cycle for most industries including
the earthmoving and construction equip-
ment industry. However, since mid-
October 2015 the de-growth bottomed
out and starting of 2016 the industry has
experienced an increase in demand. The
earthmoving and construction equip-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
114
JCB 220LC Xtra Tracked Excavator
ment industry has grown by 45 percent
since Jan 2016 w.r.t corresponding period
of last year. The year 2016 has been posi-
tive and eventful thus far for JCB, with a
slew of products and technology, making
their way to the Indian market. We hope
this upward trend continues.
How has the backhoe loader performed
in 2016?
The Backhoe loader continues to be
the most popular machine at the con-
Jasmeet Singh
struction site. JCB Backhoes offer the Head-Corporate Communications and
best in class fuel economy, functionality, External Relations, JCB India Limited
and affordability. JCB has spent a consid-
erable amount of time on research and a machine in India is 2,500 to 3,000 hours.
development, understanding the custo- Our range of ecoXellence backhoe load-
mer needs through interactions and ana- ers is the most fuel efficient in its class in
lysing job sites to develop a product that these conditions.
meets and conquers every challenge What are JCB's immediate plans for the
faced on the job. The Indian market is an Indian market?
extremely tough and competitive market.
The average number of working hours for The Indian market is constantly evolv-
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE
JCB 30Plus
ing. Projects are getting bigger and more
challenging by the day. Catering to this
changing landscape requires a broad port-
folio and hence our focus has been on
expanding our product lines on both ends
of the spectrum; the compact equipment
and the larger equipment.
Here at JCB, we want to transform the
way in which material is handled at the var-
ious job sites. Three new innovative prod-
ucts have been launched in the material
handling space; the Robot series of Skid
steer loaders, the Load all range of Tele-
scopic Handlers, and the new 2DXL Super
Loader.
A new 3-tonne mini excavator called
the 'JCB 30PLUS' is also being made
available to our customers. At the other
end of the spectrum, the new 5.5-tonne
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
116
JCB 220LC Xtra Tracked Excavator
455ZX Wheel loader will cater to the needs
of large projects.
What are the advantages of telematics
and 'LiveLink' in particular?
JCB introduced a state-of-the-art
telematics technology called JCB Livelink
for its customers to remotely monitor and
manage their machines. It maximises the
productivity of the machines by providing
real time alerts on Service, Operation and
Security benefits to the machines owners.
Both, the equipment owners and oper-
ators can look for information real-time
such as fuel consumption, idle time, ma-
chine location, fluid levels and service
alerts on their mobile devices or laptops
using the internet. It also helps in inform-
ing users via SMS alerts, the location and
condition of their JCB machines. Overall,
JCB Livelink strives to deliver construc-
tive, real-time information to increase pro-
fits and improve productivity of the ma-
chines.
Whatfactors have contributed to the rise
in demand for the earth moving and con-
struction industry?
Several factors have contributed to
the increase in demand. The govern-
ment's focus on road & highway develop-
ment has provided a strong impetus.
Moreover, with India being a bright spot in
the world economy and with major infra-
structure development programs like
'Make in India,' the overall sentiment in
the market has improved.
What makes the ecoMAX the most pre-
ferred engine for OEMs in India?
JCB started manufacturing the
ecoMAX engine in 2011. Our goal then was
to integrate backwards and reduce our
dependency on engines from other manu-
facturers. Currently, the ecoMAX is a Tier 3,
engine compliant with emission stan-
dards in India. JCB is both equipped with
the capacity and capability to make the
leap to service newer and more regulated
emission standards. However, the ecoMAX
has itself undergone various upgrades
that make it more compact, lighter, and
the most fuel-efficient engine in its class
in the earth moving and construction equip-
ment segment. The ecoMAX can help
backhoe operators save upto ` 2 lakh on
fuel in one year.w
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE
Underlining Full Line Capabilities at
BC India 2016
T
he Volvo Group is one of the world’s
leading manufacturers of trucks,
buses, construction equipment and
marine and industrial engines. The Group
also provides complete solutions for
financing and service. The Group which
employs about 100,000 people, has pro-
duction facilities in 18 countries and sells
its products in more than 190 markets.
New launches and the latest technol-
ogies feature strongly on the Volvo CE
booth, where the company also wants to
highlight its industry-leading productivity.
Dimitrov Krishnan, vice president and
head of Volvo CE India, said the company
will highlight its unique position in the
country’s construction equipment sector.
There are five machines from three
product lines on show, while information
on dozens of more machines will be avail-
able, plus are a range of activities planned
for visitors.
The products in focus:
The new DD90B will be one of the high-
lights from the company at bC India 2016
The unit is designed with versatility in
mind, offering unbeatable fuel efficiency
and powerful performance across a
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
118
range of applications in India. From road-
ways and large parking lots to airport run-
ways, the versatile performance of the
DD90B double drum asphalt compactor
provides flexibility to handle varying con-
ditions, widths, and flexible pavement
compaction applications. The Volvo DD90B
is built in India and powered by an engine
which adheres to the country’s Bharat
Stage-III (CEV) emissions regulations.
This compactor is engineered to deliver
the compaction performance necessary
to accommodate the heavy volumes of
traffic that the subcontinent's roads often
carry. Using extensive knowledge and
experience.
Powerful and efficient EC250D from goes
on show
One of two D-Series excavators on
show at bC India 2016, the EC250D is not
only more powerful than its predecessor
– it also has up to 10% greater fuel econ-
omy. The EC250D from Volvo’s D-Series
excavators has the strength and durability
to take on a range of challenging worksite
tasks. With faster cycle times, excellent
digging and lifting capabilities, and a
capacity for greater productivity, the unit
has what it takes to get the job done in a
low-stress, high-performance way —
every time.
Increased power and digging force, as
well as faster cycle times, offer operators
the prospect of greater productivity. The
excavator is equipped with a powerful six-
cylinder diesel engine, rated at 138 kW
(188 hp). For greater productivity, the
EC250D comes equipped with the latest
generation cab, which offers excellent visi-
bility and ideally placed controls in a qui-
eter, more spacious, and safer work envi-
ronment.
New P5320B ABG paver makes its first
show appearance
New P5320B ABG paver will make its
first appearance at a trade show when it
appears at bC India 2016. The unit pro-
vides outstanding performance, durabil-
ity and ease of operation in paving widths
of up to 7 m.
The new Volvo P5320B ABG paver is
designed to achieve optimal power, effi-
ciency and quality in medium and large-
scale projects where paving widths range
from 2.5 to 7 m. The best-in-class power
of the 88 kW (118 hp) D5 engine is capable

of pushing 25-ton trucks and pulls the
Volvo screed with ease, even at maximum
paving width. Furthermore, this high
power is delivered with minimal noise and
low fuel consumption, making the
P5320B ABG paver an environmentally-
conscious choice.
The hydraulic system is perfectly
matched to the engine as well as all other
components, from hopper to screed, to
deliver consistent levels of flow and a
smooth mat finish. This also ensures a
long life, low maintenance, and high trac-
tion performance. The hassle-free load
sensing system is powered by a variable
displacement axial piston pump.
EC210D comes to bC India 2016
The EC210D crawler excavator is
designed with Volvo’s extensive experi-
ence and expertise for ultimate productiv-
ity and efficiency in a wide variety of tasks.
This machine features a robust frame
combined with optimal engine power and
hydraulic pressure to provide superior dig-
ging forces and fast cycle times.
The EC210D features increased
hydraulic flow for responsive, accurate
control in grading and combined opera-
tions. The Volvo EC210D is designed for
optimum profitability. Featuring best-in-
class fuel efficiency and Volvo’s ECO
mode, this excavator lowers fuel con-
sumption and reduces operating costs.
To facilitate a one-stop solution for cus-
tomers, Volvo CE and Volvo Financial Ser-
vices will be launching competitive
financing schemes and on-the-spot
credit approvals at bC India. The EC210D
features increased hydraulic flow for
responsive, accurate control in grading
and combined operations. Operators ben-
efit from smoother, easier movement
when traveling and lifting simultaneously
as well as better grading quality from the
harmonized boom and arm movement.
A new single-drum compactor at bC India
2016
The updated SD110BA single-drum
compactor is designed with productivity
in mind, combining powerful perfor-
mance, quality compaction and versatility
to adapt to earthwork compaction appli-
cations in India. The robust Volvo
SD110BA provides equal measures of effi-
ciency, versatility, and stability to ensure
superior compaction, shift after shift.
Delivering an efficient, powerful perfor-
mance, the 11-ton class SD110BA com-
bines dynamic drum forces and a heavy
drum weight to produce the energy nec-
essary to achieve material target density
in fewer passes. The Volvo SD110BA not
only increases output levels, it also
enables operators to access hard-to-
reach areas of the job site thanks to the
fully integrated traction control system.
COMMUNICATION FEATURE
Even in challenging environments, oper-
ators can count on the Volvo SD110BA to
stand its ground. The well-balanced
machine features a center joint with a +/-
40 degree angle of articulation and +/-17
degree [SR1] of oscillation, improving sta-
bility, maneuverability, and safety. When
combined, these features allow for a
greater volume of work at a higher quality
and in less time.
Out of box activities:
Aside from the products on show,
Volvo CE will be running a variety of activi-
ties over the course of bC India 2016, mak-
ing it a must-visit destination for atten-
dees. To underline the company’s indus-
try-leading customer support program,
there will be a dedicated area showcasing
the aftermarket products and services
available. Elsewhere there will be quiz-
zes, with the opportunity to win amazing
prizes, while a selfie contest will run for
the duration of the show. The best selfie-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
photo taken on the company’s booth and
posted to its Facebook page will get a gift,
plus the opportunity to take an additional
commemorative selfie, this time with
Dimitrov Krishnan.
Volvo CE will have a1,100 sq m display,
located at Stand 233 in the outdoor area.w
For further details:
Volvo India Pvt. Ltd.
Volvo Construction Equipment
7&8, Phase 1, Peenya Industrial Area,
Peenya, Bangalore 560058, India
Toll Free No. 1800 108 6586
Ph: 080 – 41291711
www.volvoce.com/india
119
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE

Launch of Products Targeted at the Value

Segment and Robust Performance on Site

S
handong Lingong Construction
Machinery Co., Ltd., (known as
Lingong) is one of China’s leading
manufacturers of construction equip-
ment, which it produces under the SDLG
brand. It is one of the world’s leading sup-
pliers (by volume) of wheel loaders. The
company’s headquarters are in Linyi,
China, and it has an additional manufac-
turing facility in Pederneiras, Brazil.
The firm's products are targeted at
the value segment and are known for their
reliability and robust performance on site.
The company has an established and
experienced dealer network in the export
markets in which it operates. This network
is dedicated to providing excellent parts
availability. The company was founded in
1972 and currently employs 3,150 people.
New launches and the latest technol-
ogies feature strongly on the SDLG booth,
where the company also wants to high-
light its industry-leading productivity. The
products on display from SDLG at this
year's BC India 2016 exhibition will show-
case the company's strength in depth and
their superior productivity. There are
three machines from two product lines on
the show, while information on dozens of
more machines will be available, plus are
a range of activities planned for visitors.
Sanu George, Business Head, SDLG
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
The G9138 motor grader: - The highly maneuverable machine
This year’s BC India 2016 will mark the
official launch in the country of the G9138
motor grader from SDLG. The new unit will
help India meet fast-rising demand for
road building equipment, giving contrac-
tors a lighter and more economical option
to help them beat project deadlines.
Against the backdrop of rapid infra-
structure development and increased gov-
ernment drive for road building, motor
graders have become one of the fastest-
selling equipment categories in India as
contractors plan to gear up for project
schedules. While the form established a
larger G9190 which has enjoyed notable
success in Asia, rural development pro-
jects have prompted the need for smaller
and lighter motor graders for narrower
road constructions. This is where SDLG’s -
new G9138 will really appeal.
“The well-publicized increase in the
road building program has seen a signifi-
cant pick-up in activity levels. Contractors
in the road building industry are under
greater scrutiny than ever before,” said
Sanu George, business head SDLG India.
The firm’s machines are known for their
reliable operation, robust performance
and fast return on investment and the
G9138 offers all of this and more. Some of
the basic features of the product are:
gives the operator precise control
through a fully digital instrument panel
that includes electronic monitoring.
The integrated panel also offers
straightforward inspection and main-
tenance. Adding to the motor grader’s
operability is its swing frame, which
delivers greater flexibility in a variety
of work scenarios.
- The articulating swing frame’s move-
ments allow the blade to generate
more power and carry a heavy wind-
row. It also allows the unit to make
turns at more acute angles for close-
quarter work or smaller roads. For
greater durability and easier opera-
tions over, the swing frame’s com-
posite bearing is lifetime lubricated
and maintenance-free.
With an overall working weight of
12,100 kg, the G9138 is powered by a
Deutz BF4M1013-15T3R/2Tier III
engine that has an output of 111 kW at
2100 rpm. Complemented by a fully
Automatic ZF 6WG 200 transmission
system which has 7 forward and 3 re-
verse gears, the G9138 is able to reach
maximum forward and backward
velocities of 39 km/h and 24.5 km/h
respectively. It can deliver up to
75.4kN of traction force.
- In combination, this delivers power to

India, said the company will highlight its

unique position in the country's construc-
tion equipment sector. Two new
machines will be formally launched at bC
India, both of which are built at the SDLG
manufacturing facility in China. The new
L933wheel loader and G9138grader fea-
ture a number of updates to make them
even more attractive to Indian customers.
The introduction of the units is timely, with
pressure growing on contractors to
ensure projects stay on schedule as the
Government of India targets 30 km of new
road construction per day.
The launches that embark the journey a
notch further: Unveiling of new machines
120

at BC India 2016
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE
the moldboard, which is a hefty3048
mm x 565 mm x 16 mm. The G9138’s
blade can cut depths of up to 575 mm
and create bank slopes of up to 90
degrees. The sliding range of the
blade is 500 mm, while it can be
inclined up to 47 degrees forward and
5 degrees backward. Maximum
gradeability in travel is 20 degrees.
The new L933, alongside an LG958L:
At this year’s bC India SDLG will also
introduce another new model for the mar-
ket, the new L933, showing it alongside an
LG958L. In India, SDLG currently offers
two wheel loaders: the 3-ton rated
LG936L and the 5-ton rated LG958L, both
of which are popular in applications such
as general construction, port applications
and mining. “We’re seeing rising demand
for wheel loaders in India, particularly in
the 3-ton class,” said Sanu George, busi-
ness head SDLG India. The new L933 for
India is ideal for handling ready mix con-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
crete, or applications such as road build-
122
ing or quarrying. To facilitate a one-stop
solution for customers, SDLG and SDLG
Financial Services will be launching com-
petitive financing schemes and on-the-
spot credit approvals at bC India. Some of
the basic features of the product are:
- Equipped with a WeichaiDeutz
WP6G125E331 turbo charged BS III
engine, the 3 ton-rated L933 satisfies
the regional requirements for emis-
sions levels in India, while offering
users reliable performance and
excellent durability. With a power out-
put of 92kW at 2,300 rpm, the L933 can
handle material handling tasks with
ease while its maximum gradeability
is 30 degrees.
- Overall working weight for the unit is
10,200 – 10,250 kg and the machine
can deliver up to 96 kN of breakout
and traction force. It’s steep 45 degree
dump angle and high 45 degree bucket
rollback allows for more efficient load
carrying and quicker cycle times.
Bucket options for the loader vary from
1.4 m3– 3 m3, and the design includes a
thickened anti-friction plate which
minimizes wear of cutting edges.
- The load-sensing fully-hydraulic sys-
tem reduces power consumption and
improves working efficiency through
the use of a single-pump design. The
enlarged radiator also optimizes the
use of inlet and outlet air chan-
nels to lower the temperature
of water and oil in the hydraulic
system, making the machine
highly energy efficient and
reliable.
- Aside from high energy effi-
ciency, the L933 offers ease of
operation through a fixed-shaft
powershift transmission. This offers
four forward and two reverse gears
transmission with a single-stage, sin-
gle-phase three-element hydraulic
torque converter. The axis-fixed
semi-automatic transmission makes
full use of the engine’s power to
increase torque and deliver greater
traction. The single-plate rear frame
and a four-plate front frame uses joint
bearings to ensure flexible operation
and a small turning radius.
LG958L on show
Appearing next to the L933 new-
comer at BC India, will be the LG958L, one
of two well-established SDLG models in
the Indian market. The LG958L is well-
liked for its ease of operation, value pric-
ing and fast return on investment, and is
popular with users in construction, utility
works, farming, industrial applications
and ports.
The success of LG958L has helped
raise the profile of the SDLG brand in
India,” said Sanu George.“It will be great to
see it alongside the new L933at bC India,
underlining our strength in the Indian wheel
loader market.”
Opportunity Calling:
“India is a major area of focus for
SDLG and we are continually growing our
presence in the country,” said George.
“Reliability and uptime are more important
than ever, given the work pressures on job
sites. We’ve worked hard with our exten-
sive network of dealers to ensure we have
the parts and the processes in place to pro-
vide necessary and timely support when
our customers need it.” “The success of
LG958L has helped raise the profile of the
SDLG brand in India,” said Sanu George.
“It will be great to see it alongside the new
L933 at bC India, underlining our strength
in the Indian wheel loader market.”
This year’s BC India exhibition will take
place between December 12thand 15th at
the HUDA Ground exhibition space in
Gurgaon, Delhi. Visit us at Stall 233.w
For further details:
SDLG
Sanu George
Business Head
Phone: +91 8105909900
E-mail: sanu.george@sdlg.com
 FORMWORK TYPES - REPORT
Formwork Applications
Avishek Ghosh
A
cute shortage of labour is amongst
the key factors that have been driv-
ing forward the demand for form-
work and scaffolding systems. Labour
shortage has added to the pressure on
contractors, who are already grappling
with issues of construction costs being on
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
the rise. In this day and age of lean con-
struction methods, featuring tightened
purses, semi-automated and automated
formwork systems have come as a boon.
Project delays have now gradually be-
come a thing of the past in India. The in-
crease in the scale of the projects is ano-
ther key factor that has led to the increa-
sed use of formwork systems. Another
heartening factor has been the spread of
the real estate construction boom deep
into the interiors of the country. Adding to
the demand for specialized formwork and
scaffolding systems has been the rapid
increase in high-rise projects around the
country. Affordable mass housing is ano-
124
ther area that offers immense scope for
formwork suppliers in India. The crane in-
dependence culture has this system a reli-
able factor and clients across the world
are loving it.
The Formwork should have sufficient
strength to carry a dead load and live load
coming on it during casting operation and
after that till concrete gets hard and gain
some percentage of design strength.
Different types of formworks:
The modernization of formwork sys-
tems was essential to keep pace with con-
crete advancement. As construction sys-
tem have gradually emerged to be the
modern trend, similarly the formwork sys-
tems have also developed. The journey
from timber-based to pre-engineered
structures have been quite upheaval.
Aluminium Formwork
Aluminium Formwork has been in
operation across the globe in countries
such in Japan, Singapore to name a few
for the construction of both commercial
and high rises. It comparatively new in India.
The Aluminium Formwork panels can be
designed for any condition/component of
buildings and special architectural fea-
tures. This system is unique as all the com-
ponents in a building, starting from slabs
to floors. The periphery of resulting struc-
ture is concrete therefore we can control
the concrete quality, the durability of the
structure increases. The formwork sys-
tem gives form to finish, eliminates the
need for external and internal plaster and
through the system, the walls can be di-
rectly painted with a minimal skim coat.
Aluminium Formwork System is the apt-
est to load bearing wall construction. This
type of formwork is also being used for the
creation of nuclear plants.
The implementation of this formwork
in load bearing design is highly cost sav-
ing. Moreover, results in savings on over-
head expenses. There is an availability of
Monolithic crack free structures and cast-

ing of walls and slabs possible simulta-
neously.
Fibre Formwork
Fibre concrete, fibre cement accounts
for a variety of formwork applications.
Through the system, it is possible to be
used for permanent edging formwork.
Which could be used as formwork in
semi-precast and precast elements: The
system can be used for inner surfaces of
doors and windows for structural wall sys-
tems. When it comes to the shutter panel
.This shutter panel is used as a floor edge
formwork and as a covering for formwork
joints in in-situ concrete constructions.
Not only that this system formwork ele-
ment with bevelled edges is used as per-
manent formwork for the edge beams of
bridges. Shutter panels made of fibre
cement are used as permanent in fill form-
work between steel beams for bridge con-
struction. The fibre systems are a cost effi-
cient permanent floor edge element with-
out insulation properties.
Timber and Plywood Formwork
Along with fibre , timber and plywood
formwork is also timber and plywood is
also sorted after option. Timber used for
shuttering for exposed concrete work
should have smooth and even surface on
all faces which come in contact with con-
crete. Resin bonded plywood sheets are
attached to timber frames to make up pan-
els of required sizes.
Plastic Formwork
Plastic Formwork make building con-
crete walls, storm cellars, basements, and
pillars quick and with easiness. The plas-
tic formwork come in different sizes that
interlock by means of nylon handles to
make up the wall. The speed and simplic-
ity of setup make it much handier and
practical than conventional wood or steel
frameworks. Wall thickness ranges from
10-40 cm in view of various blends of the
different elements.
System Formwork
The System formwork t has the stan-
dard prefabricated modular components
along with casting panel. The system
formwork can suit the required shape of
concrete structures. The System form-
work has good casting quality, speedier
erection and more recycle times com-
pared to the traditional formwork. The ini-
tial investment of system formwork is hi-
gher than the conventional one. The main
components of the system formwork
include plywood, beam, waler, false work,
joint parts, bracing and operation plat-
form. System formwork is applied in a spe-
cialized kind of job. It supports the in-situ
RC contractors by providing services of
design, delivery, site support and buy-back
after job completion.
Climbing Formwork
Climbing system is best known in the
construction of towers, skyscrapers and
other tall vertical structures, it allows the
reuse of the same formwork over and
over and over for identical (or very similar)
sections / stories further up the structure.
It can also enable very large concrete
structures to be constructed in one single
pour (which may take days or weeks as
the formwork rises with the process), thus
creating seamless structures with enhan-
ced strength and visual appearance, as
well as reducing construction times and
material costs (at the joints which would
otherwise require extra reinforcement /
connectors). The climbing formwork
structure normally does not only contain
the formwork itself, but also usually pro-
vides working space / scaffolds for con-
struction crews. It may also provide areas
for machinery and screens for weather
protection, up to being fully enclosed while
yet staying modular around a changing
building structure.
There are several types of this form-
work namely, to be specific three. Crane-
Formwork emancipation
FORMWORK TYPES - REPORT
climbing: in this type of climbing form-
work, the formwork around the structure
is displaced upwards with the help of one
or more cranes. Self-climbing: In this type
of formwork, the structure elevates itself
with the help of mechanic leverage equip-
ment (usually hydraulic). Gliding form-
work: This type of formwork is similar to
the self-climbing type above. However, the
climbing process is continuous instead of
intermittent, and is usually only inter-
rupted for a very short time (for example
to fix the mounting mechanisms to new
anchoring points).
Jump Formwork System
Jump Form is the type of the system
formwork that is used for vertical struc-
tures that require the cranage to lift it up
for each cycle. Jump Form systems com-
prise the formwork and working plat-
forms for cleaning/fixing of the formwork,
steel fixing and concreting. The formwork
supports itself on the concrete cast ear-
lier so does not rely on support or access
from other parts of the building or perma-
nent works.
Jump Form, here taken to include sys-
tems often described as climbing form, is
suitable for construction of multi-storey
vertical concrete elements in high-rise
structures, such as:
- Shear walls
- Core walls
- Lift shafts
- Stair shafts
- Bridge pylons
These are constructed in a staged pro-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
125
 FORMWORK TYPES - REPORT
LGW: Galvanised Modular Formwork
cess. It is a highly-productive system
designed to increase speed and efficiency
while minimising labour and crane time.
Systems are normally modular and can
be joined to form long lengths to suit vary-
ing construction geometries. Three types
of jump forms are in general use:
- Normal jump/climbing form: units are
individually lifted off the structure and
relocated at the next construction
level using a crane. Crane availability
is crucial.
- Guided-climbing jumpform: also
uses a crane but offers greater safety
and control during lifting as units re-
main anchored/guided by the struc-
ture.
- Self-climbing jumpform: does not
require a crane as it climbs on rails up
the building by means of hydraulic
jacks.
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
Slip Formwork
The slipform is usually using its own
hydraulic power to lift itself up and is
suited for no-change section of the tall
structure. Slip forming, continuous
poured, continuously formed, or slipform
construction is a construction method in
which concrete is poured into a continu-
ously moving form.[ Slip forming is used
for tall structures (such as bridges, tow-
ers, buildings, and dams), as well as hori-
zontal structures, such as roadways.
Slipforming enables continuous, non-
interrupted, cast-in-place "flawless" (i.e.
no joints) concrete structures which have
superior performance characteristics to
126
piecewise construction using discrete
form elements. Slip forming relies on the
quick-setting properties of concrete, and
requires a balance between quick-setting
capacity and workability. he new concrete
as well as resist collapse caused by the
vibration of the compaction machinery.
Continuous slip formed gravity-
based structure supports under con-
struction in a Norwegian fjord. The visible
jib cranes would each be delivering buck-
ets of concrete to the support cylinders
during the continuous pour of concrete
creating seamless walls. In vertical slip
forming the concrete form may be sur-
rounded by a platform on which workers
stand, placing steel reinforcing rods into
the concrete and ensuring a smooth pour.
In horizontal slip forming for pavement
and traffic separation walls concrete is
laid down, vibrated, worked, and settled in
place while the form itself slowly moves
ahead.
Specialised Formwork Technology
Project Formwork
Apart from the already available tech-
nologies in this age of innovation the com-
panies are going a step further and creat-
ing their specified formwork technology
to suit the requirements of a specified pro-
ject. Individual Formwork stands for solu-
tions is the recent trend.Now there are
firm that individually plans and pre-
assembles forwork systems for project-
specific solutions, what is meant here is
formwork which undergoes stationary
prefabrication before use.
Several new innovative technologies
have made inroads into the market, a few
of which have gone on to become major
successes. A good example is available in
the form of Epic Eco fiberglass formwork
systems. This fiberglass shuttering build-
ing systems represent a revolution in the
area of shuttering because of their light-
ness, simplicity, durability, solidity, resis-
tance to temperature changes and their
price competitiveness. One of the major
advantages with these systems is that
they offer simplification of shuttering with
the same mechanical properties of other
systems.
The fiberglass formwork systems
from the company display excellent
mechanical qualities since they can hold
60kN /m2, 1200 psf of paneling. They are
made up of a composite mixture of poly-
propylene, special fibers and chemicals
which enables the construction to hold
such high pressure. Moreover, the speed
of paneling with these systems is very fast
and abundant palette of elements allows
for best possible paneling composition.
Heavy Structure Formwork
Not only project based but now form-
works are being created for specified
heavy structures across the globe. These
are those forms that are specially desig-
ned and manufactured for heavy struc-
tures. This demand needs for a special
formwork dimensional tolerance. Some-
times the formwork shape required be-
comes uneconomical or impracticable
for site fabrication. Table Form, Ganged
Panel Form , Tunnel Form are some the
most famous sorted kind of formwork in
this regard. The increasing pace of the
construction of multi-storey and massive
concrete structures, and the have made
the need of creating specified formwork in
demand.
Conclusion
Formwork market in India is yet to be
tapped. The current share of this market
is around INR 15 million, that means more
than 75 percent market is yet to be tapped.
With almost every leading global player in
the field in the fray, it is an eventful period
for the Indian formwork industry.
References
- http://www.concretecentre.com/Building-Ele-
ments/Formwork/Jump-Form.aspx
- https://www.bofuform.com/2015/02/10/advan-
tages-of-using-plastic-formwork-system-
specifically-for-walls-and-slabs/.
 QUESTIONNAIRE
“Value Engineered Formwork Suited for
Indian Conditions”
W
ith development and innovation
happening in the construction
industry the scope of the market
size is expanding with each passing day.
Among several innovative strategies and
process developed so far, formwork and
scaffolding are perhaps the most in-
demand one. Formwork and scaffolding
are extensively used in the construction
industry for very specific functions and it
needs expert pioneers to implement the
actualisation of this technique.
Masterbuilder had an exclusive inter-
view with Mr. Rohitt Sharma (Director) of
MFS Group, one of the Pioneer and Leader
in the field of “Formwork and Scaffolding”
Industry gave an insight on the current mar-
ket response, their specialized servicing
and marketing strategies being adopted.
Here are few excerpts of the interview.
How has the market response so far this
year?
The year 2016 has been one of the best
years for overall growth with many positive
changes in Policies benefitting the end
user. With implementation of RERA, con-
struction activities in Affordable & Medium
segment have taken a lead, which shall
enable the actual user to buy a home at rea-
sonable price with on time possession.
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
Onsite pictorial of the MFS Aluminium Formwork
128
System Application
This has led to the increase in the sales of
housing units and assurance for timely
delivery,Modern Construction Technolo-
gies like “MFS Aluminum Formwork Sys-
tem” has become the need of the hour.
With substantial increase in the volume of
inquiries and timely finalization have
enabled us with sound order book, which is
key for the sustainable growth of organiza-
tion & related industry. At the same time,
we have to focus on timely & quality deliv-
erables to ensure repeat orders from
existing customers and positive reference
for new customers which is required to
maintain the decent rate of growth.
Greatest achievement during last One
Year has been that we have left a Mark in
the Construction Industry with Quality of
our Products, User-friendly Design & Cus-
tomer Orientated Technical Services.
Today we see this as an achievement that
our brand “MFS” has been viewed by the
Industry at Par with any International
Brand which no another Indian player has
achieved due to their short sightedness.
We have secured orders and are associ-
ated with major projects due to our Techni-
cal Competence & not only because of
Price Benefit.
Give an insight on servicing strategies;
after all it’s the service that renders for the
client?
Rightly said, “Efficient services can
make up for any delays or substandard
quality and lack of proper services can ruin
best of the deliverables”. With this philoso-
phy, we at “MFS” are focused on providing
our customers best of our services at each
stage & each level. This requires dedica-
tion, intense planning at grass root level,
exploring opportunities at an early stage &
capitalizing on the same by providing the
technical & economical solution. From the
initial stage, we propose our client's opti-
mum quantity of Formwork required
based on their timeline & construction
sequence ensuring minimum investment
making overall project cost effective & via-
ble. Our Execution team provides ade-
quate training to the site staff for proper
Mr. Rohitt Sharma
Director
MFS Formwork Systems Pvt. Ltd.
usage of the system & educates them for
efficiency leading to faster slab cycles,
which is required for timely completion of
the project. We have set up an audit
department who is directly in touch with
site team ensuring smooth progress. Any
missing items or corrections are done
within 72 Hours from the reporting time.
Which has been the most challenging pro-
ject so far?
Every project is challenging & unique
with various bottlenecks.
"MFS Aluminum Formwork System"
is associated with various “Mass Housing
Construction Projects” where Quality and
Speed can be maintained at a reasonably
high level. We are associated with
“Telangana Housing Projects” where
Delivery of Housing Units is required in
very short span. With“ MFS Aluminum
Formwork System” we are able to Com-
plete One unit per day due to Speedy Con-
struction, Consistency in Architectural
Dimensions, Excellent Finish, Less
Dependency on Skilled Workers and Sim-
plicity in Erection & De-Shuttering makes
"MFS Aluminum Formwork System"
more Viable. & Preferred Formwork Tech-
nology for the construction of Mass Hous-
ing Projects.
To name a few we have been associ-
ated with MY Home – Bhooja Project –
Hyderabad, LansumEtania Project –
Hyderabad, SNN – Water Edge Project –
Bangalore, Godrej Infinity Project – Pune,
SuyogNavkaar Project – Pune,
 QUESTIONNAIRE
Onsite pictorial of the MFS Aluminium Formwork System Application
SupertechHilltown Project – Gurgaon,
SupertechBasera Project – Gurgaon,
Supertech Eco village Project – Noida,
Suncity Avenue Project – Gurgaon.
What are marketing steps adhered to
reach out to more people?
The only way for maximum reach &
regular orders is positive reference from
existing customers. For sustainable
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
growth, 80% of the target must be achieved
from 20% of the customers. This is possi-
ble only if all the deliverables are to the cus-
tomer satisfaction, which shall lead to
repeat orders & Orders from the customer
who is known to the existing customer. We
at “MFS” have achieved this with our Qual-
Onsite pictorial of the MFS Aluminium Formwork
130
System Application
ity, Commitment & Customer orientated
services.
Your take on the impact on demonetiza-
tion on the sector?
It is too early to comment. Having said
that it is surely going to boost the primary &
affordable market. Projects will be com-
pleted in time as the number of actual
users will increase which will result in the
demand for modern construction technol-
ogies like “MFS Aluminum Formwork Sys-
tem”. Apart from Demonetization, there
are clear signs of overall economic revival
since last Quarter particularly into the con-
struction sector, has excelled the perfor-
mance of construction equipment industry
Onsite pictorial of the MFS Aluminium Formwork
System Application
in India. With a positive frame of mind and
vision for long term growth construction
equipment industry has geared them for
this realistic market where growth has to
be earned. This is a great opportunity for
everyone associated with the construction
industry. With new regulatory bill where
timely completion of the project is essence
“MFS Aluminum Formwork System” will
play a vital role. Present Government is
very keen to develop the infrastructure
across regions and new ground reality poli-
cies are being made to give the boost to the
entire construction and infrastructure
industry. These steps are very encourag-
ing to the industry as a whole. Unlike the
past, Infrastructure & real estate sectors
are no more hesitant in using advanced
construction techniques. Over the period,
increasing awareness of advanced tech-
nology have made developers realized the
potential of Aluminum Formwork System,
even small developers & contractors have
started using the same & Considering the
vital benefits it has been accepted widely
and has become the necessity of the con-
struction and infra industry which has
resultedintheincreaseinthesalesrevenue.
 REPORT: IMPACT OF DEMONETIZATION
DEMONETIZATION
- A Speed Breaker?
Across the segments the adverse impact
of demonetization is clearly visible.
However, the CE industry feels, the script
of the long term growth story is
unalterable. The growth momentum is
expected to pick up within two quarters.
Agith G Antony
A
speed breaker - that is what the
original equipment manufactur-
ers least expected. That too,
when after a prolonged and chilly winter
of three years, the reforms in the road sec-
tor melted the ice, slowly but steadily, and
green shoots in the economy infused
hopes of a spring. The initial signs of the
U-shaped recovery, slowly triggering
greater momentum; and CE sector
eagerly expecting 'sustaining the growth
momentum' by booster shots given to other
sectors as well. And there comes the bolt,
least expected.
India could well lose its 'world's fastest-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
growing economy' tag, thanks to the impact
of the de-monetisation of high-value cur-
rencies on its economy. This is so because
real estate, gold and the informal sectors
that see a high element of cash transac-
tions are expected to slow down, accord-
ing to India Ratings (Ind-Ra). "The sudden
decline in money supply and a simulta-
neous increase in bank deposits are going
to adversely impact consumption demand
in the economy in the short term. This cou-
pled with the adverse impact on real estate
/construction and in-formal sectors may
lead to lowering of GDP growth," However,
on a positive note, the impact will be felt more
in Q3FY17 and the system is expected to
132
readjustthereafter,accordingtothereport.
It is a plain fact that impact of de-
monetisation has been felt across the seg-
ments, including the road sector which
has given a much-awaited boost to the
construction equipment manufacturers.
The mining sector has also been hit as
many mine owners and contractors are
forced to defer mining and overburden
activities due to severe shortage of cash.
According to the analysis by S&P Global
on the impact of demonetisation the pro-
duction at mines has gone down. Espe-
cially, activity levels in quarrying of gran-
ite, marble and dimensional stones where
lion's share of the transactions are through
cash, have come down drastically. This may
adversely impact the intake of new equip-
ment such as excavators, wheel loaders,
dumpers and heavy duty mining trucks.
The realty sector which already has
been under tremendous pressure has
been the hardest hit. The industry feel it
may take longer time for the sector to
wake up from its slumber, specifically, for
new projects on a wide-scale is expected
only after 2-3 quarters. This doesn't augur
well for many equipment manufacturers
manufacturing man and material hoists,
tower cranes, concrete pumps and bat-
ching plants etc.
The adverse impact has been more
visible in the commercial vehicle (CV) seg-
ment. As per reports M&HCV cargo sales
have registered a sharp drop of 42 per
cent over last year. Tata Motors posted a
fall of 17% due the cash crunch faced by
the long haul cargo operators; Mahindra
& Mahindra's sale slid by 15% and sales of
VECV has dropped by 17%. 'Despite high
financing penetration in the CV space the
impact of tight liquidity is likely to cripple
the road logistics sector in the near term
and would prompt the transport commu-
nity to put their vehicle replacement or
addition plans on the back burner,' ac-
cording to recent report by CARE Rat-
ings. According to ICRA weak industrial
activity, uncertainty of impact of GST has
been the major factors for declining trend
in commercial vehicles (especially heavy
commercial vehicles) sales. The trend
might have reversed from April 2017 due
to application of BS-IV emission and end
of the fiscal year. The dip in sales may last
for a longer period due to Demonetization.
However, the OEMs and suppliers of
components and aggregates are hopeful
that the impacts may not be able to really
dent the growth story. Bauma India, a mega
platform for construction equipment man-
ufacturers, suppliers, end-user segments,
will be able to testify the relentless spirit,
of the CE Industry yet again coming back
with more flexibility and resilience. 
 MINNING EQUIPMENT: INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
DRIVING FORCES OF THE
MINING SECTOR
MB
MB Bureau
Bureau Report
Report
G
rowing exploration around the
world will drive mining equipment
market size in times to come.
Moreover, policy and measures initiated
to revive the mining sector are a positive
sign. The permission Government of In-
dia for 100 per cent foreign direct invest-
ment (FDI) in the mining sector under the
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
automatic route has further enhanced the
market. Furthermore, steps such as the
Mining lease being granted for a long dura-
tion of minimum 20 years and up to 30
years has impacted it further. As the levels
of project development are being pushed
upon, there is a growing demand for the
mining equipment market. The metal and
mining industry of India has recorded a
strong 19.8 per cent expansion in 2011 to
touch US$ 141.9 billion and is expected to
reach 305.5 billion by 2015. Production vol-
umes have also been growing steadily
over the years - during the period 2007-
2011, it registered a CAGR of 5.2 percent.
Mining equipment market share may
134
witness considerable growth on account
of technological advancements for en-
ergy efficient alternatives. The sales ser-
vice and maintenance activities are cru-
cial for gaining competitive advantage in
the ecosystem. The requirement to cope
with lower ore grade and more remote lo-
cations is driving the need for innovation
and automation.
The equipment market report and the ex-
pert opinion:
'Is growing very fast and with the im-
port cost going up, the domestic produc-
tion is bound to go up in the future', re-
marked Mr. Sandeep Agarwal MD,
Ariando Infra Machines and his claim
seems to be right. The smart mining mar-
ket is estimated to grow from USD 3.84 Bil-
lion in 2015 to USD 9.98 Billion by 2020, at a
Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR)
of 21.0% during the forecast period. The
deployment of smart mining solutions
helps mining companies to minimize
their labor expenses and increase the pro-
duction efficiency by real-time monitoring
and communication.
Surface Mining Equipment Market
share accounted for over 35% of the over-
all revenue in 2015 and will grow at 3.4%
from 2016 to 2024. Growing demand for
technically advanced solutions and in-
creasing activities mainly in developing
countries will drive consumption. Increa-
sing disposable income and living stan-
dards of consumers have fueled demand
for copper, aluminum, gold and other com-
modities. Mining drills & breakers seg-
ment will benefit from rising demand for
underground mining of metals, coal &
minerals and evolution of effective solu-
tions with the help of robust technological
support.
Multi-function machinery is increas-
ingly being adopted for their cost-saving
versatility over single function equipment.
These advancements enable operators to
significantly reduce the time & labor re-
quired to complete the tasks with exten-
ded productivity and improved efficiency.
Quick-change attachment couplers, cab

designs, and joystick controls have made
machinery more feasible for operation si-
multaneously reducing operator fatigue.
'If you see backhoe machines statis-
tics you will find out that for coming 2
years or so it is going to be an upward rise
of 25000 machine market all put together.
Plus it might be exceeding that. In this re-
spect, we are targeting for 10 to 15 per-
cent. We're trying to get exclusivity. Out of
these 25000 , 23000 would be on soft
strata in which only 10 people are com-
peting in which there is a distinctive ad-
vantage which is lacking in general cate-
gory. We are trying to establish in this mar-
ket', said Rajinder Raina, General Man-
ager-Marketing, Escorts Construction
Equipment. He further adds, 'If you see
backhoe machines statistics you will find
out that for coming 2 years or so it is going
to be an upward rise of 25000 machine
market all put together'.
Metal mining equipment market size
was valued at over USD 29 billion in 2015
and will grow at 5% CAGR over the fore-
cast timeline. Increasing demand for met-
als, particularly precious metals such as
gold would fuel demand. The demand for
gold has been supported by the cultural,
emotional and financial value of the cus-
tomers. Increasing demand for coal in
electricity generation, cement manufac-
turing, and steel production will propel
coal mining application growth. Asia Pa-
cific mining equipment market size was
valued at USD 40 billion in 2015. Rising de-
mand for higher energy efficiency, low
cost, and lower emissions will offer po-
tential growth opportunity in the Chinese
industry from 2016 to 2024. Dimitrov
Krishnan, VP, and Head Volvo rightfully
said in this year's April that there was
huge demand from the mining sector for
the machinery of mining projects espe-
cially for the capacity excavators and the
trend seems to continue.
The government initiative such as
'Sagarmala Program' has further enhan-
ced the pathway for manufacturers. Firms
are trying to create a market but mining
owners should also b willing to try out new
innovations. Places such as Jharkhand
pertaining to government initiation is an
area that would open up even more in two
years time.
Demand of Earth Moving Construction
Heavy Equipment
Heavy Construction Equipment Mar-
MINNING EQUIPMENT: INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
try along with the entire earthmoving and
Heavy Construction Equipment
construction equipment industry is grow-
Market Share, by Region, 2014
ing at around 45 percent', said R C Mangal,
(USD Million)
Sr. Vice President Sales & Marketing.
The global construction equipment
market is growing steadily with improving
economic conditions and increasing in-
vestment in construction sector globally.
Emerging economies across the world
are investing the significant amount of en-
ergy, transportation and other construc-
tion projects to support their economic de-
velopments. In the excavator categories
the machines above 30 tons, have enjoyed
huge success over the years.
Asia-Pacific North America According to the industry experts, the
Europe RoW overall slowdown in global market had
Source: Secondary Research, Expert Interviews
taken a toll on infrastructure investments
and Markets and Markets Analysis in India as well, especially in the last few
years. To counter this issue, the govern-
ket is worth 166.05 Billion USD by 2020. De- ment has set ambitious targets as part of
pending on the project application, sev- the ongoing Twelfth FYP (FY12FY17), pro-
eral heavy types of equipment is used in posing INR 56 lakh crores of investment in
different The heavy equipment could be di- infrastructure. These targets are heavily
vided into four major types: Earth-moving weighted toward the second half of the
equipment, Construction vehicles, Mate- plan, with 52 percent of total investment
rial handling and Construction Equip- expected in the last two years of the plan
ment. Equipment starting from Skid steer period. Moreover, the Union Budget of the
loaders to Backhoe loaders, Excavators new government has earmarked ` 2 lakh
to Bulldozers, Crawler Loaders to Motor crores for investment in infrastructure.
Graders, the demand is rising with each The investments are allocated for a broad
passing day. range of infrastructure projects such as
This year's BC India is a primary exam- the mining sector. We can look forward to
ple of it, with new launches and an- more growth in 2017, with a further pick-
nouncements happening. up in 2018 and 2019.
'The entire earthmoving and con- The demand is increasing very rap-
struction equipment industry saw a down- idly. The economic growth and increased
ward spiral for about 4 to 4 and half years. spending on infrastructural activities
However, over the past two years, the tip- have played a huge part in providing the
per industry has been slowly recovering necessary boost to the global heavy con-
and growing. Currently, the tipper indus- struction equipment industry. The global
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
135
Mahindra ExarthMaster VX
 MINNING EQUIPMENT: INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
JCB 220 LC Xtra
heavy construction equipment industry is
projected to grow at a CAGR of 6.80% from
2015 to 2020. The earthmoving equipment
is the fastest growing segment of the
heavy construction equipment market
across the globe
Coming succesfull in technological inno-
vation
Once a new mine is successfully and
profitably operating with its tried and true
equipment, the impetus for technological
change can be relatively small. If accept-
able returns are being generated with con-
ventional technology, then justifying capi-
tal expenditure on new technology in
these profitable operations can be very
tough.
In fact, this is a component of a gen-
eral improvement paradox which we of-
ten see in mining. When times are good, it
is often not possible to justify technologi-
cal improvements to an operating pro-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
cess because the downtime cannot be
136
Escorts JUNGI.I 4x4
paid for by the incremental benefit. The
business is so busy making money that it
is not possible to justify stopping it simply
to make a little more. Unfortunately,
when times are bad, the business cannot
justify the increased capital investment
that it needs to run at lower costs and
higher efficiency. Attracting investment in
a business that is showing poor returns at
that point is very difficult. The net effect of
all of this is that the mine starts with con-
ventional technology and runs it through
good and bad times until it absolutely
doesn't work anymore or is hopelessly ob-
solete. Short of serious crises or major de-
velopments, minor tweaks to operations
and equipment are often all that happens
technologically until the mine closes.
Moving Forward
The allocation of budget and govern-
ment constant awareness will surely im-
pact the mining sector immensely and in
a really positive way. The growing interest
will only aid the overall sales of the mining
equipment and contribute to an overall
growth. The simultaneous increase in
coal and mineral production would surely
require new and updated machinery.
References
- https://www.thebalance.com/must-have-earth-
moving-construction-heavy-equipment-
844586https://www.thebalance.com/must-
have-earth-moving-construction-heavy-
equipment-844586
- https://www.thebalance.com/must-have-
earth-moving-construction-heavy-equipment-
844586
- http://www.marketsandmarkets.com/Market-
Reports/connected-mining-market-210875078.
htmlhttp://www.marketsandmarkets.com/Mar
ket-Reports/connected-mining-market-
210875078.html
- http://www.marketsandmarkets.com/Market-
Reports/connected-mining-market-210875078.
html
- https://www.gminsights.com/industry-analysis
/mining-equipment-markethttps: //www.gmin-
sights.com/industry-analysis/ mining equipment-
market
- https://www.gminsights.com/industry-
analysis/mining-equipment-market
- http://www.ibef.org/industry/metals-and-
mining-presentationhttp://www.ibef.org/in-
dustry/metals-and-mining-presentation
- http://www.ibef.org/industry/metals-and-
mining-presentation
- http://www.ibef.org/industry/metals-and-
mining-presentation
- https://www.ausimmbulletin.com/feature
/inno-vation-in-mining/http s://www.ausim
mbulletin.com/ feature/innovation-in-mining/
- https://www.ausimmbulletin.com/feature /in-
novation-in-mining/
- http://www.marketsand-markets.com/Market
-Reports/heavy-construction- equipment-
market-1211.html
- https://www.thebalance.com /must-have-ear-
th-moving-construction-heavy-equipment-
844586
- https://www.thebala-nce.com /must-have-ear-
th-moving-construction-heavy-equipment-
844586.w
 CONCRETE EQUIPMENT
CONCRETING EQUIPMENT FOR
INFRASTRUCTURE
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
MB Bureau Report
G
one are the days of manual pro-
cessing of concrete. The advent of
concrete handling and process-
ing equipment has been one of the most
important happenings of the recent few
decades. If today, virtually no engineering
feat is considered impossible, a lot of cre-
dit should go to the concrete handling and
processing equipment.
India Construction Equipment Mar-
ket (2016-22), India has become a key
global market for construction equip-
138
ment. The construction market contrib-
utes nearly 7 per cent to India's GDP. Fur-
ther, by 2025, India's construction market
is expected to emerge as the third largest
in the world. According to the report, the
government vertical is the leading reve-
nue generating segment for the con-
struction market, led by various public
infrastructure projects. Indian construc-
tion industry has been contributing 7.5-
8.0% of National GDP for past many years.
As a result, construction equipment
sector in India, which has been witnessing
robust demand in the recent years. There
has been a special focus on road con-
struction and concrete equipment mar-
ket in India. Government's initiation of con-
crete bridges has further enhanced the
overall demand for the concreting equip-
ment. According to RNCOS report, the
main focus of the concrete equipment mar-
ket India is currently focused on urban dev-
elopment, infrastructure projects, power
project,portprojectsandirrigationprojects.
This write up talks about various con-
creting equipment available, the major
market players and the market reaction.
 CONCRETE EQUIPMENT

Concrete Batching Plants

The gradual growth of the RMC in-
dustry from the 1990s to the present
decade is another factor behind the rise in
the number of concrete batching plants in
the country. The gradual increase in pro-
ject sizes along with other key factors such
as greater emphasis on quality and in-
creasing pressure to stick to project
schedules has meant boom time for con-
crete batching equipment suppliers in
recent times. Except for a brief period of
lull experienced during the global eco-
nomic slowdown, the market for concrete
batching plants is estimated to be grow-
ing at an estimated 25%-30%, according
to industry analysts and expected to more
than double in another five years time, dur-
ing the 12th Five Year Plan period during
which investments to the tune of US $ 1 tril-
Ajax Fiori Argo 2000 4 x 4 Easy Drive
lion is expected to be pumped into infra-
structure development in the country. The demand for concrete pumps var- demand for higher capacity concrete bat-
The good showing of the realty sector, ies with the performance measures as ching plants. Similarly, with the Indian in-
although amidst certain intermittent hic- well as the type of pump. Currently, boom frastructure development, as well as realty
cups, has also come as good news for the and line pumps are the most common boom spreading to the deep interiors of
segment. pumps. The demand for these products the country, a spike in demand for mobile
One of the key shifts that have taken
varies in different markets with most com- concrete batching plants is also on the
place in recent times has been in the
panies in the developed and developing cards. The automatic concrete machine
ingredients that go into making concrete
world using these pumps in high invest- is in high demand in this regard.
nowadays. From silica fumes to fly ash,
ment projects. In addition, a lot of time is
chemical admixtures and a variety of Semi-automatic concrete machine
wasted in this process. Concrete boom
other construction chemicals means that The rising emphasis on precast com-
pumps have the capacity to pump large
concrete batching plants have become ponents has been one of the important
volumes of about 150 m3/hour at dis-
imperative for attaining that “optimum driving factors behind the demand for con-
tances of about 50m to 200m.
mix”. Whether it is “special” or “lean” mix crete block making machinery. Semi-
that clients demand, the contractor of to- Automatic concrete machine automatic vibrating table type machines
day is dependent on the concrete bat- The increasing scale of projects in the are widely used for making cement con-
ching plant to fulfill it. Adding to their popu- near future could trigger a fresh spurt in crete hollow blocks. The machine con-
larity is the fact that most of the latest mod-
els feature the modular design, which The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
enables relatively easy installation.
Concrete Pump
The worldwide demand for the con-
crete pump is rising steadily due to their
application in many upcoming construc-
tions in the real estate and infrastructural
projects. Large constructions companies
with huge investments projects that are
time constrained require concrete pumps
and this creates a demand for them.
This year Government focus diverted
from traditional bitumen road to durable,
low maintenance concrete road projects.
For making concrete road continuously
huge amount of ready mix concrete is re-
quired. This is possible with the help of
139

higher capacity batching plants. Apollo Carmix

 CONCRETE EQUIPMENT
Universal Wheel Batching Plant of 60 CuM/Hr
sists of an automatic vibrating unit, a lever
operated up and down metallic mould box
and a stripper head contained in a frame
work. Manufacturers in India have been
offering a mix of compact and bigger mod-
els of this kind to garner their shares in the
market.
The cheaper semi-automated mod-
els with environment-friendly attributes
are gaining demand b because of an
increased emphasis on sustainability.
Pipe casting machines
The market for concrete product ma-
chinery is growing at a rapid pace of 20%-
25% presently and is expected to increase
exponentially once the next phase of
infrastructure development begins dur-
ing the 12th Plan Period (2012-17). Among
the latest entrants into the market have
been pipe casting machines that are in
demand from the various water supply
projects, apart from fulfilling the needs of
civic authorities around the country.
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
140
Schwing Stetter Nimo
Portable concrete batching plant
Portable concrete batch mixing
plants comes with with a reversible drum
mixer type mixing unit. The specialty of
these concrete mixing plants is that they
can be towed easily by towing it with a trac-
tor. The control panel is on the chassis of
the plant making the controlling of the por-
table concrete equipment very easy. Con-
crete mixing is done in the clockwise
direction and concrete discharge is in an
anti-clockwise direction. No special ramp
is required for feeding the material into
the aggregate feeders. The discharge
height of these concrete mixers enables
discharge of materials directly into the
concrete pump. A load out belt can also be
supplied so that the concrete can be fed
into the transit mixer.
Concrete Recycling Plant
Concern for our environment, guide-
lines from legal authorities and above all,
an increased awareness of costs are the
main reasons for worldwide efforts to
solve the concrete industry's disposal and
recycling problems. Profiting from exten-
sive experience gained with sieve / Cyclone
separation system, Stetter had already
developed and implemented the concrete
recycling plant by 1976. Since their sys-
tems have proved to be unusually reliable,
economical and highly wear-resistant.
Going Forward
The increased impetus to develop
infrastructure in the country is attracting
both domestic and international players.
The private sector is emerging as a key
player across various infrastructure seg-
ments, ranging from roads and commu-
nications to power and airports. There-
fore firms are concentrating a lot on the
utilisation of the concrete technologies
'We that is Universal Construct Equipment
Pvt. Ltd. is focused on concrete equip-
ment. We have got a range of concrete
equipment, starting from small portable
machines of different cubic meters de-
pending on the demand of the client. We
have ranges varying from 100 to 200-liter
mixers. We focus on technology, even on
the smallest machine that we produce
are technology sounded and crafted even
European manufacturers are lagging
behind;, says, Ranjit More, the Managing
Director, Universal.
India's construction equipment mar-
ket is projected to reach 131 thousand
units by 2022. The market declined during
2012 to 2014 owing to factors such as de-
lay in project clearance issues and land
acquisition delays. However, in coming
years, owing to several construction pro-
jects in the pipeline, the market for con-
struction equipment is expected to wit-
ness growth led by the surge in construc-
tion vehicle segment, followed by earth-
moving segment.
References
- http://www.business-standard.com/article/
management/india-s-construction-market-to-
be-third-largest-in-the-world-by-2025-
116011000626_1.html
- http://growthpraxis.com/indian-construction-
equipment-market-in-depth-analysis-and-in-
sights-into-concrete-and-road-construction-
equipment-industries/
- http://www.constructionbusinesstoday.net/
trends/a-concrete-effort
- http://www.6wresearch.com/market-reports/
india-construction-equipment-market-ana-
lysis.html 
 QUESTIONNAIRE
Evolvement of Advanced
Concrete Solutions
A
pollo Inffratech Private Limited is
one of India's premier infrastruc-
ture backbone companies. The
firm’s ready mix concrete solutions
including ready mix concrete plant (RMC
Plant) are cost-effective, user-friendly
and easy to maintain. Now with growing
distribution & dealership network across
India, all Apollo products are backed by
strong after sales services.
In an interview with Masterbuilder,
Mitul Patel, MD, Apollo Inffratech shared
insight on the market scenario and inno-
vations that go in making the firm a force
to be reckoned with. Here are few ex-
cerpts from the discussion.
How is the current concrete equipment
market response in India and as a firm
what are your expectations from the com-
ing year ?
The overall slowdown in global mar-
ket had taken a toll on infrastructure
investments in India as well, especially in
the last few years. To counter this issue,
the government has set ambitious targets
as part of the ongoing Twelfth FYP
(FY12–FY17), proposing ` 56 lakh crores
of investment in infrastructure.
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
142
These targets are heavily weighted
toward the second half of the plan,with 52
percent of total investment expected in
the last two years of the plan period. More-
over, the Union Budget of the new govern-
ment has earmarked ` 2 lakh crores for
investment in infrastructure. The invest-
ments are allocated for a broad range of
infrastructure projects including roads,
airports, rural infrastructure, and urban Mr. Mitul A. Patel
infrastructure. The construction equipment Managing Director, Apollo Inffratech
market has improved tremendously in
the last 8-9 months due to the huge road For making concrete road continuously
and other infrastructure projects. We can huge amount of ready mix concrete is
look forward to more growth in 2017, with required. This is possible with the help of
a further pickup in 2018 and 2019. higher capacity batching plants.
In the coming year Apollo Inffratech In accordance with demand, the firm
has started manufacturing batching plant
aims at a tremendous growth in higher
up to 160cu.m/hr capacity range. Slip
end batching plant sales, pipe making
form and Fixed form paver are widely
machines and self loading mixers as well
used in concrete road and Irrigation pro-
as other products.
jects. Apollo manufactures fixed form pav-
Aligning with the recent government pol- ers from 3.75m to 7.5m width for catering
icy how is Apollo preparing to become a concrete roads and irrigation projects. We
total solution provider for concrete roads recently became an exclusive business
and irrigation projects? partner of HEM,USA which offers the com-
This year Government focus diverted plete range of Slip Form Concrete Paving
from traditional bitumen road to durable, Equipment. This partnership will enable
low maintenance concrete road projects. us to cater to the needs of the contractors

working on various projects including
national highways, state highways, air-
field runways, and canals.
How is the strategy of tie-up with multi-
national working out? Elaborate on the
strategy behind having myriad product
range and how it’s helping in branding?
In alignment with MAKE IN INDIA
strategy Apollo tie-up with multinationals
for bringing advanced technology in India.
The firm strictly follows all norms and pro-
cess of manufacturing for bringing world
class product in India. Customers are
highly satisfied with the performance of
the product. Due to vast product range
customer can get complete range of con-
crete products from single source of sup-
ply and it obviously contributes in brand-
ing.
Specify on the product offerings? Are
there more in line awaiting for introduc-
tion?
Our Wide Range of Products
- Concrete Batching Plants (20cu.m/hr
to 120cu.m/hr Capacity)
- Transit Mixers
- Fixed Form Concrete Paver (Available
width 3.75m to 7.5m)
- Slip Form Concrete Paver (Available
width 2.75m to 13.5m)
- Concrete Pipe Making Machines
- Self Loading Mixers (2.5 cu.m/batch
and 4 cu.m/batch capacity)
- Block Making Machine
- Cage Welding Machine
We are not planning to add any new
product in near future. Our main focus is
on penetrating the market for existing
products.
How does the firm enable smooth func-
tioning of telematic/remote monitoring
support to its customers and maintaining
a standardised quality?
We have developed our own ERP sys-
tem which maintains each and every
detail of customers and machines. We
have a detailed parts manual and product
manual for easy of usage. Customer are
able to order parts as per requirement
without any hassle through parts manual.
We are also providing customer care num-
ber to our customer for 24*7 supports.
Apollo is process oriented company
and strictly adhering to it. We purely focus
on quality of products. It will never com-
promise in quality. The equipments are
designed in such a manner that it will con-
sume less energy.
What are the steps that you as firm
adhering to, for knowledge sharing and
training for the Indian customers to
tackle jobsite challenges?
As the new government has proposed
the implemented of GST, impact of manu-
QUESTIONNAIRE
facturing sector will be seen giving a push
to the economy. The most important for
our industry is that GST will make a hassle
free transportation system. Supply of
goods from one part of the country to the
other will be hassle free.
GST will reduce the cost of procure-
ment/ Production of Goods. It will break
the cascade of tax at all stages and there
will be no retention/disallowance of stock
transfer of goods. It will make India an
even and seamless market, the current
area based exemptions and hike will
become irrelevant.
What are the products and services pro-
posed to be launched/displayed at
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
bauma ConExpo India 2016?
Apollo’s prime focus on participating
at bauma conexpo India 2016 is to
enhance brand awareness as well as
building a good relationship with custom-
ers. It is the one of the leading platforms
for tapping into this important growth mar-
ket. Market leaders, global players and
decision makers are present at this event.
To nullify this opportunity we are partici-
pating in bauma conexpo india every year.
We will be displaying higher capacity
concrete batching plant, Self loading tran-
sit mixers and Fixed form paver at bC
India. We will first time introducing HEM
slip form paver and QGM small block
143
making machine at the show. w
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE
BKT - An Indian Manufacture
with a Global Presence
B
alkrishna Industries Ltd. (BKT) is
an Indian based tire manufactur-
ing company. The group offers an
extensive and always updated production
range of Off-Highway tires specially de-
signed for vehicles in the agricultural, in-
dustrial, earthmoving, mining, all-terrain
vehicles (ATV) and gardening sectors.
BKT's innovative solutions are designed
with the customer's needs at the fore-
front. With more than 2,400 products sold
in over 130 countries worldwide, BKT has
become prolific in the art of customising
their products for the client's, industry's,
and job's requirements.
BKT was founded in 1987. Since its
inception, the group has developed into a
global player in the specialized Off-High-
way tire industry with a 6% market share
and a sales volume of 850 million US dol-
lars. The five state-of-the-art production
sites, all located in India at; Aurangabad,
Bhiwadi, Chopanki, Dombivali and
Bhujemploy more than 7,000 people and
are responsible for the manufacturing of
the group's products. Under the leader-
ship of Arvindkumar Poddar - Executive
Chairman and Managing Director, and
Rajiv Poddar - Joint Managing Director,
Executive Director the group has acquired
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
144
an experienced team that have been
instrumental in rising profits by 30 per-
cent over the past five years.
BKT's foray into the global tire indus-
try was strategic and well planned for. Their
diverse range of tires services both the Ori-
ginal Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs)
and the replacement market. However,
BKT's core lies in its extensive range of
tires for the Off-Highway industry. Over 2300
products service the needs of users and
vehicle manufacturers in this industry.
In the Earthmoving and Industrial tire
sector, BKT offers solutions for every type
of equipment employed in the construc-
tion, building and mining space. Solutions
for wheel loaders, diggers, wheeled doz-
ers, scrapers, backhoe loaders, trailers,
and loaders are available. In the Material
Handling and loading sector, BKT offers a
host of products for dumpers, forklifts,
stackers, cranes, scrappers, backhoes
and for equipment used in port container
handling.
All Steel Radial
Stepping up focus on R&D activities
and propelling innovation in India; BKT set-
up is latest factory in Bhuj, Gujarat. This
state-of-the-art, self-contained, and mod-
Arvind Poddar Rajiv Poddar
Chairman & Jt. Managing Director
Managing Director (BKT) BKT
ern industrial plant is spread over 300
acres and is capable of producing 120,000
tons per year at full capacity. The Bhuj
plant has an entire area dedicated for the
OTR segment's all steel radial tires.
BKT are all steel radial pioneers in
India in the OTR segment. The group star-
ted manufacturing all-steel radial tires in
2008. Coined Earthmax SR, BKT offers an
extraordinarily large family of tires that
are suitable for the most specific earth-
moving applications. These tires are spe-
cifically designed for heavy load haulage -
featuring outstanding resistance to cuts,
abrasions and punctures.
The latest addition to this series has
been the Earthmax SR 45 Plus. At 2.70 m
diameter, this new giant of a tire has been
specifically designed for rigid dumpers and
long-haul transport operations. Extraor-
dinary grip and resistance in adverse con-
ditions is one of the many features of this
behemoth. The all steel casting of the tire
attributes to its extraordinary strength
and stability. The special extra-deep tread
design minimizes vibrations and noises
on the road while also making mainte-
nance easy. The deep treads give the tire a
self-cleaning property that aims at effec-
tively ejecting rubble and stones.w
For further details:
Balkrishna Industries Ltd
BKT House,C/15, Trade World, Kamala Mills
Compund,, Senapati Bapat Marg,
Lower Parel, Mumbai, Maharashtra - 400013.
Phone: 022 6666 3800
Email:info@bkt-tires.com
Web: www.bkt-tires.com
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE
Infrastructural Alignment with
Quality Equipment
I
nfrastructure Development involves
fundamental structures that are
required for the functioning of a society
as a whole. One needs expertise for provid-
ing products and services on time. Herein
comes experienced and qualified profes-
sionals.
One such name is Everest Engineer-
ing Equipment Pvt Ltd. The key aim of the
firm is to provide quality products, on time
service support and spare parts to the fast
growing infrastructure projects in India.
They supply quality and economical equip-
ments like tower cranes, passenger hoists,
spare parts to existing machines, service
/ AMC support, up gradation of existing con-
ventional technologies with the latest tech-
nology which are economical in terms of
power consumptions, safety etc.
To facilitate the above support to
industry, the firm has sole sales and ser-
vice tie-up with the best brands like SYM,
Fine Hope for tower cranes, GJJ for pas-
senger hoists, material hoists .
In an exclusive interview with the
Masterbuilder the mastermind behind
EEE, Mr. P.V. Ramdev M.D. gave us an
insight rather a closer outlook on what
makes him select SYM and GJJ and about
their specialization. He acts as an indicator
and narrator The questionnaire is divided
among two sections pertaining to two dif-
ferent tie-ups of the Everest Engineering.
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
Mr. PV Ramdev, M.D, Everest Engineering (Left) & Mr. Wang Jianli, Director, SYM
146
at SYM stall in Bauma China
GJJ Director, Liu Yue Jin also con- trib-
uted us with his insights. Here are few
excerpts of the conversations.
SYM:
What makes SYM your first preference?
To answer this in one statement I
would say history. We as service pro-
viders were very confident on them. SYM
is a 65 yrs old company, they were in a joint
venture with French Potain for about 35 -
40 years, now they are independent brand.
They have ranges starting from 8 ton to 64
tons topkit and flattop cranes up to 80 tons.
They have an variant capacity.
They started supplying in Indiafrom
2004. About 120 to 125 units are working in
India right now including 50t and 32 ton.
They specialised in Cooling towers (NDCT)
tower crane. One of their most distinguish-
ing product is the rope guying type tower
crane for NDCT. These towers are working
with rope support at a height of 180 to
200mtrs.
SYM have supplied 25ton tower crane
to Lanco Infratech Nagpur, 3 units, it's a
huge capacity. It is being used for the
NDCT work of 185 mt height. Natural
draft cooling towers two are completed
the third one is about to complete. SYM
also delivered others to such as L & T,
Shapoorji, Lodha group. All are working
well from last 12 yrs in India. They are
famous and proven for their reliability, and
they ensure flexibility without major break-
down for 20 years.
What about the topless cane? Specify on
the safety control system used the prod-
ucts?
SYM have flat-top cranes also to be
specific 8t to 80 ton. Flat top cranes used
for Power Plant Boiler House, Natural Draft
cooling tower, can be produced according
to the requirement.
Safety measures vary according to the
proximity, They use the Siemens PLC from
Germany, as well as variable frequency
drives from Schneider, Siemens, Yaskawa
varying from country to country. The safety
device they use hi-tech safety systems,
load indicators as well as they can supply
the anti-collision devices. And moreover
they use electronic monitoring system as
well as the load indicating system , road
radius display system, everything is there
and the system is quite safe. Recently they
sold 25t to Chicago, USA. They supply to the
Middle East, Europe, South American
countries Iran-Iraq, Indonesia, almost all
over the world.
What about the remote operating system
and can you identify the failure in the crane?
Most of the countries are demand- ing
remote operating system. It is quite possi-
ble to provide them with this sys- tem.
Some European countries are asking for a
remote control system from the ground,
that can also be supplied. However, it is an
optional item.
A failure can be evaluated through digi-
tal radio control and it can also be done on
the ground for the monitoring system, that
is possible AND all optional. Their design
focuses on operator sitting on the top and
operating because of the visibility. He can
have a visibility for picking and dropping
especially for high-rise building.
What is the highest capacity sold?
In India, 50-ton cranes are their best
work so far. The height they have sold up to
280 mt height. They have a capacity of
delivering 80-ton cranes.

Mr.Liu Yue Jin, Director, GJJ (Left) &
Mr. PV Ramdev, MD, Everest Engineering (Right)
What is the USP that makes you distribute
SYM?
SYM have taken the basic technology
from French Potain in 1984 during their JV
which is advanced, they have developed a
R&D section with engineers who develops
the structural strength with improved
material. This is one of the USP.
However, their biggest advantage lies
with the free standing height. Every tower
crane after certain height you have to
anchor with the building and every tower
crane have a free standing height of 40-50 -
60 mts, but SYM has cranes with free-
standing capabilities of 80 mts to 100 mts.
With specialized material and design. Cer-
tain models which only few can offer, they
have developed. They are specializing and
exporting compared to the previous time
where vice-versa used to happen.
GJJ stall on display in Bauma China
GJJ:
HowhasthemarketresponsebeenforGJJ?
GJJ started their journey in India in 2007.
It's been almost 10 years and they have got
hold of the Indian market very well. They
have provided good products and via our
impeccable ser- vice, we have done a good
job in the Indian market so far. It can be
stated as a very good relationship so far.
What is the highest crane sold in India and
what is unique about these products?
GJJ specialize in the passenger hoist
and have sold more around 150 units in
India, including L&T, Lanco, Lodha,
HEBEN, Paharpur, to name a few. many
more corporate houses. This year we are
planning to come out with 30 to 40 unit
sales. Only GJJ can offer high-speed hoist
from China which has the speed of 120
meter per minute. that means to step out
to 2 meter per second. that is per- haps the
highest speed in the world.
Elaborate on the safety angle in the pas-
senger hoist?
Safety systems such as high speed cut
off, full cutoff, upper and lower cut-off, safety
device with an electronic sensor, Over load
device, Rack sensing, siemens floor selec-
tion system, are available with the prod-
ucts. This year they have introduced a new
technology of passenger hoist, which can
COMMUNICATION FEATURE
shift from one lift room to another lift
room horizontally & automatically. This
new technology was also introduced in the
Bauma China Exhibition. It is a horizontal
transfer of passenger hoist from one lift
room to another. They are doing excellent
sales, good technology is developed.
ApartfromINDIAwhichcountiestheyserve?
They are available in countries like UK,
Singapore, Ethiopia, Qatar, Germany, France,
with different brand names according to
country design standard. For example, they
use the brand name of Hercules in the
USA, Avro in Canada, Orbit in Middle east to
name a few, they are present almost
everywhere in the world.
What is the USP of GJJ Passenger Hoist
compared to others and How are the oper-
ators trained?
The life of the passenger hoist is 15 to
20 yrs without any major breakdown, as it is
reputed in the world market, because of
lesser vibration, high durability and
smooth functioning. That is the USP.
During the installation GJJ train the
engineers and technicians.. Trained oper-
ators are also picked from market & trained
again on GJJ products.
The technology is also a big plus for
GJJ, which makes them stand out. More-
over, there is no problem with spare parts.
Most of the parts of the products are avail-
able in India, if any crisis comes we have al-
ready kept all spare in New Bombay it will
hardly take 24 hrs to reach any part of India.
What is the highest passenger hoist work?
Highest passenger hoist currently
working in Tianjin, China. It is 650 mt high,
skyscraper some of the custom- ers from
India visited it, for reference.
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
Features of GJJ Tower Crane and elabo-
rate on some their projects on the pipeline?
They have taken the biggest order in
the Tower crane history of India of 74 units
from one of the companies. That is every
one of them has the 6-ton capacity. The
firm is capable of delivering up to 32 tons
delivery. They have supplied around 200
units in India in last few years with ease.
Are they facing any crisis situation in India?
In China domestic market has come
down many have closed down, but they are
still working but have reduced some work-
ers and products but they are still the big-
gest exporter. the problem is quite normal
147
and nothing.w
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE
The Automatic Four Station Press
P
arijatha Machinery- one of the Pio-
neers and Leading Block and Paver
Making Machine manufacturers
has introduced the most modernized,
sophisticated and Automatic Four Station
Paving Block/ Slab Press APM-416 ED.
It incorporates the most advanced tech-
nologies and latest systems for achieving
higher production, ease of maintenance
and longevity.
Parijatha Machinery has been credited
for introducing many new and innovative
products such as Block Master-I™, Wet
Press Technology, Automatic and Semiau-
tomaticConcreteBlockMakingMachine, Ter-
razzo Tile Making Machines etc.
The company's best in class equipment,
machines and services have been turning
the gears of progress since 1990.
Parijatha machinery over the years has
successfully developed and reinvented to
cater specifically to the needs of their cus-
tomers, to suit their specific needs and
demanding conditions required for this
industry.
The hall mark of Parijatha machines is
that they are designed for simplicity, ease of
operation and maintenance and most
importantly very low working and owner-
ship costs
The PARIJATHA automatic four station
press 416 ED is designed to produce prod-
ucts like heavy duty tiles/slabs, paving
blocks and other related products.
The advantage of the four station press
is that it has a separate station for the dos-
ing the main backing layer apart from indi-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
148
Four Station Paving Block/ Slab Press APM-416 ED
vidual stations for the face mix, pressing
and ejection. The main frame structure is
robust in design with integrated heavy duty
cylinder capable of handling very high
pressing force required to produce quality
products which can meet the most
demanding conditions.
The Parijatha four station press has four
stations, one for pressing, ejection, face mix
and for main back layer dosing.
The heavy duty hydraulic power pack is
specially designed to handle the high pres-
sureandthetoughworkingconditions.
The integrated cylinder which ensures
lifelong service and very low Maintainance
has polyurethane seals to ensure longer
life
The back layer dozer has a variable
speed option and vibrations systems for
both hopper and the dosing bucket. The
vibration systems come with variable speed
option for the filling station making it able to
adjust according to the raw material and
other requirements to ensure best com-
paction before it enters the pressing sta-
tion.
The ejection systems are fully operated
hydraulically to ensure smooth and seam-
less ejection of even thicker products with-
out damaging the edges or corners
Also, various types of handling and auto-
mation options van be offered with the
machines depending upon customers' spe-
cific requirement.
Salient Features:
- Separate Station for dosing the main
Backing Layer apart from individual sta-
tions for the face mix, pressing and ejec-
tion.
Jayaram Ramesh
Managing Director, Parijatha Machinery
- Vibration system for both hopper and
dosing bucket.
- Variable speed setting option for back
layer dozer and vibration systems
enabling the controlled raw material
feed.
- HydraulicallyoperatedEjectionsystems.
- Heavy Duty power pack for handling high
pressuresandtoughworkingconditions.
Technical Specifications:
Max.WorkingArea :600x600MM
Production Capacity
per 8 Hour Shift : 1200
Power Required : 22HP
Parijatha's Product Range:
- Semi-Automatic (PBM-06 & PBM
PLUS) & Fully Automatic Block Making
Machine- Block Master-I™.
- Wet Press Technology-Linear Wet
Press for manufacture of heavy duty
Kerbs, slabs, drain covers and other
related products.
- Rotary Press-Two Station Automatic
Press APM 216 HD and Three Station
Press APM 316 ED.
- Planetary Mixers of different capacities
with matching capacities of batching
plants.
- Vibratory Tables and complete Wet
Cast Plants.
- Feed Hoppers & Pallet Handling
Systems.w
For further details:
Sri Parijatha Machinery Works Pvt. Ltd.
1-D, II Phase, Peenya Industrial Area,
Bangalore - 560 058. Ph: +91-80-28394221,
28912875, Fax: +91-80-28392894,
Email: sales@parijatha.com
Website: www.parijatha.com
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE
Fly-ash Concrete and Block
Making Machines
Nitesh Modi
Director, Q Green Techcon Pvt. Ltd.
Q
Green Tehcon is one of the lead-
ers of the quality range of brick
and block making machines. A
stringent commitment to quality and strong
customer focus made the company a pre-
ferred choice among consumers. When it
comes to fly ash bricks and block making
machines they are one of the preferred
firms. Additionally solid and hollow con-
crete machines and designer pavers are
also provided them. They are also provid-
ing complete Turnkey Projects for Fly Ash
Bricks (Semi automatic & fully Automatic),
Concrete Hollow/Solid Blocks, Concrete
Paving Blocks /Interlocking Pavers, Kerb
Stone, AAC Blocks, Designer Tiles etc.
They are also associated with M/s.
Beijing REIT Technology Development
Co. Ltd., China as the technical collabora-
tor in India. REIT is one of the leading and
150 The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
RT15
largest manufacturers of Concrete Block
Making Plants in Asia providing vibration
based technology
The product launch
Together with REIT, they are into a joint
venture in India for the manufacturing of
machines in India. These machines man-
ufacturing are made upon the principle of
reduction of price as well for the easy
accessibility of the after sales services
strength. A lack of accessibility is a common
problem that a client faces whenever he is
importing a machine from an outside
country, such as China.
By the end of the year the company
will be manufacturing RT 4 machines
starting with the 4 block machine and
then they have a plan for 2017 to manufac-
ture RT6 which is a 6 block machine fur-
ther moving ahead they plan for a bigger
fully automated plant. This is their basic
plan for 4 and 6 block machines. In
upcoming exhibitions, they are coming up
with a new model known as RT 15 which
will be introduced in India but surprisingly
it already has a booking order. The major
focus for the firm will be RT 4, RT 6, and RT
15 machine. The product segregates will
be exported to other countries like Nepal
also.
They along with REIT are also dealing
with the manufacturing of concrete block
and brick laying machine. The company
willuseitforfly-ashblockmakingmachine.
Q Green Techcon pride in satisfying
all their customer need for the Fly Ash
Bricks. They are one of the leading manu-
facturers and after sales service provider of
machines to manufacture Fly Ash Bricks.
They are taking steps towards the waste
utilization as well as social liabilities
towards the society and our surroundings
and make the earth green.w
For further details:
Q Green Techcon Pvt Ltd
3232, GIDC Chhatral, Tal-Kalol Dist –
Gandhinagar, Gujarat - 382 729.
Mob: 09766102324, 09732035946
Email : qgreen.net@gmail.com
Web: www.qgreentech.com
 QUESTIONNAIRE

Innovation of Concreting Solutions

U
niversal has become more than
just being one of the lndia’s larg-
est engineering companies. it
has been a pioneer of new technology, a
prime mover at every stage, introducing
products and technologies that helped
take the construction industry a giant leap
forward. The state-of-the-art facilities of
Universal have rolled out over a million
construction and material handling
equipment for its high profile, quality-
conscious clients all over the world.
World-class manufacturing practices
coupled with a constant focus on
research and development.
In an exclusive interview with the
Mastebuilder, Ranjit More, the Managing
Director, of the company shared an
insight on the market potential and inno-
vations that go behind the company.
Kindly share your journey experience for
the past decade of the Indian market?
The journey has been quite upheaval
and constant. Universal has traveled from You have got several builders association We have ranges varying from 100 to 200-
a small field to a medium field to a large awards on lifting and mechanization solu- liter mixers. We focus on technology,
scale and finally to heavy industries. And tions and recognition what are the mar- even on the smallest machine that we pro-
here we are doing Mega Projects now.The ket potential of that market? duce are technology sounded and crafted
journey began from small scale industry even European manufacturers are lag-
We that is Universal Construct Equip-
in 1995 it then developed to medium scale ging behind. The technology that imple-
ment Pvt. Ltd. is focused on concrete
industry by 2001 and large scale industry ment are weighed upon so that quality con-
equipment. We have got a range of con-
in 2005. The government of India recog- crete can be produced. So that is why we
crete equipment, starting from small por-
nized us as semi industrialist by 2007 and are stressing highly on the technology
table machines of different cubic meters
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

then in 2009 we began Mega Project. part. Our batching plants are highly sus-
depending on the demand of the client.
tainable and simplified, the products and
machines are easy to use. There are even
specialized product system which only
requires water and electricity to get
started. We are focusing on rendering
those technologies which would be easy
to use on the construction sites.
We have a market share if you look at
wind sector we have close to 80 percent
market share in the sector. Our focus is on
developing and coming up with new robust
technologies for the market and finally we
aim to available at the updated style. In
regards to manufacturing, we are one of
the few companies in the construction in-
dustry that implement robotics fabrication.
152

We focus on quality and the procedure.

 QUESTIONNAIRE
Kindly enumerate on the products?
We are into construction machinery.
We offer mixing solutions and we have
got power cranes to Suspended Platform,
Work Platform, to variant types of Hoist,
Material Lift. We offer a complete solu-
tion for vertical material handling and
climbing units.
When it comes to sales and services are
you guys adopting the hybrid model with
the dealers? Kindly enlighten.
Yes, we are adopting the Hybrid
model with the dealers. To be exact we are
the first company in India that started this
hybrid model way back in 1996. This
model is not adopted by many companies
but those have adopted this one have been
quite successful in their venture. India is a
big country one cannot go every distant
place. But because of the universality of
the hybrid model, it is now possible to con-
nect to every dot in India.
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
154
Kindly explain on the availability of
repairing and spare parts for the dealer’s
accessibility and downtime? Is there any
technology innovation adopted by you in
this regard?
I will put this two categories. First is
the day to day use machines in regards to
spare parts, we have a quality dealers. We
have trained dealers in regards to inputs
of spare parts and all are components are
standardized. Moreover, in case any con-
fusion anybody could check our websites
regarding any complication.
Secondly, the smart machines which
are the higher capacity machines there
the system are implemented wherein the
system gives out a signal to the user about
approximation problem in the machine.
This is in a digital format. This helps in pre-
ventive measurements. Therefore it is apt
to say we have put in a smart system into
the products which give a better control.
We have incorporated smart corax sys-
tem. Our system development has been
such that through a centralized location
one can have control of several machines
together throughout the technology in the
country, we are working towards its appli-
cation and innovation.
Are you continuing your tie-up with prod-
ucts outside India?
We are continuing with Zoomlion
products but that in a small scale and
proximity factor, is impacting it to a bit.
India used to be a lucrative market but
overtime the companies outside India
have realized that it is not an easy market
to penetrate. Moreover, pricing and com-
mission factors are also impacting it. Addi-
tionally, quality and downfall time are fur-
ther aggregating the matter.
Your company is also dealing with com-
pacting solutions like flow contractor, bar
bending etc. what is the potential of this
market?
Bar Bending and the Portable market
is showing are showing fast growth. The
reason why we went to have the complete
solution compactor is that there is a
demand for these products on site. We
have a range of product like benders, com-
pactors, and related product line. The
potential is very good as in India there is a
shortage of labor so everybody is adopting
mechanization more. So, the market
potential is huge.
What is your market share in the sphere
of the concreting solution?
I would like to add that Portable
machines are in demand and is highly pop-
ular throughout the country. We are defi-
nitely the market leader in the sphere with
having 60 percent of the market share. In
the case of batching plants if we catego-
rize, such as mobile batching plant we
are having a market share of almost 60
percent but if we talk about general
batching plants we have around 20 per-
cent market share.
Any plan of launching a product in the
future?
We are having a lined up product in
batching plants - a computerized smart
batching plant and also incorporating pol-
lution control system in that. That is plant
will be launched in 2017 in January.
How has the market response been in
2016 pertaining to several innovation and
announcements by Government, will the
flow get hampered or it will continue
smooth running?
2016, June, the market started mov-
ing up. Basically, the road sector started
loosing up and market stated growth. The
market has almost increased by 30 per-
cent. Further initiation by the government
such as the project of 14 km road in
Bangalore will only help to enhance this
situation. Moreover, the government has
already announced on the vision of high-
ways made of concrete and projects like
Bharat mala and Sagarmala project
these are only helping it further. GST initi-
ation was good and the application will fur-
ther decide the near future.w
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE
On a sustained robust growth path
M
tandt group was founded in 1974
by Sri Rajkumar Modi and cur-
rently led by Mr. Rakesh Modi
with a vision to provide sustainable growth
to all the stakeholders associated with the
group. The group is managed by Industry
veterans and professionals, with all India
presence, it has maintained itself as the
largest Aerial Work Platform rental com-
pany of India. Key Activity of the group is to
provide safe and economic solutions to the
industrial, infrastructure and government
segments. The group is proactive in enter-
ing into partnerships with international
market leaders across the world, thus
drawing technological expertise and
higher returns for its stakeholders.
The Group endured its qualitative
growth path in the current year 2016,
despite of weakness & volatility in exchange
rates, markets and an uncertain global
economy. The company has come up with
strong results and expects to close this
financial year with an annual increase in
turnover by 60% over the last financial year
2015-16. In first two-quarters of the cur-
rent year, the Group has poised the increase
in revenue by 35% as compared to previ-
ous year. Looking current Order status;
Group is quite confident of achieving the
targeted revenue growth of 60%.
Present plan and the prospective:
“Mtandt Group have plans to invest
INR 7bn (100mi USD) over a period of two
years in various verticals including
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
enhancement of rental inventory, its ser-
vicing and refurbishing facility” announced
Mr. Modi. This year Mtandt Group have tied
up with various OEM’s to promote their
Rakesh Modi, Pradeep Agarwal,
Managing Director, Associate Director,
156
Mtandt Group Mtandt Group
innovative products in India and neighbor-
ing markets like Srilanka, Nepal, Bhutan
and Bangladesh.
Collaboration and distribution:
- XCMG: Mtandt will be distributing
XCMG's Hydraulic Fire Trucks upto
102 meters reach height. Construction
Machineries like Piling Rigs, Motor
Graders, Wheeled Loaders and All
Terrain Cranes are also sold and ser-
viced by Mtandt.
- Ruthmann: Mtandt joins hand with the
world renowned aerial work platform
manufacturer RUTHMANN for their
truck mounted aerial work platform
business. Through this partnership,
Mtandt will have exclusive sales and
service rights for entire product
range of RUTHMANNSTEIGER® in
the territory of India.
- Aardwolf Monzon: Mtandt Group, for
last four decades, specialise in devel-
oping, manufacturing and supply of
Innovative Scaffolding solutions
under iconic brand Aardwolf Quickfit,
brings first time in India “No Limit –
The Unlimited Scaffolding Solutions”.
Its unique ability to get fit into infinite
combinations makes it most effec-
tive, convenient and time saving to
install than conventional solutions.
- Porta Deck - Engineered and manu-
factured by Mtandt Group, Portadeck
is the trusted choice for many indus-
tries – construction, drilling, mining,
shoring, utility/transmission, site
remediation and heavy-haul. The
same features prized by these indus-
tries make Portadeck mats ideal for
military applications and they can be
used to create access roadways, heli-
copter landing pads, maintenance
areas, motor pools, warehouse or
hangar floors, encampments, and
even mobile medical facilities.
Portadeck is the strongest modular
matting system Mtandt Group manu-
factures. Its unique composition of
HDPE, UV protection, anti-static and
other additives makes it non-
absorbent, prevents degradation, and
eliminates warping and breaking due
to climate.
- Mtandt have introduced innovative
construction machineries like Rack &
Pinion Passenger & Material Hoists from
hand-picked manufacturers around
the world into the Indian market.
The strive towards growth:
Mtandt Group plans to invest US $100
million into manufacturing and rental
equipment inventory over the next two
year. The Mtandt Group, pioneer in bring-
ing Aerial Work Platforms and Portable
Roads in India announced investment of
US $ 100m into setting up manufacturing
facility and enhancing rental equipment
inventory.
Mtandt is proactive in entering into
partnerships with international market
leaders across the world, thus drawing
technological expertise and higher
returns for its stakeholders.w
For further details:
Mtant Group
Contact: Shailendra Tiwari
Mob: 7718897739
Email: shailendra@mtandt.com
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE
In conversation with R C Mangal,
Sr. VP, Sales & Marketing – Mahindra
Truck and Bus Division
T
he construction equipment segment
has seen strong demand especially
in the first half of this calendar year.
This an indication of positivity in the busi-
ness sentiment which could lead to a revival
of economic activity. The sustained focus
on roads and highway development have
provided the necessary impetus to trigger
growth in the material hauling segment of
the country. Positive sentiment in the mar-
ket coupled with the expansion of mines
has also contributed to this growth.
With the onus now on OEMs to tap this
market, the Masterbuilder sat down with
R C Mangal, Sr. Vice President – Sales &
Marketing to explore Mahindra Truck & Bus
Division’s (MTBD) year that was, their sup-
port systems for customers, and their
advances in the recent past. The excerpts
of the interview follow.
What are customers buying when they
invest in a Mahindra Truck?
Mahindra is a group that always goes in
for cost effective, and outperforming prod-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
R C Mangal, Sr. VP, Sales & Marketing –
158
Mahindra Truck and Bus Division
ucts. This same philosophy extends to our
truck and tipper range. Our truck range is
in the mid to premium segment, which
would take care of the problems being faced
by Indian customers who use the con-
temporary range of products in India. Our
trucks are available to the Indian custom-
ers at a marginally higher price of `1 to `2
lakh. By paying a little higher, customers
can buy a Mahindra truck, which will per-
form uninterruptedly for the next four to
five years.This is the basic design philoso-
phy of MTBD.
What after sales services does Mahindra
offer its customers
Mahindra provides 100 percent on-
site support to Customer with 10 or more
tippers. Currently, we maintain around 110
large sites across the country. This unique
service is also available to customers with
less than 10 machines if they have the
potential too, and are likely to purchase
more in the near future. For customers with
less than 5 tippers, we provide our work-
shop support which is spread across 80
Authorised 3S Dealers and 120 authorised
service stations across the country. Addi-
tionally, for the benefit and convenience of
our customers, we create service clusters
like in the case of Asansol, West Bengal &
Shivadi, Maharastra. These clusters are
typically situated at large sites and cater
to the needs of clients within a 2 km to 3 km
radius.
What makes MTBD’s on-site support
unique for tipper range?
MTBD’s on-site support ensures that
their machines on average have an avail-
ability of 99.2 percent for the first four years.
The industry average for a new truck’s
availability is around 90% - 95% and as
these trucks age; their availability drops to
about 60% to 65%. Our on-site support,
for customers with 10 or more tippers is
free for the first year. Customers can opt
to avail these services after the 1st year on
a reimbursement basis. We are constantly
working to design our customer servicing
solutions to provide our customers with
the best possible total cost of operation and
profitability.
What advances has Mahindra made in
the telematics space?
Earlier this year, Mahindra launched
a new digital technology platform, ‘DiGi
Sense 1.0,’ that is scalable across all its
vehicle segments. ‘DiGi Sense’ was con-
ceived to give operators and owners, maxi-
mum security and insight into the perfor-
mance of their vehicles. With ‘DiGi Sense,’
owners can create virtual geofences. If the
truck or construction equipment moves
beyond this, owners are intimated via a
notification on their phone, tablet or com-
puter. Apart from this, ‘DiGi Sense,’ comes
packed with a host of other features which
help in security and upkeep of the machine
for maximum availability.
How does ‘DiGi Sense’ help customers
maintain maximum availability?
‘DiGi Sense’ provides regular mainte-
nance information to the owner(s). Be it
for an air filter change, general health of the
machine or the next due service, ‘DiGi Sense’
is constantly updating owner(s) on the
health of the machine. Besides this, a ser-
vice engineer, located at the headquarters
monitors the performance of trucks across
the country. We have a manual system
where service engineers at the site, pres-
ent a report to the owner on a monthly basis.
This helps the owner keep track of the
vehicle in an organised manner while also
helping us maintain our promise of indus-
try best availability.
Can ‘DiGi SENSE’ be retrofitted into exist-
ing vehicles?
DiGi SENSE is only available on new
orders. This software integrates into the
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE

entire system. DiGi SENSE provides real-
time tracking optimising route and costs.
The service also runs vehicle diagnostics,
which provides owner(s) enough time in
case of a breakdown. Such a system needs
multiple other features to be upgraded and
hence, retrofitting older machines with
‘DiGi SENSE’ is not a viable option.
What advancements has Mahindra made
for emission control?
As of April 2017, the entire country will
be BSIV compliant. At Mahindra, all our
trucks are already BSIV compliant. Apart
from this, the government has given us
manufacturers a stiff target to become
BSVI compliant in the next three years. In
doing so, we will be contemporary to the
global norm and even possibly overtake
many international countries.
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
What makes the ‘m-POWER’ engine a
trendsetter in the HCV truck segment?
Mahindra’s m-POWER is a unique
engine in the industry. It is the largest engine
in its class at 7.2 litres whereas the indus-
try standard for the engine is 5.5 litres. Its
output of 202 HP and 920 Nm of torque gives
it the best-in-class performance. Apart
from this, this in-line, 6 cylinder engine is
crafted to give its owner(s) least downtime
if maintenance is required. For instance, if
a particular cylinder has a problem, that
cylinder alone can be removed and replaced,
reducing downtime, overall cost and
increasing profitability. Furthermore, our
engine has several unique safety measures
to help prevent lasting damage to the
machine caused either due to challenging
working conditions or operator negligence.
Road projects require a wide range of
inputs. Every application needs a different
set of power & aggregates. Sensing this
need, We have launched the BLAZO series
which offer FUELSMART, a unique system
where customers have the option of
choosing the power of vehicles based on
load & terrain thus optimising the operat-
ing costs.
How has the tipper industry and Mahindra
performed in 2016?
The entire earthmoving and con-
struction equipment industry saw a down-
ward spiral for about 4 to 4 and half years.
However, over the past two years, the tip-
per industry has been slowly recovering
and growing. Currently, the tipper indus-
try along with the entire earthmoving and
construction equipment industry is grow-
ing at around 45 percent. However,
Mahindra, as compared to the last finan-
cial year has been growing at a faster pace
of around 60 percent. w

IIT-Kharagpur develops a new tool to prevent train from collision

Train journeys could soon be safer as scientists of IIT Kharagpur have successfully tested a new tool for electronic railway
interlocking system, which prevents trains from colliding into each other. The tool suite is developed by the Computer Science
and Engineering Department of the institute in collaboration with Research, Designs and Standards Organisation (RDSO) and
Service Improvement Group (SIG) of the Indian Railways. Since errors in the application logic of interlocking systems may have
catastrophic consequences, this development has potential to minimize the chance of such errors. Researchers have
leveraged analytical tools used for verification of VLSI (very large scale integration) circuits to develop formal verification logic
for railway interlocking systems. Railway interlocking is a critical signalling system that prevents trains from conflicting
movements by only allowing one train to take a particular route which has been locked for it. The tool has already been
successfully tested in several railway yards. The Indian Institute of Technology researchers said this project has the potential
to be further extended to study and develop optimum traffic operation plans, alternative plans for emergencies. The next step
would be to further develop the products and technologies with an industrial partner for production.
160
 PILE RAFT FOUNDATION
Dynamic Analysis of Pile-Raft Foundation for
Site-Specific Earthquake
Buvaneswari C.1, Kamatchi, P.2
M. E. Project student, 2Principal Scientist , CSIR-Structural Engineering
1
Research Centre CSIR Campus, Taramani, Chennai
I
n this paper, a methodology for carrying out dynamic analysis
of pile-raft foundation for site-specific earthquake has been
demonstrated with an example of pile-raft foundation of the
Customs office tower at Kandla port. Pile-raft foundation at
Kandla port had tilted due to lateral spreading under liquefac-
tion during January 26, 2001, Bhuj earthquake. Limited studies
on this pile-raft are reported in the literature, however, no study
for site-specific earthquake with numerical simulation of soil is
reported in the literature. In the present study rock level ground
motions for the site-specific scenario earthquake of Mw 7.6 with
seismological parameters of Bhuj earthquake 2001 are generat-
ed using extended finite source stochastic models. Surface level
ground motions are obtained through one-dimensional equiva-
lent linear wave propagation analysis. Two-dimensional numeri-
cal modelling of pile-raft foundation and the sub-soil interactions
are using a finite element program PLAXIS 2D and the dynamic
analyses are carried out for rock level and surface level ground
motions. Settlement of pile-raft and response of soil at different
depths in terms of the settlement, lateral displacement, excess
pore pressure and acceleration are studied for rock and surface
level ground motion. To account for the gentle ground slope re-
ported to be existing on site, dynamic analyses are carried out
for horizontal ground slopes of one degree and five degrees in
addition to the flat ground case and lateral spreading and set-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
tlement of soil observed from the analysis is compared with field
observations reported during Bhuj earthquake.
Introduction
As it is reported in the literature, Bhuj 2001 earthquake has
resulted in huge loss of lives and damage of infrastructure, in-
cluding buildings, dams and bridges in different districts of Gu-
jarat [1,2]. It is reported in the literature [3] that severe ground
deformations in the form of lateral spreading, up to a meter up-
lift, and a meter wide and several meters deep ground cracks
have occurred in between the Wagad fault and Kutch Mainland
fault during Bhuj earthquake. During Bhuj 2001 earthquake,
twenty-two metre tall custom office tower building at Kandla
port had tilted due to lateral spreading caused by liquefaction
[4,5]. It is stated that[4], 12 m sand layer below the 10 m clayey
layer got liquefied and had tilted the entire building. From field
observations during Bhuj earthquake, settlement of the pile tip
of about 45cm for pile-raft of Kandla port and lateral spreading
162
of ground for about 80-100 cm are reported[4]. Studies on Pile-
raft of Kandla port with equivalent static loads[6] for serviceability
and seismic conditions are reported in the literature by model-
ling the soil-structure interaction effects of elastic springs[5]. In
the present study dynamic analyses of typical section of pile-raft
foundation of customs office tower at Kandla port assumed to be
situated on the flat ground and ground with horizontal slope of
one degree and five degree are carried out using computer pro-
gram Plaxis 2D for site-specific scenario earthquake.Due to the
non-availability of information on bedrock depth at Kandla port
site,in the present study site-specific ground motion of Mw 7.6
is generated for hard rock site class with seismological param-
eters[7] of Bhuj 2001 earthquake using extended finite source
stochastic models for the latitude and longitude of Kandla port.
Surface level ground motions are obtained through one-dimen-
sional equivalent linear wave propagation analysis through the 40
m soil overburden.
The 22m high six-floor custom office tower building at Kand-
la is located on the pile-raft foundation of size with 11.45mx-
11.9mx0.5m supported by 32 piles of 0.4m diameter. Each pile is
of length 18m and embedded into 40m depth of soil. Subsoil con-
sists of the soft clayey soil of 10m depth, sandy soil of 12m depth,
brown hard clayey soil of 10m depth and clayey sand of 8m depth.
Two-dimensional numerical modeling of a typical section of pile-
raft with the soil mesh of 151.45 m in the horizontal direction and
40 m in the vertical direction is done and time history dynamic
analysis are carried out with rock and surface ground motions.
In order to account for the gentle ground slope reported to be ex-
isting on site, three slopes of ground viz., 0 degree, 1 degree and
5 degrees are considered for the analysis which are designated
as case 1, case 2 and case 3 hereafter. Through the time history
dynamic analysis, settlement of pile-raft and response of soil at
different depths in terms of the settlement, lateral displacement,
excess pore pressure, and acceleration are obtained for rock and
surface level ground motion and the comparisons are made with
the field observed values reported in literature for all the three
cases.
Methodology
Methodology for carrying out dynamic analysis of pile-raft
foundation involves the steps of generation of site-specific ground
motion, numerical modelling of soil and numerical modelling of
the pile raft as detailed below:

Generation of site-specific ground motion
Due to the scarcity of recorded ground motions, generation
of site-specific artificial strong motions using stochastic models
by identifying major fault zones and propagating seismic waves
generated at these potential sources to the sites of interest are
well accepted in the literature [8-10]. In this process, path effects
and anelastic attenuation effects predicted by the empirical and
theoretical models [10] are used. For source representation,
point source models [11] or finite source models [12] are widely
used. In this paper, artificial ground motions are generated for
Mw 7.6 earthquake with parameters [7]of Bhuj earthquake us-
ing extended finite source stochastic model (EXSIM) proposed by
Motazodian and Atkinson [13]. Peak ground acceleration (PGA)
of ground motion simulated in the present study for rock level is
0.49g which is in close agreement with Amax value reported for
the main shock of Mw 7.6 for stress drop of 200 bars by Singh et
al. [7]. One dimensional equivalent linear ground response analy-
sis has been carried out for the Kandla port site with the available
information on soil overburden for a depth of 40 m(Fig.1) using
computer program SHAKE2000[14]. The PGA of surface level
ground motion obtained for the present study is 0.187g. How-
ever, the surface level peak ground motion reported in literature
for Kandla port by Dash et al., [5] is 0.33g. This deviation may be
due to the non-availability of information about soil layers below
40 m, hence, surface level ground motion obtained through wave
propagation in the present study is scaled to PGA of 0.33g and
adopted for dynamic analysis of pile-raft foundation.
Fig. 1 Typical soil profile adopted for Kandla port
Numerical modelling of soil for pile-raft analysis
The plain strain model of pile-raft foundation has been cre-
ated by soil mesh of 151.45mx40mand the water table is located
at 1.5m from the ground level as per the bore log details avail-
able in the literature [4]. The boundaries of the model are taken
sufficiently far away to avoid the direct influence of the boundary
conditions. The earthquake vibrations are induced by imposing
a prescribed displacement at the bottom boundary. The vertical
component of the prescribed displacement is kept zero. At the far
vertical boundaries, absorbent boundary conditions are applied
PILE RAFT FOUNDATION
to absorb the increments of stresses on the boundaries caused
by dynamic loading. Horizontal fixities (ux=0) are applied at the
vertical boundary and both horizontal and vertical fixities are ap-
plied at the bottom boundary (ux=0, uy=0).For cases 2 and 3 the
entire soil profile and pile-raft system are modelled with inclina-
tions of one degree and five degrees respectively with horizontal
and the ground motion is applied at the bottom of the model.
The clay layers are modelled with Mohr Coulomb (MC) con-
stitutive relation and sand layers are modelled with hardening
soil (HS) constitutive relation [15]. Yield surface of hardening soil
model and Mohr coulomb model are given in Fig. 2.
Fig. 2 Soil constitutive relation and yield surfaceadopted (a) Mohr-Cou-
lomb model (b) Hardening soil model
Numerical modelling of pile-raft
The front view of six-floor customs office tower building is
shown in Fig. 3a. Dimensions of raft slab, columns and pile are
given in Fig. 3b. The typical section of pile-raft foundation which
supports 12 columns of the building has a cut out for 7.7mx4.7m
as shown in Fig.3c. As it is reported by Dash et al., [5] left and
middle columns are of size 0.25mx0.25 and right columns are of
size 0.45mx0.45m the entire pile raft system consists of 32 nos.
of piles and each pile is 18m long with the diameter of 0.4m. In
an earlier study, three-dimensional modelling of pile-raft with
all the 32 piles has been carried out by authors for static loads
and the axial force, bending moment and settlement variations of
pile-raft and individual piles were studied [6]. In the present study,
dynamic analysis has been carried out for a typical section of the
pile-raft of dimension 11.45mx0.5mraft with three equivalent
piles representing the rigidity of pile groups in the front row as
shown in Fig. 3c using Plaxis 2D Plain strain model. During anal-
ysis, axial loads from superstructure are assumed to be acting on
top of each pile group (equivalent pile) as shown in Fig. 3c in addi-
tion to earthquake load which is applied at 40 m level. Settlement The Masterbuilder | Decemebr 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
response of the pile-raft has been observed for rock and surface
level ground motions and the comparisons are made with values
reported in the literature.
Response of Pile-Raft Foundation
Settlements of the pile-raft at different points along the
length of the raft, are observed from dynamic analyses for rock
and surface ground motions. The settlements and lateral dis-
placements at the left edge and right edge of the raft and the pile
tip for rock and surface level ground motions are given in Table 1.
From the results it is seen that right edge settlements are more
for all the cases compared to left edge settlements. The percent-
age differences in settlements between right edge and left edge
are greater for surface ground motion than that of rock ground
motion. The percentage differences between right edge and left
edge for case 1 and case 2 are similar even though the absolute
settlements are more in case 2 than that of case 1. The right
edge settlement for case 3 is in the order of 98% and 190% more
163
 PILE RAFT FOUNDATION

than that of left edge settlement for rock and surface ground Lateral
motions respectively. Tilting of pile raft by 1.5 degrees and 2.92 displace-
degrees is observed for RGM and SGM respectively in case 3. Settlement (mm)
ment
(mm)
Response of Soil Raft Pile tip raft
As mentioned in the sections above, dynamic response of soil Mid-
Left Right Left Right
dle
is observed for three different cases viz., Case 1, Case 2 and Case edge edge pile pile
pile
3. The deformed shape for the three cases for rock ground mo-
Case RGM 80.8 90.6 81.5 89.5 90 12.9
1 SGM 57 76 57 60.6 74.6 114.7
Case RGM 100 110 103 115 110 82.8
2 SGM 119 157 124 145 154 145
Case RGM 308 610 343 460 597 494
3 SGM 309 897 373 588 867 816
Table 1: Settlement and lateral displacement of raft and equivalent piles

tion (RGM) and surface level ground motions(SGM) are shown in

Fig. 4a-f. As it can be seen in Fig. 4, responses of soil is different
in different sections along the length considered for numerical
study. Other responses of soil viz., settlement, lateral displace-
ment, excess pore pressure and acceleration are observed typi-
cally along a vertical section next to the right edge of the raft foun-
dation indicated as a line in Fig. 4.

Fig. 4: Deformed mesh of pile foundation and soil for rock and surface
level ground motion(a) Case 1 – RGM (b) Case 1 –SGM (c) Case 2 –RGM
(d) Case 2 –SGM (e) Case 3 –RGM (f) Case 3 -SGM

Settlements

Settlement time histories at different levels for rock ground

The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

motion and surface ground motion are shown in Fig5 (a) -(f) for
the three cases considered. Static load from superstructure is
applied at the top of the raft along with earthquake excitation.
Peak values of the settlement after the earthquake shaking are
given in Table 2. The percentage difference in peak settlement
at surface level for case 2 and case 3 with respect to case 1 are
10.5% , 452.6% for rock ground motion and 7.3%, 493.9% for sur-
face ground motion respectively.

Lateral displacement

Lateral displacement time histories at different levels of rock

Fig 3: Details of Pile-raft foundation (a) Front view of Kandla port custom
tower after Bhuj earthquake (b) Structural details of foundation of custom
office building (c) Plan of piled raft showing location of columns, piles and
plan and elevation of the chosen pile row with equivalent pile section for
164
and surface ground motions are given in Fig. 6 (a)-(f) for the three
cases considered. It is seen that for surface ground motions peak
values of lateral displacement are high and variation along the
height is less. This indicates that the entire strata experiences the
lateral displacement of similar order for case 1 and case 2. Peak
lateral displacement for surface ground motion are observed to
be higher compared to peak lateral displacement observed for

2D modelling for dynamic analysis rock ground motion. The percentage difference in peak lateral
 PILE RAFT FOUNDATION

displacement at surface level for case 2 and case 3 with respect

to case 1 are 8.7%, 212.8% for rock ground motion and 17.9%,
35.5% of surface ground motion respectively.

Excess Pore pressure

Excess pore pressure time histories at different levels for

rock and surface ground motions are given in Fig. 7 (a)-(f) for
the three cases considered. Excess pore pressure ratios (EPP)
are obtained and it is observed that in case 3 at the level of 10 m
where, fine sand is located below the clay layer, the EPP values
are more than 1 for both RGM and SGM which indicates the oc-
currence of the phenomenon of liquefaction.
(e) (f)
Fig 6Horizontal displacement time history at different depths of soil
(a)Case 1 –RGM (b)Case 1 –SGM (c)Case 2-RGM (d) Case 2-SGM
(e) Case 3 – RGM (f) Case 3- SGM

Peak ground acceleration

Acceleration time histories at different levels for rock and

(a) (b)

(a) (b)

(c) (d)
(c) (d)

(e) (f)
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

Fig 5 Settlement time history at different depths of soil (a)Case 1 –RGM
(b)Case 1 –SGM (c)Case 2-RGM (d) Case 2-SGM (e) Case 3 – RGM (f) Case
3- SGM
(e) (f)
Fig. 7 Excess pore pressure at different depths of soil (a)Case 1 –RGM
(b)Case 1 –SGM (c)Case 2-RGM (d) Case 2-SGM (e) Case 3 – RGM
(f) Case 3- SGM

surface ground motions are given in Fig. 8 (a) -(f) for the three
cases considered. Peak ground accelerations observed at 10 m
level are found to be higher for rock ground motion compared to
other layers for all the three cases considered.

(a) (b)
166

(c) (d) (a) (b)

 PILE RAFT FOUNDATION

observed to be 31 and 61 cm respectively, for rock ground mo-

(c) (d) five-degree ground slope model in the present study. It is report-
(e) (f) for case 3 are in closer agreement with the values reported in
Fig. 8 Acceleration time history at different depths of soil (a)Case 1 –RGM
(b)Case 1 –SGM (c)Case 2-RGM (d) Case 2-SGM (e) Case 3 – RGM (f) Case
3- SGM
Conclusions
In the present study, a methodology has been demonstrated
for carrying out dynamic analysis of piled raft foundation for the
site-specific earthquake. The methodology has been demon-
strated for the pile-raft foundation of the Customs office tower
at Kandla port which had tilted due to lateral spreading under
liquefaction during January 26, 2001, Bhuj earthquake of mo-
ment magnitude 7.7. In the present study, numerical modelling
of pile-raft foundation and the sub-soil interactions are done
using two-dimensional finite element program PLAXIS 2D. Dy-
namic analysis is done for the three cases viz., pile-raft in level
ground, one-degree slope ground and five-degree slope ground
for rock level ground motion and surface level ground motion.
Responses of the raft, pile and soil are observed. The settlement
of pile reported in the literature from an analytical study is 35
cm and reported from field survey is 45 cm. From the present
study settlement for case 3, at left and right edge of the raft are
tion and 31 and 90 cm settlement for surface ground motions.
Settlement of pile tips of left and right edge piles is observed to
be 34 cm and 60 cm for rock ground motions and 37 cm and 87
cm settlement for surface ground motions respectively. Tilting of
piled raft by 1.5 degrees and 2.92 degrees is observed for rock
ground motion and surface ground motion respectively for the
ed that lateral spreading of the soil of the order of 80 cm to 100
cm was observed from reconnaissance survey immediately after
the earthquake and lateral spreading of 83 to 91 cm has been
reported from analytical studies. In the present study lateral dis-
placement of the raft is observed to be 49.4 cm for rock ground
motion and 82 cm for surface ground motion. Lateral displace-
ment of the top most layer for the section chosen near the right
edge of the raft for case 3 is 60.7 cm for the rock ground motion
and 89.7 cm for the surface ground motion. Hence simulations
the literature from analytical studies and damage surveys for pile
settlement and lateral displacement. Further, it is reported in the
literature that, the sand layer at 10 m depth at Kandla port got
liquefied during Bhuj 2001 earthquake. In the present study, the
excess pore pressure ratio for case 3 at 10 m level is observed to
be more than 1 for both rock ground motion as well as surface
ground motion indicating the phenomenon of occurrence of liq-
uefaction which is in agreement with the literature.
From the studies made, it is seen that results of the dynamic
analysis of the site-specific earthquake for the pile raft foundation
of Custom tower building at Kandla port situated in the gentle
sloping ground of about 5 degrees are in closer agreement with
the field observed values and analytical study results reported in
the literature. The methodology proposed in this paper can be
adopted for predicting the settlement and lateral spreading of
the foundation and soil for future earthquakes.
Acknowledgement
The support extended by the Director and the Advisor [M],C-
SIR-Structural Engineering Research Centre for carrying out this
work and publishing this paper is highly acknowledged.

Peak lateral Peak excess pore Peak ground

The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

Layer (m) Peak settlement (mm)

displacement (mm) pressure (kPa) acceleration (m/s2)
Rock Surface Rock Surface Rock Surface Rock Surface
Ground ground Ground ground Ground ground Ground ground
motion motion motion motion motion motion motion motion
Top 114 164 194 663 152 132 6.3 4.67
Case 1 10 61 94 159 606 38.8 40.4 10.7 3.61
(Ground 14 43 66 170 596 60.7 81.2 6.82 5.73
level) 22 20 34 183 628 150 277 8.11 4.3
32 3.8 8.4 171 638 50 39.4 11.8 2.95
Top 126 176 211 544 140 142 5.52 4.75
10 58 99 170 520 140 149 12.1 4.93
Case 2
14 46 80 176 548 85.8 201 8.14 3.43
(10slope)
22 20 37.2 184 602 167 208 7.43 4.32
32 0.4 10 172 618 70 45 7.8 2.87
Top 630 974 607 897 60.7 56.1 5.87 5.02
10 78.5 144 367 379 445 758 11.7 4.72
Case 3
14 66.5 131 200 195 81.2 109 9.9 3.94
(50slope)
22 23.2 51 190 171 74.2 75.2 6.8 3.82
32 5.0 12.2 174 151 90 59.7 7.85 3.06
168

Table 2. Peak values of settlement, lateral displacement, excess pore pressure and acceleration at different soil layers for the three cases considered
 SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION
Critical Resilient Design Criteria in
Construction of Natural Disaster-
Resistant Buildings
Dr. A.N. Sarkar
Former-Senior Professor (International Business) & Dean (Research)
Asia-Pacific Institute of Management, New Delhi
E
nhancing the resilience of buildings through mandatory
requirements that increase robustness, durability, longev-
ity, disaster resistance, and safety should be a priority for
every jurisdiction interested in improving community continuity.
In addition to satisfying minimum life safety provisions, incorpo-
rating enhanced resilience into building design and construc-
tion augments economic viability, addresses societal issues,
and helps communities to minimize negative environmental
impacts. While enhanced resiliency is beneficial to all commu-
nities, this is especially important in disaster prone areas. The
paper attempts to review and address the various critical re-
silient design criteria associated with construction of Natural
Disaster-resistant buildings in different parts of the world.
Resilience and Resilient Design: The Definition
Resilience is the capacity to adapt to changing conditions
and to maintain or regain functionality and vitality in the face
of stress or disturbance. It is the capacity to bounce back after
a disturbance or interruption of some sort. Resilience can be
defined as the ability to recover from or adjust easily to misfor-
tunate or change. For cities like Boston, which was settled over
350 years ago, a critical aspect is adapting existing buildings
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
to improve resilience to natural hazards, particularly in light
of pending climate change impacts. According to the Resilient
Design Institute, resilient design is defined as “the intentional
design of buildings, landscapes, communities and regions, in
response to vulnerabilities to disaster and disruption of normal
life”. As used by the Resilient Design Institute, resilient design
focuses on practical, on-the-ground solutions. Relative to climate
change, resilience involves adaptation to the wide range of re-
gional and localized impacts that are expected with a warming
planet: more intense storms, greater precipitation, coastal and
valley flooding, longer and more severe droughts in some areas,
wildfires, melting permafrost, warmer temperatures, and pow-
er outages.
Ever since Hurricane Sandy wrought havoc on the East Coast,
‘resilient design’ has been a hot topic of conversation - and not
just amongst architects and designers, but politicians, engineers
and city planners as well. In November 2012, ‘Resilient Design’
was a trending search term in Google, moving from near ob-
170
scurity in the months before the devastating super storm to a
popular catchphrase post-Sandy. Natural disasters like this,
and more recently the typhoon that hit the Philippines in ear-
ly November, serve to remind those of us in the green design
community that while building with pure “save-the-earth” eco-
logical motivation is certainly important, low-VOC-paints and
LEED points do not matter much if a building becomes unin-
habitable due to flooding, earthquake, power outages or some
other natural or manmade disaster. That is where resilient de-
sign comes into play, especially in the context of vulnerability of
modern building structures, including Green buildings, partic-
ularly confronted with the challenges of natural disasters of all
conceivable kinds.
Need for Resilient Building Construction: a Historic Backdrop
The World Trade Center Towers, the Murrah Federal Build-
ing in Oklahoma City, and Hurricane Katrina are just three re-
minders of how manmade and natural hazard events in the
United States can rapidly destroy buildings and generate ca-
sualties. Many other examples of buildings destroyed by man-
made hazards are found in the Global Terrorism Data-base.
Additional destruction by hurricanes, just one of the potential
deadly natural disasters, is catalogued over time by the Nation-
al Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA). Buildings
are central to the lives of United States citizens who work, live,
worship, heal, or recreate in some form. Over the past decade,
the U.S. Government has focused on improving the security
and resiliency of the Nation’s buildings and related infrastruc-
ture. Following the September 11 attacks of 2001, much of that
emphasis was on protecting Federal and high-risk facilities. In
more recent years, especially following Hurricane Katrina in
2005, this priority has expanded to making all buildings more
resilient to both manmade and natural disasters. Designing
buildings that can resist hazards and continue to provide their
primary functions (e.g., safe shelter and critical operations) af-
ter all types of destructive events is a major challenge to the
design professions, the owners and operators of buildings, and
those in Federal, state and local governments responsible for
homeland security. A measure of the need for resilience is ex-
pressed in the sheer size of our building inventory. There were
nearly five million commercial buildings in the U.S. in 2003 and
nearly 130 million units of housing stock in 2009. Learning from
 SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION

this experience was the Government should endeavor to better will be maintained in a building that loses power. A big part of
understand the role of design and construction in infrastructure designing a building to achieve passive survivability has to do
resilience. Application of this understanding will help to shape with the building envelope. A highly insulated building envelope
the policy, R&D funding, and incentives that can spur techno- will maintain livable conditions inside far better than a poorly
logical innovation as well as the robust design and construction insulated envelope. Overall building design, including orien-
of critical infrastructures needed for resilience; as are illustrat- tation, passive solar design, inclusion of thermal mass, cool-
ed below by citing some illustrative live cases of recent times. ing-load-avoidance measures, and natural ventilation are also
key aspects of such design.
1. The Spaulding Rehabilitation Hospital: This was being
Emergency power plays an important role in passive surviv-
planned when Hurricane Katrina hit New Orleans in 2005,
ability. Back-up generators, solar-electric systems with battery
and some hospital patients there were unable to be evacu-
storage (or specialized inverters that allow utilization of solar
ated due to the flood. In some situations, hospital staff had
power even during outages), and micro-grids that serve a group
to use furniture to break windows in patient rooms because
of buildings can all serve this need. Access to potable water can
temperatures had risen as high as 110°F without air condi-
also be a challenge during an extended power outage. In build-
tioning. Perkins + Will, the designer of Boston’s Spaulding
ings that aren’t served by municipal water, electric pumps are
Rehab, took that to heart and created what is probably the
usually required to deliver water; in taller buildings served by
nation’s first modern hospital with operable windows in all
municipal water systems, pumps are usually required to elevate
patient rooms. The hospital is filled with other resilience
that water to upper floors. Hand pumps and back-up power can
features, including elevated mechanical equipment, a fully
serve these needs, respectively. All of these aspects of resilient
floodable first floor, and two back-up generators, either of
design are addressed in a new suite of LEED pilot credits on re-
which could operate the building on stored fuel for weeks.
silient design (credits 98, 99, and 100 in the LEED credit library).
2. The Brock Environmental Center of the Chesapeake Bay
For projects going for LEED certification, this is a useful starting
Foundation: This is a remarkable building. Designed to
point, for example for a Cluster of LEED Certified Green and
withstand hurricane-force winds and storm surges that
Resilient Buildings as shown in Figure 1.
will become increasingly common at this site on the Ches-
apeake Bay, it is so well insulated that the solar and wind
systems provide more than 100% of its energy needs. It also
uses only water that is collected onsite; this rainwater har-
vesting and treatment system will keep operating even if
the municipal water system fails. The building is one of a
handful nationwide that is certified by the Living Building
Challenge.
3. Alain Hamel’s home in Northern Quebec: This homebuild-
er, who has been constructing LEED-certified homes in the
Saguenay region for 7 years and was previously doing gen-
eral construction in the Montreal region since 1985, may
own the most resilient home in North America. It is only 100
feet from a lake but is 75 feet above the water level and boasts
Figure 1: A Cluster of LEED Certified Green and Resilient Buildings
extraordinary insulation levels (R-80 walls and R-150 roof),
solar-powered back-up electricity, a 3.3 kW gas generator, Importance of Resilience in Building Construction
and a host of other resilience features.
Resilience is increasingly important to incorporate into in-
The Masterbuilder | Decemebr 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
Prioritizing Resilient Design at Micro-level frastructure design and construction. The United States had 212
disasters from natural events between 2005 and 2014, second
The priorities for resilient design are pretty clear. First, only to China with 286 events. The capital losses from the US di-
buildings should be sited and designed to achieve a reasonable sasters were, by far, the highest in the world. The dollar losses
level of protection from expected disturbances and interruptions, approached $500B.
including those from climate change; and second, buildings Making resilience a priority in the design of our infrastruc-
should retain a reasonable level of functionality and keep oc- ture assets is gaining importance. While definitions of resilience
cupants safe should they lose power for an extended period of vary, there is growing acceptance that human settlements must
time. In general, we know a lot about how to achieve the former, withstand, recover from, and continue to prosper in the context
but we have barely begun to think about the latter. Loss of pow- of increasing impacts from acute shocks and chronic stresses.
er is a common secondary impact of many-if not most-natural Today, 50% of the population resides within cities, but it is pro-
disasters. Hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, wildfire, earthquakes, jected to increase to 70% by 2050. This necessitates creating a
tsunamis, landslides, ice storms, heat waves, and drought can more resilient infrastructure for society. To achieve improved
all result in power interruptions. infrastructure resilience, it is important that building codes be
Outages can also be expected with terrorist events, includ- reviewed and updated to reflect the conditions in which facili-
ing cyber-terrorism, and can result from human error and equip- ties are expected not only to survive but also to maintain their
ment failures. One of the most important priorities of resilient functions. In the aftermath of damaging events, the concept of
design is to provide for “passive survivability,” which the Resil- “building back better” is extremely important because it sets a
ient Design Institute defines as ensuring that livable conditions
171

resilience pathway for the future.

 SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION
Conditions have changed in the past 35 years with a sig-
nificant increase in disasters of all types: geophysical (earth-
quakes, tsunamis, volcanic activity), hydrological (floods, land-
slides, subsidence), meteorological (blizzards, severe/tropical
storms), and climate-related events such as extreme tempera-
tures, wildfires, and droughts. These events are likely to con-
tinue to increase into the foreseeable future. In 2015, the rein-
surance company Munich Re reported 1,060 natural disaster
events compared to less than 400 events in 1980.
In this context, the importance of building codes for both
new construction and repair/retrofit has never been more crucial.
They can be an important part of the solution. And this is not
just for economic viability; it is also critical for community safety.
Given the increasing hazard events in the US and worldwide,
our building codes must be visionary, robust, even cutting edge.
New building codes, with better standards as a minimum,
must be developed and enforced; as are prevalent widely in
Australia, USA, Canada and several parts of Europe. If infra-
structure is going to be rebuilt in impacted locations, it must be
built back better. Infrastructure projects must be constructed
for resilience tomorrow, the next day, and for years out. Even
without robust building codes, every project plan should be
evaluated for its resilience (Figure 2).
Photo: Courtesy of David Lloyd
Figure 2: Resilient Buildings using New Building Codes
As an illustration, a n important item of work for applying
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
New Building code could be incorporating water sensitive ur-
ban design features in all elements of the cityscape, at large
and small scales, can create meaningful benefits. These in-
clude natural rainwater treatment and enhancing biological
diversity. There is more than sidewalk planting—it is an integral
part of the SFPUC “living machine” that treats rainwater and
grey-water from buildings for reuse inside.
Building Design Principles in a Post-Carbon, Climate-changed
World
Designing buildings to effectively meet the conditions and
realities of a Post-Carbon, Climate-Changed world will require
a shift in our current understanding of what constitutes good
building design and sound building practice. Many of the prac-
tices that we now take for granted, like cladding our buildings
in curtain wall building envelopes, in future, may no longer be
economically feasible. To address these needed changes in
building design and construction strategies and techniques,
172
one may wish to include the following building design principles
for designing and constructing buildings in a post-carbon, cli-
mate responsive building environment:
Use low carbon-input materials and systems
Any materials and systems that require either significant
amounts of energy, or are derived from oil by-products in their
manufacture, will become economically uncompetitive be-
cause of the relative increase in energy costs on the down side
of the peak oil curve, as well as the probable additional costs
associated with potential future carbon cap-and-trade regula-
tions or tariffs. Materials such as wood and low-energy input
masonry should be considered as more appropriate building
materials. Moreover, the use of wood as a building material will
be a very effective strategy for sequestering carbon as part of
future regional, national, or international carbon sequestration
strategies and policies.
Design and plan buildings for low external energy inputs for
ongoing building operations
Buildings should be designed to be highly energy efficient
and include the use of highly insulated building envelopes, triple
insulated glazing, and, where possible, passive solar heating
with thermal mass storage systems. Where required, light-
ing systems should use LED task lighting in combination with
natural day-lighting. Design to allow for natural ventilation and
simple low energy mechanical systems.
Design buildings for maximum day-lighting
Daylight will be the primary source of lighting for buildings
in a post-carbon city, so buildings should be designed to make
the most of daylight for internal lighting. Because the pres-
sure to reduce the overall surface area of glazing in building
envelopes to reduce energy loss will be significant, the use of
daylight will become of strategic importance in the design of
building form. Narrower floor plates, internal courtyards, and
atrium spaces are good examples of possible daylight effective
strategies.
Design “generic buildings” for future flexibility of use
Because energy costs will be higher in the post carbon city,
both construction materials and the construction process will
be relatively more expensive than they are now. These higher
costs of construction will create an impetus for building owners
to design for future flexibility in their building designs, so that
later renovations and alteration can be undertaken in the most
cost effective manner. The most effective strategies for design-
ing for future flexibility are the use of modularity and standard-
ization in the planning of programme spaces.
Design for Durability and Robustness
To maximize the future resilience of buildings, buildings
should be designed for durability and robustness. Use mate-
rials and construction methods must be durable in the face of
more energetic weather, and increasing number of significant
weather events that increasing climate change will produce.
Design for use of local materials and products
Resilient cities will need to be much more localized in their
 SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION

System Climate Considerations Implications

HVAC & Building Energy
Simulations
Transportation Infrastructure
Stormwater Management
Landscape Design
Table 1: Examples of how climate data inform decisions on the Built Environment
The size of a heating and cooling system
(and its associated energy use) is esti-
mated using typical meteorological year
(TMY) data. TMY data provides based on
past weather data.
Pavement design and engineering are
affected by temperature, precipitation,
freezing and thawing, and solar radiation.
Stormwater management systems,
including retention and detention ponds,
are sized using past precipitation data
and current definitions of 50- or 100-year
storm events.
Landscapes are designed with current
precipitation patterns, temperature pat-
terns and plant hardiness zones in mind.
Designing HVAC systems based on historic weather
data will make building systems vulnerable to future
changes in climate. Building energy use will increase
if climate extremes become the norm. Occupants
may also experience thermal discomfort.
Climate change, including changes in temperature
and precipitation trends, may reduce the life expec-
tancy of pavement that is designed based on past
climate data.
Heavy precipitation events and storms may over-
whelm stormwater management systems more
frequently in the future. Major storm events may
cause serious flooding if stormwater systems are
not designed to handle greater quantity and intensity
of precipitation.
Climate change, including changes in precipitation
and temperature patterns, will affect landscape
design, including native plants. Climate change will
also shift plant hardiness zones northward, affecting
plant selection.

use of materials and products. The increased cost of energy will
dramatically increase transportation-related costs of non-local
materials. That should in turn create a greater demand for lo-
cally produced materials and products for building construc-
tion.
Design and plan for low energy input constructability
Design and plan for buildings that can be built efficiently by
manual labour, and that do not require oil-fuelled machines
and systems requiring significant quantities of fuel for opera-
tion. As the cost of fuel increases as a result of the price pres-
sures of Peak Oil, energy intensive construction techniques
could become be less economically effective, and the costs of
manual labour will potentially be less a less critical a factor in
selecting construction techniques. Design for use of building
systems that can be serviced and maintained with local mate-
rials, parts and labour. Climate change and peak oil will more
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
- Model design solutions based on future climatic conditions
as much as possible, rather than relying on past data.
- Create buildings that will maintain livable conditions in the
event of extended loss of power or heating fuel through en-
ergy load reductions and reliance on passive heating and
cooling strategies (passive survivability).
- Create durable buildings using such features as rain-
screen details, windows that can withstand hurricane
winds, and interior finish materials that can dry out if they
get wet and not require replacement.
- Create beautiful buildings that will be loved and maintained.
- Reduce dependence on complex building controls and sys-
tems. Provide manual overrides in case of malfunction or
temporary power outages.
- Optimize the use of on-site renewable energy.
- Carry out water conservation practices and rely on annually
replenished water resources, including, potentially, har-

than likely reduce global trade, and reduce easy access to ma-
terials, products and systems from other countries. Therefore,
building systems should be designed to be serviceable through
a local supply of parts and labour. Table 1 provides examples
of how climate data inform decisions on the Built Environment.
Achieving Resilience at the Building Scale
Resiliency is not any single solution, concept or perspective.
Resiliency is a multifaceted lens which balances pro-activity
and reactivity to inform solutions to disruptions. Resilient De-
sign is taking that lens and using it to rethink the built environ-
ment. Below are practical elements that begin to provide that
strategic perspective.
- Design and construct (or renovate) buildings to handle se-
vere storms, flooding, wildfire, and other impacts that are
expected to result from a warming climate.
- Locate critical systems to withstand flooding and extreme
174
vested rainwater, as the primary or back-up water supply.
- Provide redundant water supplies or water storage for use
during emergencies. For deep-well pumps, provide either
stand-alone solar electricity or hand pumping options
where possible. Where there is no option for on-site water,
consider water storage that can gravity-feed to building.
- Consider an option for human waste disposal in the event
of non-operating municipal wastewater system. This could
include composting toilets and waterless urinals.
- Use locally available products and skill-sets.
- Specify products and materials that will not off gas or leach
hazardous substances in the event of flooding or fire dam-
age.
- Rely on vernacular design practices that were prevalent
before the advent of air conditioning and central heating.
Combine these design strategies with modern materials to
optimize resilient design.
- Provide redundant electric systems with at least minimal

weather events. back-up power capacity, such as a fuel-fired electric gener-


ator (with adequate fuel storage) or a solar-electric system
with islanding capability.
Achieving Resilience at the Community Scale
In response to recent large-scale disasters such as Hur-
ricane Katrina and Hurricane Sandy, the concept of commu-
nity resilience has emerged as a way to reduce the direct and
indirect cost due to natural, technological, and human-caused
hazards. There is a lack of guidance for how to plan for and im-
plement measures to improve resilience as well as a lack of
science-based tools to measure resilience and support eval-
uation of alternative strategies to achieve resilience. The Na-
tional Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) conducts a
program to develop science based tools to measure resilience
at the community-scale and support economic evaluation of in-
vestment alternatives to achieve resilience and to engage the
broad stakeholder community to develop guidance for planning
and implementing resilience measures. This is to develop the
technical basis for tools to assess resilience and enable sci-
ence-based investment decisions for communities of all sizes.
To form a Community Resilience Panel, it would be advisable to
develop a Community Resilience Planning Guide and associat-
ed Implementation Guidelines to achieve community resilience
in the following manner.
- Build or facilitate social structures that strengthen the
fabric of community. This could include community gath-
ering places, dog parks where residents get to know their
neighbors, central mailbox locations, and community bul-
letin-boards with rideshare notices and other postings. The
Japanese “Koban” may provide a useful model.
- Design communities to minimize dependency on transpor-
tation fuels sourced from far away; provide for human-pow-
ered transportation options to access key services.
- Deliver food security through reliance on local or regional
food systems and strategies for long-term, low-energy food
storage. Work to achieve the potential for 50% reliance on
local food production, as follows: within 10 miles of com-
munities up to 10,000 residents; within 25 miles of commu-
nities from 10,000 to 100,000 residents; within 50 miles of
cities from 100,000 to 1 million residents; and within 100
miles of cities larger than 1 million residents.
- Design vegetated roofs and rainwater bios ales to reduce
the urban heat island effect and manage storm-water.
- Design and build (or rebuild) physical infrastructure, such
as culverts, storm sewers, roadways, and bridges, to han-
dle increased storm-water flows.
- Rely on natural, biological erosion-control solutions that
will grow stronger over time.
- Create community facilities (resilience hubs) that can serve
as gathering places during emergencies and interruptions
in services, and outfit such facilities with access to key ser-
vices, including water, electricity for charging cell phones,
etc. Such capabilities could be integrated into schools and
other existing community facilities.
- Work to ensure the resiliency of cell phone towers so that
communications can be maintained during times of emer-
gency. Educate residents about the benefits of texting rath-
er than calling during emergencies to use less bandwidth.
- Consider potential extreme weather events and climate
SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION
change in determining locations of critical facilities and
systems.
- Foster strong community education programs that will
build greater understanding of energy, water, and oth-
er natural resource systems as well as the functioning of
buildings and community infrastructure. Build such capac-
ity into public education systems.
Achieving Resilience at the Regional and Ecosystem Scales
For achieving resilience at the regional and ecosystem
scales the following set of measures are suggested:
- Adopt policies that recognize and value ecosystems ser-
vices and protect or restore the capacity to rely on those
services (e.g., water filtration, protective buffers at coast-
lines, natural erosion-control along streams and rivers,
healthy forests that purify and replenish air).
- Maintain and protect aquifers—prohibit withdrawals that
exceed recharge on an annual basis and provide strict reg-
ulations to protect against contamination.
- Develop or strengthen regional transportation networks
that can serve to transport not only people, but also food
and other critical needs and that can function during times
of emergency.
- Develop regional, renewable power-generation systems
to ensure a more stable, distributed electrical grid. Pursue
community ownership of utility-scale renewable power
systems to garner regional support, s has been done very
successfully in Germany and Belgium with energy co-ops.
- Work to achieve a more diverse regional economy.
- Foster greater reliance on regionally manufactured goods,
perhaps through preferential sales tax strategies or other
incentives.
Resilience is the Era of New Sustainability
The Katrina disaster seemed to bear witness and impart
wisdom on a wide range of sustainability issues: environmental
deterioration, social justice, climate change, and geographical
risk. What is stunning is that the world’s richest and most pow-
erful nation was seemingly unprepared for a natural event that
occurred year after year. This exemplifies the need to rethink
The Masterbuilder | Decemebr 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
our priorities, our relation with the natural environment and our
building practices. At the end of 2011, the National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) said the U.S. has experi-
enced 14 separate disasters, each with an economic loss of $1
billion or more, surpassing the record set in 2008. Last year’s
losses amounted to $55 billion. Globally, insurers lost at least
$108 billion on disasters last year. There is ample historical ev-
idence to illustrate how disasters result not as much from the
175
Figure 3: Post- Hurricane Katrina Disastrous Ruins and Inundation
 SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION
destructive agent itself but from the way in which communities
are prepared, and the socioeconomic conditions of the people.
People living in hazardous areas are not equally at risk. Some
will have fewer resources, human and material, to deal with the
event. The case of Hurricane Katrina and New Orleans provides
the most dramatic example of the effects of poverty on vulner-
ability (Figure 3).
Ever since Hurricane Sandy wrought havoc on the East
Coast, ‘resilient design’ has been a hot topic of conversation —
and not just amongst architects and designers, but politicians,
engineers and city planners as well. In November 2012, ‘Re-
silient Design’ was a trending search term in Google, moving
from near obscurity in the months before the devastating super
storm to a popular catchphrase post-Sandy. Natural disasters
like this, and more recently the typhoon that hit the Philippines
in early November, serve to remind those of us in the green de-
sign community that while building with pure “save-the-earth”
ecological motivation is certainly important, low-VOC-paints
and LEED points don’t matter much if a building becomes unin-
habitable due to flooding, earthquake, power outages or some
other natural or manmade disaster. That is where resilient de-
sign comes into play.
Major disasters like Typhoon Haiyan, Hurricanes Katrina
and Sandy, and earthquakes in Japan, Pakistan and Haiti are
a wake- up call to remind designers that we always need to
keep the long-term picture in mind when we design, preparing
buildings to withstand possible disasters as well as more mun-
dane long-term wear and tear. While the term “sustainability”
in today’s lexicon often conjures up an image of CFLs, Bruises
and Low- carbon emissions, “sustainability” literally means “to
endure”. Any so-called “green” products and buildings that do
not stand the test of time are not truly sustainable. As climate
change turns our attention to the possibility of increasingly like-
ly disaster scenarios, resilient design serves to remind us to
design for durability over time.
Strategies for Improving Resilience in Building
Improving the resilience of existing buildings for climate
change impacts requires a multi-hazard approach. As noted
above, expected climate change will increase the frequency
and magnitude of extreme events in Boston throughout the
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
seasons, and prudent planning will consider all relevant haz-
ards for each location and building type. Many of the adaptation
strategies for buildings identified in this study improve resil-
ience for several hazards at once and also provide additional
benefits during normal conditions. A recent study found that,
for each dollar invested in mitigation, over $4 of benefits are re-
turned. An example adaptation strategy might be increasing the
shading on a site to reduce storm-water flow, lower ambient
temperatures, and lessen wind impacts as well as improve air
quality and quality of life. The adaptation strategies identified in
this research work at different scales, from the site to specific
building systems. The compiled list includes both smaller or in-
cremental improvements that can be implemented over time
and larger or major improvements that may require significant
investments and coordination with the building occupants.
Municipal Strategies to Improve Resilience of Existing
Buildings
176
Communities often develop and rapidly implement strat-
egies to improve the resilience of existing buildings primarily
after extreme events. California instituted major code and stan-
dard changes, and required the retrofit of existing buildings for
seismic loads (earthquakes) after the Loma Prieta earthquake
in 1989. Florida instituted major changes in building perfor-
mance requirements for hurricane loads after Hurricane An-
drew in 1992 and Hurricane Katrina in 2005. Most cities have
taken a multi-pronged approach, using a combination of man-
datory upgrades, incentive programs, funding mechanisms,
and education/outreach programs to enact change. Depending
on the vulnerability to specific hazards, the cities may employ
smaller or more incremental programs to gradually improve
resilience or institute a larger-scale coordinated program to
respond to critical deficiencies.
Ensuring Healthy Eco-Systems
Resilience is also a key factor in healthy ecosystems. Anal-
ysis of responses of natural systems to disruptions, and partic-
ularly resilience as “the measure of the persistence of systems
and their ability to absorb change and disturbance and still
maintain the same relationships between populations or state
variables”, has been studied in the field of applied ecology. In
this framing, increased resilience improves the chances that a
system will continue to exist over time despite changes in its
environment and other interdependent systems. For example,
the appearance of caterpillar moths may damage a particular
tree species during an infestation, but if the moths destroy all
of the foliage in that location, they will then starve and die, and
a portion of the trees will recover and repopulate the area until
the next infestation. Several ecological studies have demon-
strated that species diversity in an ecosystem increases its re-
silience Recent research indicates that the resilience of natural
systems that provide critical resources for human communities
can be enhanced through “adaptive management” approaches,
specifically through community-based programs that respond
to changes over time.
What does ‘Resilient Design’ entail when it comes to Building?
To design a building with resiliency means to start the de-
sign process by thinking carefully about the typical use scenar-
ios of the building, common points of stress due to normal use,
as well as the most likely disaster situations in the environment
that could challenge the integrity of the building and/or endan-
ger its occupants. The local environment always plays a critical
role in determining the factors that make a building resilient or
not, and so resilient design is always locally specific.
Figure 4: Flooding in Grand Rapids, MI, photo courtesy of GRNow.com
 SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION
Figure 5: Flooding from Hurricane Sandy under the Brooklyn Bridge
(AP Photo / Bebeto Matthews)
For example, New York City has a wet climate, and water
is a part of its environmental challenges throughout the year.
In New York City, the most common and likely natural disas-
ter scenarios involve water: hurricanes, flooding, storm surg-
es, and blizzards. Resilient building in New York City needs to
plan for all of these types of events, as well as the day-to-day
stress that comes from significant precipitation year round,
high-humidity, and the alternation of humidity (in the summer),
with extremely dry interior air. Of course, builders in New York
City also need to design to withstand seismic activity, high heat
loads in the summer, power outages, manmade disasters like
terrorism, as well as the normal damage that comes with thou-
sands of people moving through spaces in rapid succession.
On the West Coast of the United States, seismic considerations
are obviously much more of a concern, as well as fire danger.
Thinking through every potential problem and possible disas-
ter situation can be overwhelming for designers, which is why
a sensible approach starts by examining the most likely prob-
lem situations and pulling from local wisdom, knowledge and
experience.
Seismic Considerations
When it comes to devastating natural disasters, earth-
quakes are high up on the list, but what many people don’t
realize is that much of the damage in earthquakes occurs
largely due to poorly constructed buildings and faulty infra-
structure. Fortunately, there are many new technologies and
building methods that allow buildings to be increasingly duc-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
tile and able to withstand severe seismic activity. Contrary to
what the layperson might think, a structure’s ability to flex and
absorb vibration is just as important as how strong it is when
it comes to earthquake-proof design. One of the most popu-
lar seismic building methods is base isolation, which is exactly
what it sounds like — decoupling the base of a structure from
the rest of the building so that only the base shakes during an
earthquake while the superstructure remains intact. As with
all seismic construction, expansion joints are deployed within,
between, and around structures to allow the building to move
without damage during seismic activity. Chances are you have
never seen an expansion joint before, but hundreds of thou-
sands of people walk over them every day without realizing it
due to expansion joint covers. Expansion joint covers are de-
signed to provide a seamless look while concealing the gaps
beneath the floor’s surface. These covers allow the day-to-day
movement of a structure’s thermal expansion and contraction,
but also allow much greater movement during seismic events.
178
Expansion joint covers are designed to remain intact during
Figure 6: Hurricane Sandy photo via NOAA National Hurricane Center
Extreme Weather: Storms, Hurricanes, Flooding
a seismic event, to allow egress of the buildings’ occupants,
and after a seismic event, to allow entry back into the building.
Above all, good seismic design not only helps a building be re-
silient, but protects occupant life!
Seismic testing can be used on components of buildings,
model representations, and even entire buildings at actual scale
to determine their resilience in withstanding earthquakes. A
common way to test the seismic resilience of a design is to use
a “Shake Table”. This is a rectangular platform which is coupled
to hydraulic motion actuators to shake the platform in different
ways and therefore, test structural models or building compo-
nents with a wide range of simulated ground motions, including
reproductions of recorded earthquakes time-histories.
Consideration of Hurricane and Flooding
As climate change brings rising sea levels and more ex-
treme weather events, building designers need to focus extra
attention on the challenges of weather – especially hurricanes
and flooding. When designing commercial buildings in hurri-
cane and flood prone areas, special attention needs to be paid
to designing to resist severe wind load, as well as heavy precip-
itation, and ground-level flooding. Buildings in hurricane prone
areas need to be very well-sealed, as well as have adequate
drainage solutions for roofs, terraces, basements, and any
other areas which may collect water. For mechanical rooms,
where adequate ventilation and outside air-intake is important,
storm-resistant louvers are a good choice for maximizing air
intake while blocking wind and driving rain. They’re designed
specifically to let air in and keep wind and driven-rain out.
Extreme Heat & Cold
The same types of passive design strategies that can be
employed in homes to make them super energy efficient and
green, can also be used in commercial buildings to result in
everyday energy savings as well as life-saving natural heating
and cooling options in a disaster situation without access to
electrical power (and therefore mechanical HVAC). For exam-
 SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION

ple, if electricity is knocked out due to a flood or earthquake,

or even if there is just a common “blackout”, an all-glass of-
fice building can quickly become like an oven on a hot summer
day, potentially risking the health and lives of occupants inside.
Proper insulation, natural ventilation with operable windows,
solar shading devices, and employing stack ventilation can help
buildings remain comfortable for inhabitants even when there
is no mechanical heating and cooling available.
Fire Resistance Fire is a danger as old as architecture it-
self — as long as humanity has had buildings, we’ve faced the
threat of them catching fire. Most building code adequately
addresses common fire hazards with mandatory fire-resistant
stairwells, fire-resistant building materials and proper escape
methods, but these days we also need to plan carefully to ad-
dress fires caused by earthquakes, lightning and other natural
disasters. In addition to urban fire hazards, wildfires are a grow-
ing threat in several parts of the World )viz. Australia, Indonesia,
India, USA), and steps that can be taken to protect commercial
buildings against such incidence of wildfire include fire-resis-
tant landscaping, brush-clearing, and barrier zones in wildfire
prone areas.

Figure 8: Interior Furnishing with LED Light Effects of Radiance

durable, as they are the most highly-trafficked parts of a com-

Figure 7: Construction Specialties Entrance Flooring (GridLine, De-
signStep & PediTred) at 525 William Penn Place in Pittsburgh, PA
Durable Building Envelopes
First and foremost, commercial building needs to be built
to last, and external building stressors start at the building en-
velope. A resilient, durable building employs proper sealing and
insulation, especially at windows, doors and roofs, including the
use of highly insulated windows (double or triple pane, often
with a low-E seal and/or inert gas between panes), as well as
adequate moisture protection, including flashing, drainage and
moisture barriers. Not all disasters are natural. Sometimes
there is human error or mechanical failure. Another concept
which is important to consider when it comes to the building
envelope is explosion venting. Explosion venting is often used
in industrial and power generation facilities where there can be
a rapid pressure release or explosion (power plants, manufac-
turing operations, grain mills). These types of buildings need
field-testable, resettable pressure relief vents that activate at
very low pressures (5psf) to protect the structural integrity of
the building. Explosion vents help release pressure, helping
buildings to survive the natural and manmade disasters involv-
ing explosions and excess internal pressure.
Interior Finishes
Doors and entrance points need to be made especially
mercial building, and the most common points of failure. Think
about your local bank or workplace and how many people walk
through the entrance on a daily basis, doors whipping open and
closed hundreds of times in an hour, thousands of dirty (some-
times wet) feet trudging throughout the building yearly. Doors
and entrance flooring take a lot of abuse, so if you want a dura-
ble building, it is imperative to have robust entrance doors and
flooring be to withstand a high level of traffic. Durable entrance
floor systems help buildings stand the test of time by effectively
stopping dirt, water and foreign contaminants from entering a
building’s interior. Specialty flooring that use treads rails, grids
or robust carpeting has the ability to collect large amounts of
dirt and moisture. Dirt and particulates damage floor finishes The Masterbuilder | Decemebr 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
throughout the entire building, so stopping it at the door helps
extend the life of all the floor finishes and reduce cleaning and
replacement costs.
Integrated Design
There is a national need to work toward designing the na-
tion’s infrastructure in an integrated way to withstand all haz-
ards (natural and man-made), taking into account high perfor-
mance and continuity of operations, to support rapid recovery
from a disruptive event. Integrated design and urban planning
are being achieved through rapid and inexpensive assessment
of the anticipated all-hazards performance of the built environ-
ment and using these results in developing standards and guid-
ance for providing enhanced building and infrastructure protec-
tion. Such a process allows for the design of a built environment
that meets the full and comprehensive range of performance
attributes at the highest levels and in the most cost-effective
179

manner. Federal Agency Involvement with Resiliency DHS, the

 SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION

Top Triggers for Green Building

(All Respondents)
Dodge Data & Analytics, 2016
2015 2012 2008
Client Demand
40%
35%
34%
Environmental Regulations
35%
23%
25%
years old. Overall, the fact that wood buildings had the longest
Market Demand
life-spans shows that wood structural systems are fully ca-
30%
pable of meeting a building’s longevity expectations. Although
33%
adaptability from a resilience perspective most often means cli-
35% mate change adaptation, the fact that a wood structure is easily
Right Thing to Do adapted with basic construction tools could contribute to faster
25%
recovery in the aftermath of disaster. The Resilient Design In-
26% stitute also includes the use of locally available, renewable or
42% reclaimed resources among its design principles, which favors
wood use.
General Services Administration, the Department of Veteran
Affairs, the National Institute of Standards and Technology, Developing Markets Expect Greatest Green Growth
and many other Federal Government departments and agen-
The percentage of returns expecting to have more than
cies have provided positive attention to these four important
60% of their projects certi¬fied green is anticipated to more
concepts. DHS in particular has had the opportunity to support
than double from 18% currently to 37% by 2018. This is a sim-
programs with three primary paradigms: 1) it is possible to
ilar pattern to the growth in activity expected in 2012, although
provide a built environment that has the highest level of per-
the greater share of respondents from developing markets and
formance and resiliency in a comprehensive and cost-effective
a shift from a majority to a minority of green building council
manner; 2) to achieve this, all facets of the process, from de-
member participants yields lower levels of activity than was
sign to operation, must be integrated; and 3) high performance
reported in 2012. As the chart at bottom demonstrates, the an-
and integrated design infrastructure can achieve resilience to
ticipated growth is largely driven by countries that still have de-
potentially disruptive events. For example, blast resistance and
veloping green markets. Mature markets in the US and Europe,
security technologies have been released, and integrated rapid
including Germany, Poland and the UK, report moderate levels
visual screening tools are being used to measure resiliency in
of growth. In contrast, respondents from Mexico, Brazil, Co-
addition to risk to take into account all hazards effects.
lombia, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, China and India report much
Resilience, Longevity and Green Building more dramatic growth in the percentage of their projects that
they expect to certify as green. Top Triggers for Green Building
While resilient design and green building objectives do While client demand has consistently been an important trigger
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

sometimes conflict—e.g., redundant systems that provide
greater structural performance may increase environmen-
tal impact—they share many objectives. For example, some
experts have proposed that resilience objectives include the
use of low carbon-input materials with low embodied ener-
gy, such as wood—which makes sense, since even the best
designed community is likely to experience structural loss in
a major disaster and need to rebuild. Durability has also long
been a tenet of green building and is likewise promoted in the
context of resilience. However, despite many examples of wood
buildings that have stood for centuries, wood has a perception
issue when it comes to longevity. A recently conducted study
of buildings demolished in Minnesota found that most were de-
molished because of changing land values, changing tastes and
needs, and lack of maintenance of non-structural components.
In fact, wood buildings in the study were typically the oldest; the
majorities were older than 75 years. In contrast, more than half
the concrete buildings fell into the 26-to- 50-year category and
80 percent of the steel buildings demolished were less than 50
180
in the studies conducted in 2008 and 2012, it takes a signifi¬cant
leap in 2015 as one of the top triggers driving future green ac-
tivity, from 35% in 2012 to 40% in 2015. Clearly, recognition by
owners of the bene¬fits of green is critical to sustaining green
market growth globally.
Environmental regulations also experienced an uptick in
the percentage who selected it as a top trigger, driven by a high
level of response from a few regions, including India, Singa-
pore and the UK. However, as the top social and environmental
reasons for building green demonstrate, priorities for building
green vary widely by region. For example, while encourag-
ing sustainable business practices is an important reason for
building green in most countries, it carries little weight in Saudi
Arabia, where increasing worker productivity is a critical fac-
tor. Similarly, energy conservation is nearly universally an im-
portant environmental reason for building green, but in some
countries, such as Brazil, Colombia, Saudi Arabia, Australia and
China, protecting natural resources is considered a priority uni-

versally. w
 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - LANDSLIDE ANALYSIS
Analysis and evaluation of stability for the
reactivated landslide along deep-seated
weakness zones
Boo-Seong Park1, Hyun Cho2, Sung-Pill Youn3,
Dong-In Park4
1
General Manager, 2Senior Vice President, Ph.D,
3
Assistant Manager, 4Manager
Ssangyong Engineering and Construction Co., Ltd., Korea
Abstract: In areas where landslides have occurred in the past, it
is prone to additional landslides because of simlilar geological
and geographical characteristics. A slope sliding by a reactivat-
ed landslide can result in accidents, extra cost and delayed con-
struction schedule. Hence, it is important to identify evidence of
past landslides during the design and construction phases in
these areas. In the study area presented in this paper, tension
cracks were found during clearing and grubbing work prior to
the construction of cut slopes at a tunnel portal, implying that
landslides had occurred in the past. To mitigate risk, slope gra-
dient was decreased to 1:1.3 with removal of tension cracks,
however, 90 meters-long tension cracks occurred subsequent-
ly. Therefore, detailed geotechnical investigations and analysis
were carried out. This paper aims to present procedures and
results of analysis to clarify causes of landslides, including
selection of the optimum countermeasures for stabilization of
the cut slope. We hope that this case study will provide useful
information to other engineers and contribute to the prevention
of disaster caused by landslide.
Introduction
Severe damage in construction sites has been reported
due to slope sliding. Moreover, it is becoming more frequent
as infrastructure projects such as roads and railways in
mountainous and hilly areas increase for effective land re-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
sources utilization. Landslides can cause great damage to
properties, injuries and even death in severe cases because
of relatively large-scale failures. The main causes of land-
slides are linked to geological characteristics, gravity, weather,
groundwater, wave action and human actions(Song & Hong,
2007). Therefore, the areas where landslides occurred in
the past and their surroundings have high probabilities of
subsequent slope failures during construction due to reac-
tivated landslides because they have similar geological and
geographical conditions. Hence, it is important to identify
evidence of past landslides in these areas during the design
and construction phases to minimize project risks such as
accidents, increased cost, and delayed schedule. To identify
evidence from landslides in the past, detailed investigations
of natural slopes should be conducted to uncover the his-
tories, to clarify critical factors that might cause slope failures
and to establish countermeasures against expanding or
subsequent landslides.
182
In the study area presented in this paper, it was difficult
to observe any signs of landslides, for instance, tension cracks,
during the design and preparation of construction phases due to
dense bushes and trees on the surface of the natural slope.
However, evidence of ground deformation such as tension
cracks and scarps caused by historical landslides were ob-
served during clearing and grubbing work. Subsequently,
another large-scale tension cracks of 90 meters in length
were observed across the slope during reduction of slope
gradient(1:1.3) to remove the existing tension cracks. As a
result, detailed geotechnical investigations such as surface
geological survey, electric resistivity survey, boring survey,
borehole image processing system(hereinafter referred to
as ‘BIPS’), seismic tomography, in-situ and laboratory tests
were performed.
In this paper, geological features of the study area, sta-
tus of the landslides, results of investigations and analysis
to clarify causes of the landslides are presented, including
proposed countermeasures against potential slope failures.
Overview of Geological Features
The study area is located in Bukcheon-myeon, Hadong-gun,
Gyeongsangnam-do, Korea. According to the regional geo-
logical data(Kim and Kang, 1965), the bedrock of the study
area mainly consists of age-unknown gneisses and igneous
rocks(anorthosite, diorite), Jurassic sedimentary rocks and
Cretaceous igneous rocks(syenite, granodiorite, quartz por-
phyry, dykes). Moreover, alluvial deposits of Quaternary Pe-
riod are unconformably overlaying them. According to the
detailed geological data, the study area including the slope
at the tunnel portal is composed of sedimentary rock for-
mation, named Wonji Formation, and anorthosite. The up-
per part of the slope consists of sedimentary rocks such as
conglomerate, sandstone, and shale. The lower part of the
slope consists of an altered and weathered zone in anortho-
site. Especially, there exists a geologic boundary, forming an
unconformity between conglomerate and anorthosite. Joints
and a fracture zone in the conglomerate and clayey layers by
alteration and weathering in anorthosite are assumed to be
caused by high stress due to an intrusion of quartz porphyry.
The geological map of the study area and the schematic dia-
gram of the stratification are shown in Fig.1 and Fig.2.
Status of the Landslides
The cut slope in the study area is located adjacent to the
 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - LANDSLIDE ANALYSIS

Fig.1. Geological map of the study area (Kim and Kang, 1965)

Fig.2. Schematic diagram of the stratification Fig.3. Status of the slope before excavation

portal of the Cut & Cover and NATM(New Austrian Tunneling

Method) tunnel. It is a large-scale rock slope containing col-
luvial and weathered soils in the upper part. The dimension
of the slope is 85 meters in length and 41 meters in height.
In the original design, reduction of slope gradient to 1:0.7~1.0
with reinforcement by soil nailing were applied.
In October 2009, while clearing and grubbing work be-
fore the construction of the slope at the tunnel portal, ten-
sion cracks of 40 meters in length and 3~4 meters in depth
were discovered in the upper part of the slope. Moreover,
several tension cracks caused by movement of rock blocks
The Masterbuilder | Decemebr 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
were found in the lower right-hand side of the slope. Also,
protruding rocks, vertical offset, and scarps in the natural
slope were observed. Despite the additional reduction of
slope gradient(1:1.3) to stabilize the slope and to remove
the existing tension cracks, subsequent large-scale tension
Fig.4. Status of the slope during excavation
cracks(Width: 0.1~0.5m, Depth: 2~7m) which stretch about
80 meters in length across the slope surface occurred in
October 2010. Based on this circumstance, it was estimated
that the actual depth of the crack would be much deeper and
closer to the lower part of the slope. In addition to the large-
scale tension cracks, several other tension cracks(Width:
0.1~0.4m, Depth: 1~3m) occurred, intersecting the existing
tension cracks. Following this, the ground deformation in-
cluding the additional tension cracks(approximately 10 me-
ters in length) and the vertical offset by the extension of main
tension cracks(Length: 80m) was discovered. The status of
the slope before and during the excavation are presented in
Fig.3 and Fig.4. The analysis map of the landslides is shown
183

in Fig.5. Fig.5. Analysis map of the landslides

 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - LANDSLIDE ANALYSIS

Analysis on Causes of Landslides Through Geotechnical In-

vestigations
Geotechnical Investigations for Analysis

The detailed geotechnical investigations such as surface

geological survey, electric resistivity survey, boring survey,
BIPS, seismic tomography, in-situ and laboratory tests were
performed three times to gather information on features
of strata, lithology, geological structures and engineering Fig.7. Engineering geological map of the slope
properties of rocks. Various types of geotechnical inves-
tigations for the study area and its surrounding were con- low resistivity zone below 500Ωm is located from G.L(-) 20m
ducted including three times of geological surface surveys, to G.L(-) 30m, showing the horizontal continuity which could
24 survey lines of electric resistivity survey, 21 holes of the be a result of the existing fracture zone and the lithologic
boring survey, three times of BIPS, a seismic tomography, boundary. Also, the vertical low resistivity zone influenced by
etc. The results of geotechnical investigations(KRNA, 2012) the tectonic process is located 130 meters apart from the
were used for analysis of causes of the landslides and the center line of the tunnel with a depth deeper than 40 meters.
selection of countermeasures. The locations and the types of
the geotechnical investigations applied for the study area are
presented in Fig.6. Moreover, the results of the geotechnical
investigations are described in the following sections.

Surface Geological Survey

The study area is composed of sedimentary rocks, named

Wonji Formation, and anorthosite. There were various types
of discontinuities such as joints, bedding planes, and fault
zones in the sedimentary rocks. These discontinuities allowed
inflow of groundwater which resulted in rapid weathering of
the rocks. Moreover, weathering and hydrothermal alteration
transformed the upper part of anorthosite into a clay-like
soil. The weathered zone of anorthosite exists in the lower
right-hand side of the slope. The fault zone and the lithologic
boundary between the basal conglomerate and anorthosite
were observed in the study area. Changes in the geological
and the geographical environment including groundwater
inflow into the unconformity might decrease shear strength Fig.8. Results of the electric resistivity survey
along the lithologic boundary. This, in turn, can be assumed
to induce the tension cracks in the upper sedimentary rocks. Boring Survey
The engineering geological map of the slope is presented in
Fig.7. The strata of this study area consist of colluvial soil,
weathered soil, weathered rock, soft rock and hard rock in
Electric Resistivity Survey order from top to bottom. Colluvium with the thickness of
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

An Electric resistivity survey was carried out to examine
the distribution of weakness zones. The survey was performed
on 24 survey lines with a grid pattern. As shown in Fig.8, the
184
approximately 12 meters is composed of sand, gravel, and
boulder. Relative densities of these layers are considered as
loose with the SPT(Standard Penetration Test)-N values rang-
ing between 4 and 7. It can be inferred that the study area
has historical records of landslides on the grounds of thickly
deposited colluvium. The sedimentary rocks primarily con-
sist of conglomerate and shale filled with clayey materials
with many discontinuities driven by joints, bedding planes, and
faults. Discoloration of joint surfaces as a result of continu-
ous weathering process was observed.
During the boring survey, there were several sections
where rock cores had not collected. It indicates that there
exist fractured or weathered zones formed by highly weath-
ering or tectonic process. Anorthosite is distributed in the
lower part of the sedimentary strata. There is a partially frac-
tured zone near the lithologic boundary between the sedi-
mentary rocks and anorthosite. Moreover, some clayey layers
and hydrothermal alteration zones interbedded each other

Fig.6. Locations and types of geotechnical investigations are spread around the boundary. The clayey layers formed
 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - LANDSLIDE ANALYSIS

by alteration and weathering with the average thickness of

1~2 meters exists, slanting 10~15 degrees upward. Anortho-
site which showed a good rock quality was distributed in the
lower part of the weakness zone. It is found that the fracture
zone, the clayey layers and the hydrothermal alteration zone
of anorthosite might adversely affect the slope stability. Bor-
ing cores showing the lithologic boundary are presented in
Fig.9.

Fig.10. Example showing the fracture zone and the lithologic boundary
(a) TB-1(2nd) by BIPS(TB-2(2nd))

are distributed on the ground. Tension cracks and scarps were

(b) TB-3(2nd)
Fig.9. Boring cores showing the lithologic boundary
BIPS (Borehole Image Processing System)
The BIPS was applied to the TB-2(1st), TB-4(1st), TB-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
found in the upper part of the slope. The clayey layers of an-
orthosite were exposed in the lower part of it, showing the
horizontal continuity. According to the result of the boring
survey, the fracture zone and the clayey layers caused by
hydrothermal alteration and weathering were found around
the lithologic boundary between the sedimentary rocks and
anorthosite. By means of an electric resistivity survey, the low
resistivity zone was discovered to related to the tectonic zone
and the characteristics of the strata. Through comparison
with the results of the boring survey, it was verified that the
weakness zone has a high correlation to the low resistivity
zone below 500Ωm. With the above-mentioned information,
it is inferred that the ground deformation occurred during
the excavation as a result of reactivated landslides along the
lithologic boundary.
Analysis of Slip Surface

The inferred slip surface is the weak clayey layers which

1(2nd), TB-2(2nd) and NTB-3(3rd) to determine types of
are developed along the lithologic boundary in the lower part
rocks and dominant trends of discontinuities. As a result of
of the slope. The clayey layers were formed due to hydro-
the BIPS, it is found that the slope primarily consists of high-
thermal alteration and inflow of groundwater through the
ly weathered and fractured rocks. The dominant dip varies
fracture zone, the joints, and the bedding plane. Some tension
from 10 to 70 degrees, and the dominant space ranges from
cracks and scarps occurred in the upper part of the slope
60 to 600 millimeters. In the case of TB-2(2nd), the dominant
before the excavation. The distribution of scarps is similar to
dip is mainly presented around 30~40°, and the joint space
that of the low resistivity zone located 130 meters away from
appears mainly in a range of 200~600 millimeters. During
the base point of the measurement. The clayey layers caused
boring for the BIPS, boreholes are collapsed and washed
by alteration and weathering of anorthosite are assumed to
away in the fracture zone developed around the lithologic
be located in the deep-seated failure surface of the tension
boundary between conglomerate and anorthosite. Fig.10
cracks. It is inferred that the tension cracks by landslides
represents results of the BIPS(TB-2(2nd)) showing the frac-
continuously occurred before and during the excavation
ture zone and the lithologic boundary.
because of increased water pressure, and deterioration of
Analysis on Causes of Landslide shear strength and frictional resistance along the clayey lay-
Analysis of Tension Cracks ers of anorthosite. The analysis results on the tension cracks
and the inferred slip surface of the slope are shown in Fig.11.
Weakness zones such as the fracture zone, the clayey Moreover, the results of the geotechnical investigations and
186

layers and the hydrothermal alteration zone of anorthosite the analysis are presented in Fig.12.
 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - LANDSLIDE ANALYSIS

Countermeasures for Slope Stabilization

Determination of Geotechnical Parameters

Geotechnical parameters for selection of reinforcement

methods were determined through comprehensive and
comparative analysis based on the laboratory test results,
references, data of the original design, empirical formulas, oth-
er design cases, etc. Especially, the shear strength of clay,
which is the inferred slip surface, was determined through
a reverse analysis by using LEM (Limit Equilibrium Method),
assuming that the shear strength of the clay should be the
value when the safety factor of the LEM reaches 1.0 (KEC,
1996; You, 2002). Moreover, the shear strength estimated by
the reverse analysis was compared to the results of inves-
tigations for verification. The measured groundwater level
during the investigations was applied to the analysis. Geo-
technical parameters of reinforced area by grouting were
determined through case studies on effects of ground re-
inforcement grouting. The geotechnical parameters applied
for the analysis are presented in Table 1(KRNA, 2012).

Review on Slope Reinforcement Methods

According to the results of the geotechnical investigation,

the study area shows a very complex terrain due to faults, an
intrusion of igneous rocks, landslides in the past and hydro-
thermal alteration as well as poor quality rocks with well-de-
veloped discontinuities and a deep-seated slip surface.
The countermeasures employed in the first revised de-
sign were a reduction of active forces by decrease of the
slope gradient(1:1.3) with soil nailing and removal of tension
cracks as shown in Fig.13. However, additional large-scale
tension cracks occurred during the excavation, and alter-
native reinforcement methods were reviewed consequent-
ly. Considering the geographical conditions, civil appeals,
the deep-seated slip surface and the large-scale tension
cracks in the slope, permanent anchors and stabilizing piles
were designed to secure sufficient shear resistance against
sliding with ground reinforcement grouting for the fracture
zone near the expected failure surface. Also, soil nails are
installed simultaneously to secure the stability of the upper
soil of the slope as presented in table 2(KRNA, 2012).
The Masterbuilder | Decemebr 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
Fig.11. Analysis on the tension cracks and the inferred slip surface
Review on Slope Stability Analysis

The critical cross-section of the slope was selected for

stability analysis of the reinforced slope, considering height
of the slope, location of the slip surface, soil conditions and
groundwater level based on the results of the geotechnical
investigations. The LEM(Limit Equilibrium Method) and the
SRM(Strength Reduction Method) were applied for the sta-
bility analysis of the slope under the assumption that the

(a) Original design (b) 1st revised design

Fig.13. Slope reinforcement method in the original design and the 1st
187

Fig.12. Results of the geotechnical investigations and the analysis revised design
 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - LANDSLIDE ANALYSIS

Unit weight, Angle of internal Modulus of defor-

Category Cohesion, MPa Poisson’s ratio
kN/m3 friction, deg mation, MPa
Colluvial soil 18 0.01 28 20 0.35
Weathered soil 19 0.015 30 40 0.33
Weathered rock 20 0.03 31 300 0.30
Fracture zone of
21 0.14 32 300 0.30
soft rock
Grouting 21 0.21 32 600 0.30
Soft rock 23 0.3 34 2,000 0.26
Hard rock 26 2.0 37 10,000 0.23
Clayey layer
18 0.015 16 6 0.35
(Inverse analysis)
Table 1. Geotechnical parameters

Reinforcement Limit Equilibrium Method Strength Reduction Method

Cross-section
methods at wet condition at wet condition
Soil Nail +
Permanent
anchor +
Stabilizing
pile +
Grouting +
Cut & Cover FS = 1.31 > 1.3 FS = 1.37 > 1.3
tunnel
Table 2. Selection of the reinforcement methods Table 3. Results of the LEM and SRM analysis

Limit Equilibrium Method (FS) Strength Reduction Method (FS)

Category Results
Dry Wet Dry Wet
125km 370* 1.54 > 1.5 1.31 > 1.2 1.56 > 1.5 1.37 > 1.2 Stable
125km 390** 1.74 > 1.5 1.32 > 1.2 1.7 > 1.5 1.4 > 1.2 Stable
125km 420** 1.63 > 1.5 1.37 > 1.2 - - Stable
125km 450** 1.82 > 1.5 1.40 > 1.2 - - Stable
* Cross-section perpendicular to the railway line
** Cross-section inclined to the railway line
Table 4. Detailed results of the slope stability analysis

failure occurred along the slip surface which was inferred um had been accumulated at the base of the steep slope
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in

as the primary cause of the tension cracks. According to the
result of the analysis, the stability of the reinforced slope
complies with the criteria in both of dry and wet conditions.
Therefore, it was concluded that the slope would be under a
stable condition after reinforcement. The results of the anal-
ysis are presented in table 3 and 4(KRNA, 2012).
Conclusion
Large-scale tension cracks of the slope were developed
during the excavation at the tunnel portal area where land-
slides had occurred in the past. Moreover, geotechnical in-
vestigations were conducted to identify causes of the land-
slides and to establish countermeasures to secure long-term
stability of the slope. The major findings of this case study are
as follows.
1) It is estimated that the lower part of the slope in the study
area had been once moved by landslides in the past. Then,
188
by the action of gravity, and several tension cracks were
extended and occurred in the slope. Despite efforts to
reduce the slope gradient to 1:1.3 including removal of
the observed tension cracks(Length: 40m, Depth: 3~4m)
for stabilization of the slope, a large-scale tension crack
(Length: 90m, Depth: above 7m) reoccurred during the
excavation. Moreover, additional tension cracks occurred
in the slope by relaxation of rock masses. It is inferred
that the slope in the study area has very poor rock mass
characterization as landslides continuously occurred
before and during the excavation.
2) Detailed geotechnical investigations such as surface
geological survey, electric resistivity survey, boring sur-
vey, BIPS, seismic tomography, in-situ and laboratory
tests were performed three times to obtain information
on features of strata, lithology, geological structures and
engineering properties of rocks. Moreover, the results of
investigations and stability analysis were effectively ap-

it is inferred that approximately 12 meter-thick colluvi- plied for analysis of causes of the landslides and selec-
 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - LANDSLIDE ANALYSIS
tion of the optimum countermeasures.
3) According to the results of the investigations, the study
area consists of conglomerate in the upper part which
is mainly fractured and highly weathered, and anortho-
site in the lower part, forming an unconformity between
them. There are weakness zones such as the fracture
zone, the clayey layers and the hydrothermal alteration
zone of anorthosite, distributed along the lithologic
boundary between conglomerate and anorthosite. Espe-
cially, it is inferred that the clayey layers are formed due to
highly altered hydrothermal alteration and weathering.
These layers have the average thickness of 1~2 meters,
slanting 10~15 degrees upward. As a result of hazard as-
sessment for the reactivated landslide of the study area,
it can be inferred that the deep-seated(about 15~35m)
clayey layers are the slip surface and the trigger for the
movement. Primary causes of the landslides are due to
increased water pressure, a decrease in shear strength
and frictional resistance along the clayey layers of anor-
thosite. The type of the landslide is a rock slide caused
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
190
by parallel movement along the planes of the weakness
zones.
4) Countermeasures such as permanent anchors, stabiliz-
ing piles, grouting for ground reinforcement and soil nails
are applied to ensure sufficient resistance against the
active force of the slope.
References
- Y. S. Song & W. P. Hong (2007), “A Case Study on the Analysis of
Cause and Characteristics of a Landslide at the Sedimentary Rock
Area”, The Journal of Engineering Geology(Vol.17, No.1, March,
2007), pp. 101-113.
- N. J. Kim & P. J. Kang (1965), “Geological map of Jingyo
sheets(1:50,000).” Korea Institute of Geoscience and Mineral Re-
sources, pp. 1-33.
- Korea Rail Network Authority (2012), Reinforcement design report
of Jikjeon tunnel, Korea Rail Network Authority, pp. 9-88, p. 101, p.
143, pp. 171-176.
- B. O. You (2002), “Assumption of Shear Strength on Failed Discon-
tinuities due to Back Analysis”, Fall National Conference of Korean
Geotechnical Society(2012), pp. 213-227.
- Korea Expressway Corporation (1996), “Road Design Manual - Soil
Mechanics and Foundation”, Korea Expressway Corporation, p. 255.
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE
DURAfloorprotector for Effective
Protective Floor Covering
U
se of protective floor coverings is
necessary to ensure that beauti-
ful new floor doesn't get dam-
aged before the end of the construction
project. However, choosing the wrong pro-
tective floor covering can be worse than
not using one at all. Therefore, choosing pro-
per protective floor covering material is
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
equally important as floor covering itself.
There are certain factors one should
keep in mind while deciding on protective
floor covering material. It should be noted
that conventional materials cannot be
used as protective floor coverings for all
types of floors and so they have limited util-
ity. Some of the most common floors to
protect during construction projects are
hardwood floors, tiles, marbles and con-
crete flooring. An ideal protective floor cov-
ering material should allow the floor to
breathe whilst protecting it from damage
during a building project such as scrat-
ches, scuffs and stains. Traditional mate-
rials like card boards, used cloths or papers
192
may not serve the purpose for more de-
manding, long-running projects on the
interior of buildings as they cannot protect
expensive and fragile floors from light /
medium weight wheeled traffic. Material
used should also be flame retardant as
construction sites and buildings under-
going refurbishment are prone to catch
fire due to short circuit, welding work, etc.
Some of the traditional protective floor cov-
erings like PoP involve time consuming
and difficult application process. Also one
may have to spend more time cleaning it up
afterwards, or even damage the floor while
doing so. Therefore, material chosen
should be easy to apply and also to remove
after the completion of the project.
DURAfloorprotector manufactured
by Supreme Industries is a very useful pro-
tective floor covering developed keeping
all the factors an ideal floor protector
should have in mind, viz., protection,
safety, durability and ease of application.
Because of these features,
DURAfloorprotector is very popular at the
construction sites.
Its closed-cell structure ensures that
paint, oil, grease and cleaning agents are
not absorbed into the floor during con-
struction and repair. Safety of the con-
struction workers is also ensured because
of its anti-slip properties. It is a flexible
material and easy to use and remove.
Most importantly, DURAfloorprotector
can be used for floor protection on any
kind of floors like marble, granite, wood or
concrete.
Also DURAfloorprotector is not a 'use
and throw' kind of material and can be
reused many times without affecting the
utility which makes it cost effective as
well.w
For further details:
The Supreme Industries
Mr. Ajay Mohta
Mob: +91-9831020808 / 9810495550
Email: dura@supreme.co.in
Web: www.supreme.co.in
 COMMUNICATION FEATURE
Presentation of Road and Mineral
Technology Solutions at BC India 2016
T
he Wirtgen Group will be exhibiting
a representative cross-section of
its product portfolio as well as lead-
ing technologies of the Wirtgen, Vögele,
Hamm and Kleemann brands on an area
of 2,400 m2. At bc India in Delhi from
December 12 to 15, the Wirtgen Group will
be presenting premium products and
innovative technologies in the road and
mineral technology sectors.
More than 20 premium products in Delhi
Each of the product brands special-
izes in its own field and focuses on the fur-
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
ther development and enhancement of its
own technologies. This generates im-
mense innovative power. The trade visi-
tors also will be able to experience this
themselves at the Wirtgen Group exhibi-
tion area in Delhi, where they will be able
to inspect more than 20 exhibits.
Show highlights: Innovations from the
premium product brands
With the compact milling machine W
130 CF, the slipform pavers SP 64 and SP
94 ,along with the texture curing machine
TCM 180, a total of four firm's machines
will be celebrating their debut in India. In
addition to these highlights, seven other
exhibits from the cold milling, concrete
196
paving and soil stabilizing sectors will give
visitors an in-depth insight into the com-
prehensive range of Wirtgen solutions for
road construction and rehabilitation.
With the new SUPER 1400 and
SUPER 1403, Vögele is presenting true
all-Indian road pavers for paving widths
up to 7.3 m. The new tracked and wheeled
pavers set new standards in everything
that matters to Indian road construction
companies. Both pavers come with
ErgoBasic, the revolutionary system for
easy paver operation. ErgoBasic simpli-
fies the operators' work and provides com-
fort and ease. Alongside these machines,
Vögele also will be presenting the new
Super 1900-3 and Super 2100-3 pavers
which are the latest in the Dash 3 genera-
tion at bc India.
Meanwhile, Hamm will be presenting
the 11-t 311 compactor and the 9-t HD 99
tandem roller. Both machines are pro-
duced in Pune by Wirtgen India, and com-
bine premium German technology with a
systematic focus on the Indian market.
This is one of the many reasons why Hamm
is currently the market leader in the com-
paction technology sector in India. Hamm
also will be exhibiting additional products
from its portfolio in Delhi: the HD 12 VV tan-
dem roller from the HD CompactLine, the
3520 heavy compactor and the GRW 280-
15 rubber-wheeled roller.
With three exhibits from the innova-
tive EVO series, Kleemann will be show-
casing a cross-section of the mobile im-
pact crusher and screen range: the MR
110 Z EVO2, the MOBICONE MCO 9 EVO
cone crusher and the MOBISCREEN MS
703 EVO screening plant. The EVO sys-
tems are hallmarked by their excellent
transport characteristics, outstanding
performance and versatile applications in
natural stone and recycling applications.
Group specialists at the venue
Wirtgen, Vögele, Hamm und Kleemann
experts from the German brand head-
quarters as well as Wirtgen India also will
be continually available to visitors to the
Wirtgen Group stand number O.841 to pro-
vide competent advice and to answer
questions about the product range, spe-
cial applications and technologies as well
as service.w
For further details:
Wirtgen India Pvt. Ltd.
Gat No. 301 & 302, Bhandgaon-Khor Road,
Bhandgaon, Tal-Daund - Pune 412214.
Phone: +91 2117 302600
E-mail: sales.india@wirtgen-group.com
Web: www.wirtgen-group.com/india
 QUESTIONNAIRE
Scaling the challenges of
equipment market
E
scorts Construction Equipment
manufactures and markets a
diverse range of construction and
material handling equipment like Pick n
Carry cranes, Backhoe Loaders & vibratory
compactors. The company pioneered the
concept of Pick 'n' Carry cranes in India in
70s.
They have a nationwide network of over
140 strategically located support locations,
over 400 company trained dealers service
engineers, giving it one of the best market
reach in India for the sales and service at
the site of application/projects.
In an interview with Masterbuilder,
Rajinder Raina, General Manager-
Marketing, Escorts Construction
Equipments shared his insight on the new
product launch, the current market sce-
nario and innovations that go in making
the firm a name to reckoned with.
Here are a few excerpts from the dis-
cussion.
What is the new product launch that is
happening? Kindly enumerate on the
specifications of the model?
We have recently launched a new
backhoe loader by the name JUNGLI. It is
a Backhoe Loader for rough terrains and
hostile underfoot conditions. Generally,
backhoe loaders are associated with soft
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
198
JUNGLI
strata like earthworks, basement, canals.
Jungli is essentially for over burden
removal in mines, river bed sand mining
& such like tough jobs. It has high wear
resistance buckets for abrasive surfaces
& high tensile strength for cutting
through hard strata. It has been designed
to be right at the top for rough & tough
applications where other machines fall
short on toughness parameters. The com-
ponents such as the bucket, boom are
made from high tensile steel with high
thickness of the steel plates used. The
bucket has high abrasive wear resistant
special steel.
Today, the customer/user has a vari-
ety of Backhoe loader brands to choose
from for general purpose applications but
for touch applications there is not much to
choose from. It is this slot that Escorts
designed JUNGLI for.
JUNGLI is a 76 h.p; 4 wheel drive
machine with specially designed bucket
made out of special steel with hard faced
stiffner plates & hardox side cutting blade
material for cutting into hard strata.
Heavy duty structure fabricated out of
high tensile steel. The dump height &
ground reach are better than the compe-
tition. The loader bucket capacity the back-
hoe bucket capacity is higher than the
completion too.
Rajinder Raina
General Manager-Marketing,
Escorts Construction Equipments
The bucket break out forces & loader
arm break out forces are much higher
than the most of the competition.
Higher productivity coupled with
better fuel efficiency reduces the opera-
tion cost to make it the best in class.
The four wheel drive makes it versa-
tile for all types of underfoot conditions.
The engine is turbocharged with an inline
fuel pump which offers a very high abuse
value given the fact that the site conditions
for what the machine is designed is
expected to be hostile/abuse prone.
The machine has caught the fancy of
the customers with an eye catching col-
our that is combat colour of a battle tank.
It goes with the BRUTE look which is the
way it has been positioned in the market
place.It works & looks different.
 QUESTIONNAIRE
JUNGLI
What is the potential market response
that you are expecting from ‘JUNGLI’?
Looking at the current market trends
in the coming 2 years or so the volumes
are going to exceed 30,000 units. About for
10 to 15 percent of this comprises tough
applications. Out of these 30000 units
approx. 27000 units would be sold for soft
strata for which 6 major players are com-
peting & one of them being a leader with a
major share of the market. leaves rest to
fight it out for rest of the market, which is
too small for so many players. JUNGLI
will fill this niche segment of 3000 units?
How much & how soon is something we
are working for right now. The first reac-
tions are really encouraging.
The government is taking initiative such
as ‘Sagarmala Program’ for the water-
way in respect to events like this will your
The Masterbuilder | December 2016 | www.masterbuilder.co.in
project get an upheaval speed?
Projects like Sagarmala & AMRUT
throw up huge demand for equipment.
Chinese domestic market for construc-
tion & material handling equipment
reached record levels on the back of many
such massive projects. The best part
about such projects is that it creates sus-
tained demand for a long period. The
industry looks forward to such game
changing projects.
Give an insight on the fuel efficiency and
USP of your models?
Today margins of business are very
low, especially for backhoe loaders. More
200
than 60 percent of the market is domi-
nated by renters and small time hires.
Competition is very high and when you
quote competitive rates you have to see
that you keep your operating cost mini-
mum. In operating cost 60 percent goes
into fuel which asks for high fuel efficiency
in machines because the cumulative sav-
ing makes a big difference. Fuel economy,
therefore, is very important in a competi-
tive atmosphere. In this regard, JUNGLI is
a remarkable product. While as most of
the 4 wheel drive backhoe loaders have
around 90 horsepower, JUNGLI delivers it
all with a 76 hp engine. The machine gives
10 to 15 percent saving of fuels. Any prod-
uct which has high fuel consumption will
evidently suffer in the market.
After the new model is coming what are
your market share expectations? Will
there be owners or renters will have
upper hand like now?
The ratio of hirers to owners will not
change much, if at all the skew will be
towards rentals. Even the mining owners
are moving away from owning machines.
Their core focus will remain mining ,not
operating machines, which they will
outsource, but for some.
Does the application of warranty of prod-
ucts and services applicable in Indian
markets just like the firms outside India
gives, as was visible in Bauma China too?
What is the impact of this?
Comprehensive Maintenance Con-
tract [ CMC] makes huge sense for major
fleet owners who are working on projects
where time is on premium. For the owner,
CMC ensures a definite uptime of the
machines at a defined/predetermined
cost. This makes budgeting that much
easy & sans surprises. Such value added
services will be a game changer for any
player. However the format, terms & con-
ditions are still evolving in India to mini-
mise the grey areas in the contract. For
major projects, it can set a brand up &
apart in the market place.
Has demonetisation affected business
flow in any manner?
It will not have a major impact as most
of the companies do not accept cash.
Retail hiring segment will get affected for
some time as most of the transactions are
done in cash. The pain will last for a while
for the hirers & users but in the long run it
will help the small hirers to build their
books of account & thereby scale up their
business. Today, their financials are so
week that financing becomes a problem.
Proper transaction will improve the finan-
cial health of their business & lead to ease
of equipment finance which will help
demand. The good news is that our indus-
try reported growth in November'16 as
against Oct'16 as also the same maonth
over the last year. Our industry will be a big
beneficiary of demonetisation albeit some
minor hurdles which pale out compared
to the long term positives. The unorgan-
ised sector will get the much desired
shape. I welcome the great initiative by
our PM Mr Narendra Modi.w